(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "TM 32-5985-217-15 1976-06 Operator's, Organizational, Direct Support, General Support, and Depot Maintenance Manual for The AN/FLR-9(V7)/(V8) Antenna Group of Countermeasures Receiving Set AN/FLR-9(V7)/(V8)"

TM 32-5985-217-15 



TECHNICAL MANUAL 

OPERATOR'S, ORGANIZATIONAL, 
DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT, AND 
DEPOT MAINTENANCE MANUAL 
FOR 

ANTENNA GROUP 
COUNTERMEASURES RECEIVING SET 

AN/FLR-9(V7)/(V8) 



This publication is not available through AG publications 
Center. Requisition through Commander, US Army Security 
Agency, Materiel Support Command, Vint Hill Farms, 
Warrenton, VA 22186. 



HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 



JUNE 1976 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



HEADQUARTERS 
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 
Washington, DC, 25 June 1976 

TM 32-5985-217-15, a reprint of ASA Instruction Manual 32-5985-217-15, 1 November 1972, is published for the use of 
all concerned. 

By Order of the Secretary of the Army: 

FREDC. WEYAND 

General, United States Army 
Official: Chief of Staff 

PAULT. SMITH 

Major General, United States Army 
The Adjutant General 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



TECHNICAL MANUAL 

OPERATOR'S, ORGANIZATIONAL, 
DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT, AND 
DEPOT MAINTENANCE MANUAL 
FOR 

ANTENNA GROUP 
COUNTERMEASURES RECEIVING SET 
AN/FLR-9(V7)/(V8) 
F & M SYSTEMS CO. 



DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 



1 NOVEMBER 1972 
Change 1 DECEMBER 1975 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



((•production for no 11 m i I i t a r y use ot the t n t o t ma t ion of i 1 1 u s 1 1 a 1 1 on s contained i n thii publication is not 
permitted without specilic approval ol the issuing service The policy for use ot Classified Publications 
is established for the Army in AR 350-5. 

Technical manuals are normally distributed promptly after printing. Date(s) shown on the title page 
(lower right) are for identification only. This is not a distribution date. Processing time sometimes 
causes distribution to only appear to have been delayed. 



INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DESTROV SUPERSEDE!) PAGES. 



NOTE: The portion of t M ** I e * t a t f h r t k it i>y r h t* <. ti h h g« ■> 

is i n il i r .1 t h li 1 1 v '< v e i 1 I I. il I I I MR III lllR (J |l I R I 

mil i gmt. ot the p;i Ke Changes to i I Ins t i a I i uns 
•lie i ml i <: .1 I e il ti y m mi i ,i t ii i e m o i n t i n g h a m il <, 

TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES IN THIS PUBLICATION IS 364 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING: 



Page 


Change 


Page 


Change 


Page 


Change 


No. 


No. 


No. 


No. 


No. 


No. 


Volume 1 


f 


••2-19/2-20 





6-19 


1 






2-21-2-44 





6-20 - 6-23 





Title 


1 


2-45-2-46 


1 


6-24 (Blank) 





A 


1 


2-47 





••6-25/6-26 - 6-55/6-56 





i • viii 





2-48 


1 


••6-57/6-58 - 6-59/6-60 


1 


1-1 - 1-2 





2-49 





••6-61/6-62 - 6-63/6-64 





1-3/1-4 


1 


2-50 (BLANK) 





6-65 - 6-111 





1-5 - 1-8 





3-1-3-2 





6-112 (Blank) 





1-9 


1 


4-1-4-4 





7-1 





1-10 - 1-18 





5-1 





••7-2/7-3 - 7-14/7-15 





1-19 


1 


5-2 (BLANK) 





••7-16/7-17 


1 


1-20 - 1-23 





••5-3/5-4 


1 






1-24 - 1-27 


1 


5-5-5-11 





Volume 2 




1-28 


1 


5-12 


1 






1-29 - 1-30 


1 


5-13 





Title 





1-31 - 1-38 





5-14 


1 


i - ii 





1-39 


1 


5-15-5-19 





8-1 





1-40 - 1-75 





5-20 


1 


8-2 (Blank) 





1-76 (Blank) 





5-21-5-26 





8-3 - 8-75 





2-1 - 2-5 





••5-27/5-28 





8-76 (Blank) 





2-6 - 2-8 


1 


5-29-5-38 





8-77 - 8-82 





2-9 - 2-12 





6-1-6-9 





•••8-83 - 8-85 





2-13/2-14 - 2-15/2-16 





6-10 


1 


•••9-1 - 9-2 





2-17 - 2-18 





6-11-6-13 













6-14 


1 










6-15-6-18 










LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES 



Original .... .... 1 Nov 72 
Change .... 1 .... 1 Aug 75 



* 2 • r o in this column indicates an original page. 

** Foldout pages are double numbered (7-57-6) indicating a blank reverse side. 
• Parts list and wire cable lists are not included in total pages. 

Upon receipt of the second and subsequent changes to this publication, personnel responsible 
for maintaining this publication in current status will ascertain that all previous changes 
have been received and incorporated. Action should be taken promptly if the publication is 
incomplete. 



Change 1 A 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



Section 



VOLUME 1 



Page 



LU 



CHAPTER 1 



GENERAL INFORMATION 



1-1 



1-2 



1-3 



1-4 



1-5 



1-6 



1-7 



1-8 



Description and Purpose 

Equipment Description 

Leading Particulars 

Capabilities and Limitations 

Equipment Supplied 

Related Technical Manuals 

Equipment Required But Not Supplied 

Equipment Supplied Cross-Reference Index 



I CHAPTER 2l 
INSTALLATION 



INSTALLATION LOGISTICS 



2-1. 


2-2. 




2-3. 




2-4. 


2-5. 




2-6. 





Unpacking 
Inspection 
Cables 

Antenna Installation Guidelines 
Central Building 



ICHAPTE"R3l 
PREPARATION FOR USE AND RESHIPMENT 



PREPARATION FOR USE 



3-1 



3-2. 



3-3. 



3-4. 



General 
Rf Amplifiers 
Test Description 
Duration of Tests 
3-5. 1 Test Sequence 
3-6. Test Criteria 



PREPARATION FOR RESHIPMENT 



3-7. | Conditions and Methods for Reshipment 



CHAPTER 4 



OPERATION 



CONTROLS AND INDICATORS 
14-1.1 Operating Controls and Indicators 
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 



4-2. 



4-3. 



Preoperational Radio Frequency Amplifier Checklist 
Radio Frequency Amplifier Starting Procedures 



1 


-1 




1 


-1 




1 


-1 





1 


-10 


1 


-10 


1 


-10 


1 


-10 


1 


-11 



2-1 




2-1 




2-1 




2-3 




2-10 


2-22 



m 



4-1 



4-1 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) 



Section 






Page 


4-4. 


Software Assignments 


4-3| 


Ill EMERGENCY OPERATION 


4-3 






4-5. 


Blower Failure, Rf Amplifier Cabinets 


4-3 






4-6. 


Equipment Failure 


4-4 






4-7. 


Jamming 


4-4 





[CHAPTER 51 
THEORY OF OPERATION 



FACILITY FUNCTIONAL OPERATION 



[12 



H 



5-3. 



5-4. 



Scope 
General 

Functional Description 
Beam Formation 



FUNCTIONAL OPERATION OF ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 



GEHl 



[EM 



5-7. 



5-8. 



5-9. 



5-10 



5-11 



5-12. 



5-13 



5-14. 



Band A Antenna Elements (02-720246) and Band B Antenna 
Elements (02-720248). 

Bands A and B Reflecting Screen (3300-31000) and 

Ground Screen (81-720001). 

Band C Antenna Elements (02-720268). 

Band C Reflecting Screen (02-720272) 

Transmission Line Tuners 

Rf Amplifiers 

Power Dividers and Combiners 
Beamformers 
Directional Couplers 
Blower Assembly 

[CHAPTER 61 
MAINTENANCE 



Q] 



ORGANIZATIONAL AND INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE 


6-1 




6-1. 


Scope 


6-1 




6-2. 


Servicing 


6-2 




6-3. 


Maintenance Support Equipment 


6-2 




6-4. 


Performance Test Standards and Tables 


6-2 




6-5. 


Voltage Requirements and Sources 


6-8 




6-6. 


Checkout 


6-8 




6-7. 


Troubleshooting 


6-23 


6-8. 


Alignment and Adjustment 


6-75 


6-9. 


Preventive Maintenance 


6-75 


6-10.1 Antenna Electronics Input Vswr Check 


6-77 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) 



Section 



6-11 



6-12 



6-13 



6-14 



Antenna Electronics Phase and Amplitude Tracking Test Check 
Transmission Line Phase Tracking Measurement Test Check 
Swept-Frequency Vswr (Singly Driven Elements) Test Check 
Single Antenna Impedance Measurement Test Check 



SPECIAL MAINTENANCE 



6-15 



6-16 



Removal and Replacement Procedures 
Bench Test Procedures 



7-1. General 



ICHAPTERTl 
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 



GLOSSARY 



INDEX 



Page 

1 6-80I 
6-84 
6-85 
6-87 

jHFT 

6j9T 
6-91 



II 
III 

IV 

V 



8-1. General 

INTRODUCTION 

8-2. IPB Description 

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST 

NUMERICAL INDEX 

REFERENCE DESIGNATOR INDEX 

PARTS LISTING 

8-3. Parts List Description 



VOLUME 2 

CHAPTER 8 
PARTS LISTS 



8-1 

8-3 

8-3 

8-7 

8-65 

8-77 

8-83 

8-83 



CHAPTER 9 
WIRE LISTS 



9-1. General 



9-1 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 

Number Title Page 

1-1. Antenna Group (2 Sheets) 

1-2. Antenna Array General Arrangement 

1-3. Antenna Array Cross-Section 

1-4. Transmission Line Tuner 

1-5. Electrical Equipment Rack, Rf Amplifiers, Typical 

1-6. Amplifier, Radio Frequency AM-6533/FLR-9(V) 

1-7. Blower Assembly 

1-8.| Electrical Equipment Rack, Power. Dividers and Omni/ 

Sector Beamformers, Band A 
1-9.| Coupler Omni Assembly CU-2054/FLR-9(V) Locations 

1-10.1 Equipment Rack, Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2052/FLR-9(V) 

and Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2049/FLR-9(V) Locations 
1 1-11.1 Equipment Rack, Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2052/FLR-9(V) 

and Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2049/FLR-9(V) Locations 
1 1-12.1 Electrical Equipment Rack, Power Dividers and Omni/ 

Sector Beamformers, Band B 

1-13. 1 Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2055/FLR-9(V) Locations 
1-14.1 Electrical Equipment Rack, Power Dividers and Omni 

Beamformers, Band B 
1-15. Electrical Equipment Rack, Monitor Beamformers, Band A 
1-16. Monitor Beamformer, Typical of Bands A and B 
1-17. Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2050/FLR-9(V) Locations 
1-18. Electrical Equipment Rack, Monitor Beamformers Band C 
1-19. Monitor Beamformer, Band C 

1-20. Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2051/FLR-9(V) Locations 
1-21 ,| Electrical Equipment Rack, Monitor Beamformers, Band B 
Locations 

1-22. 1 Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2053/FLR-9(V) Locations 

1- 23.| Electrical Equipment Rack, Power Dividers and Omni/Sector 

Beamformers, Band C 

2- 1 . 1 Antenna Array Cross-Section 
2-2. Typical Grounding Arrangement (2 Sheets) 
2-3. Antenna Array General Arrangement 
2-4. Cable Assembly, Rf Transmission Band A, B & C 
2-5. Central Building - Antenna Group, AN/FLR-9(V7 & V8) 

4- 1. Amplifier, Radio Frequency AM-6533/FLR-9(V) 

5- 1. Block Diagram, Antenna Group 

5-2. 1 Typical Spectrum Analyzer Display Intermodulation Distortion 

Products 

5-3. 1 Simplified Block Diagram of Beamforming Process 

5-4. Beam Parameter Identification 

5-5.1 Block Diagram, Beamformer Assembly TD-1055/FLR-9(V) 

(Sector Beamformer A) 
I5-6.I Block Diagram, Beamformer Assembly TD-1056/FLR-9(V) 

(Sector Beamformer B) 
1 5-7.1 Block Diagram, Beamformer Assembly TD-1057/FLR-9(V) 

(Sector Beamformer C) 
1 5-8. 1 Band A or Band B Antenna Element, Electrical Configuration 

Diagram 

iv 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued) 

Number Title 

5-9. 1 Band C Antenna and Feed Configuration 

5-10. 1 Transmission Line Tuner Functional Schematic 

5-11. Block Diagram, Amplifier, Radio Frequency AN-6533/FLR-9(V) 

5-12. Basic Power Splitter 

5-13. Typical Schematic, Divider Assemblies 1:4 

5-14.| Schematic, Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2050/FLR-9(V) 

(Power Divider, 2:32, Band A) 
5-15.1 Schematic, Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2053/FLR-9(V) 

(Power Divider, 4:32, Band B) 
5-16.1 Schematic, Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2051/FLR-9(V) 

(Power Divider, 6:24, Band C) 
5-17.| Schematic, Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2049/FLR-9(V) 

(Omnicombiner, 6:1 , Bands A, B, and C) 
5-18.1 Schematic, Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2055/FLR-9(V) 

(Omnicombiner 16:1, Band B) 
5-19. Schematic Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2054/FLR-9(V) 

(Omnicombiner, Bands A and C) 
5-20. | Schematic, Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2052/FLR-9(V) 

(Power Divider, High Level 1 :4 Bands A, B, and C 
5-21 . Simplified Schematic, Band C Monitor Beamformers 
5-22. Simplified Schematic, Bands A and B Monitor Beamformers 
5-23. Simplified Pictorial Diagram, Monitor Beam Formation Band B 
5-24. Schematic, Directional Couplers (All) 
5-25. Air Flow Alarm Wiring Interface to Monitor and Test Group 

5- 26. 1 Cabinet Blower Assembly Ac Wiring Schematic 

6- 1 . Simplified Block Diagram Olm&t Test Signals Through Antenna Group 
6-2. Beamforming Network Simplified Block Diagram 

6-3. Input Vswr Test Setup 

6-4. Phase/Amplitude Test Setup 

6-5. Phase Tracking and Swept Frequency 

6-6. Band A & B Antenna & Feed Configuration 

6-7. Band C Antenna & Feed Configuration 

6-8. Power Divider/Combiners Test Setup 

6-9. 1 Phase Level Tracking Curve Typical Data Sheet 

6- 10.1 Beamformer Phase and Amplitude Test Setup 

7- 1. 1 Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1 050/FLR-9(V) 
7-2. Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1051/FLR-9(V) 
7-3. Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1 054/FLR-9(V) 
7-4. Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1 052/FLR-9(V) 
7-5. Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1 053/FLR-9(V) 
7-6. Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1 055/FLR-9(V) 
7-7. Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1 056/FLR-9(V) 
7-8. Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1 057/FLR-9(V) 
7-9. 1 Antenna Group Cabling Diagram 



Page 



5-25 



5-26 



5-27 



5-29 



5-30 



5-30 



[5M 
[EM 

[EH 

rCTi 



5-33 



5-35 



5-35 



5-36 



5-37 



5-38 



5-38 



6-9 



6-15 



6-79 



6-81 



6-86 



6-88 



6-89 



6-93 



6-95 



6-105 



7-2 



7-4 



7-6 



7-8 



7-10 



7-12 



7-14 



7-14 



7-16 



v 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued) 

Number Title 
1-1. Leading Particulars 

1-2.1 Bands A and B Antenna Array (3300-31 001 ), Capabilities 

and Limitations 

1-J3J Band A Antenna Element (Sylvania 02-720246) Capabilities 

and Limitations 

pN4] Band B Antenna Element (Sylvania 02-720248) Capabilities 

and Limitations 

1-5J Bands A and B Reflecting Screen (Sylvania 02-720172) 

Capabilities and Limitations 
1-_6J Bands A and B Ground Screen (Sylvania 02-720247) 

Capabilities and Limitations 
1-7] Band C Antenna Array (Sylvania 02-720268;) Capabilities 

and Limitations 

1 1-8.1 Band A Antenna Feed Cable Assembly (3300-81 000), 

Capabilities and Limitations 
1-9.1 Band B Antenna Feed Cable Assembly (3300-81 000), 

Capabilities and Limitations 
1-10.1 Band C Antenna Feed Cable Assembly (3300-81 000), Cap 

Capabilities and Limitations 
1-11.1 Transmission Line Tuner (3300-40005-1), Capabilities 

and Limitations 

1-12.1 Amplifier, Radio Frequency AM-6533/FLR-9(V) Capabilities 
and Limitations 

1-13.1 Directional Couplers (Olektron Corp. TD4-102-1, TD4-102-2, 
and TD4-102-3; Types I, II, and III), Capabilities and 
Limitations 

11-14.1 Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2052/FLR-9(V), Capabilities 
and Limitations 

Tl5~1 Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2050/FLR-9(V), Capabilities 
and Limitations 

1-16.1 Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2053/FLR-9(V), Capabilities 
and Limitations 

1-17.| Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2051/FLR-9(V), Capabilities 
and Limitations 

1-18.1 Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2054/FLR-9(V), Capabilities 
and Limitations 

1-19.1 Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2055/FLR-9(V), Capabilities 
and Limitations 

1-20.1 Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2049/FLR-9(V), Capabilities 
and Limitations 

T2T1 Beamformer Assembly TD-1 052/FLR-9(V) (V7 Only), 

Capabilities and Limitations 
T22I Beamformer Assembly TD-1 050/FLR-9(V) (V8 Only), 

Capabilities and Limitations 
T23~1 Beamformer Assembly TD-1 053/FLR-9(V) (V7 Only), 

Capabilities and Limitations 
T24l Beamformer Assembly TD-1051/FLR-9(V), (V8 Only) 

Capabilities and Limitations 



Page 

El 



1-40 



1-41 



1-42 



T43I 



T45I 
335] 



T47l 
T47l 



1-49 



1-50 



1-51 



1-52 



in 



1^551 



138] 



m] 



vi 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Number 



1-25. 



1-26. 



1-27. 



1-28. 



1-30. 


2-1. 




2-2. 




2-3. 




2-4. 




2-5. 





ED 



5-1. 




5-2. 




5-3. 




5-4. 




5-5. 




5-6. 




5-7. 




6-1. 




6-2. 




6-3. 




6-4. 




6-5. 




6-6. 




6-7. 




6-8. 




6-9. 




6-10. 


6-11. 


6-12. 


6-13. 


6-14. 



6-15. 



6-16. 



LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued) 

Title 

Beamformer Assembly TD-1054/FLR-9(V), Capabilities 
and Limitations 

Beamformer Assembly TD-1055/FLR-9(V), Capabilities 
and Limitations 

Beamformer Assembly TD-1056/FLR-9(V), Capabilities 
and Limiations 

Beamformer Assembly TD-1057/FLR-9(V), Capabilities 
and Limitations 

Directional Couplers (Olektron TD4-101-1, TD4-101-2, and 
TD4-101-3; Types I, II, and III) Capabilities and 
Limitations 

Equipment Supplied Cross Reference Index 
Installation Inspection 
Rf Cables Identification, Antenna Group 
AN/FLR-9(V7 and V8) Antenna Installation Criteria 
Antenna Array Drawings 

Central Building (Roundhouse) Engineering and Associated 
Drawings 

Antenna Group Electronic Equipment Reference Designator 
Assignments 

Amplifier, Radio Frequency AM-6533/FLR-9(V) Controls and 
Indicators 

Monitor Beam Formation, Beam Boresight, Band A 
Sector Beam Formation, Beam Boresight, Band A 
Monitor Beam Formation, Beam Boresight, Band B 
Sector Beam Formation, Boresight, Band B (V7) 
Sector Beam Formation, Boresight, Band B (V8) 
Monitor Beam Formation, Boresight, Band C 
Sector Beam Formation, Boresight, Band C 
Maintenance Support Equipment 
Antenna Group Circuit Breakers 
Test Frequencies 

Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band A, (V7) 

Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band A, (V8) 

Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band B, (V7) 

Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band B, (V8) 

Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band C, (V7) 

Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band C, (V8) 

Sector Beam Formation Charts, Bands A and C, (V7 and V8) 

Sector Beam Formation Chart, Band B, (V7 and V8) 

Omni Beam Formation Charts, Bands A and C, (V7 and V8) 

Omni Beam Formation Chart, Band B, (V7 and V8) 

Antenna Elements To Transmission Line Tuners Band A, V7 

and V8 

Antenna Elements to Transmission Line Tuners Band B, 
V7 and V8 

Antenna Elements To Transmission Line Tuners Band C, V7 
and V8 



Page 



4-1 




5-9 




5-12 



rF65i 
rF66i 
rF68i 



vii 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued) 

Number Title Page 

6-17. 1 Goniometer Signals, Band A 1 6-69 

6-18. Goniometer Signals, Band B (Rack 422) 6-70 

6-19. Goniometer Signals, Band B (Rack 423) 6-72 

6-20. Goniometer Signals, Band C 6-74 

6-21 . Preventive Maintenance Schedule 6-76 

6-22. Reference Beam Numbers 1 6-83 

6-23. Amplitude and Phase Tracking Limits 6-84 

6-24. Power Divider/Combiner Amplitude and Phase Requirements 1 6-96| 

6-25. 1 Phase and Amplitude Data For Beamformers |6-107| 



viii 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



CHAPTER 1 
GENERAL INFORMATION 

1-1. Description and Purpose. 

a. Scope . The AN/FLR-9(V7)/(V8) Antenna Group of Countermeasures Receiving Set AN/FLR-9(V7)/(V8) 
includes the antenna system and associated electronic equipment. This group extends to the input maintenance patch 
panel of the AN/FLR-9(V7)/(V8) Rf Matrix Group (rf matrix group) and AN/FLR-9(V7)/(V8) Df Group (df group). This 
manual is presented in two volumes; Volume 1 contains the operation and maintenance instructions and Volume 2 
contains the parts lists and wire lists. 

b. General . Principal items of the antenna group are a passive, circular, high frequency three-band antenna array, 
rf tuners, directional couplers, rf amplifiers, power dividers, beamformers, and power combiners. The antenna group 
Intercepts and processes signals In the 1.5 to 30-MHz range with reduced performance between 1.5 and 2.0 MHz. The 
three-band antenna array receives signals from any azimuth. The electronic equipment processes signals from 
individual elements so that omnidirectional or directional beam-formed signals are obtained. These signals are 
forwarded to the rf matrix group and df group. All beams including omnidirectional in all three arrays are simultaneously 
available at the inputs of the rf matrix group. 



c. Equipment Location . (See | figure 1-1.) [ The three-band antenna array consists of three concentric rings of 
antenna elements with associated reflectors. All electronic equipment used in the antenna group is located in a (circular) 
central building in the center of the antenna array. 

NOTE 

For brevity, items that have official nomencl ature are gen erally referred to by their 



common names in text descriptions. See l table 1-30 I which contains a cross 



reference between common names and official nomenclature. 

1-2. Equipment Description. 

NOTE 

Equipment descriptions in this section begin at the antenna array and follow a 
typical signal path(s) through the antenna group. 

a. Antenna Array . (See l figures 1 -2 l and l 1 -3.) | The antenna array is composed of three concentric rings of antenna 
elements. Each ring of elements receives rf signals for an assigned portion of the 1.5to 30-MHz radio spectrum. The 
outer ring normally covers the 2to 6-MHz range (band A), but also provides reduced coverage down to 1.5 MHz. The 
center ring covers the 6 to 18-MHz range (band B) and the inner ring covers the 18 to 30-MHz range (band C). Band A 
contains 48 sleeve monopole elements spaced 78.4 feet apart (7.5 degrees). Band B contains 96 sleeve monopole 
elements spaced 37.5 feet apart (3.75 degrees). Band C contains 48 antenna elements mounted on wooden structures 
placed in a circle around the central building. Bands A and B elements are vertically polarized. Band C elements consist 
of two horizontally polarized dipole antenna subelements electrically tied together, and positioned one above the other. 



1-1 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




356 10 



Figure 1-1. Antenna Group (Sheet 1 of 2) 
1-2 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



BAND A 
ANTENNA 

(48) 



rn 



BAND B 
ANTENNA 

(96) 



BAND C 
ANTENNA 

(48) 




INPUT 
MAINTENANCE 
PATCH PANEL, 
RF MATRIX GROUP 



3 SECTOR BEAMS 
I OMNI BEAM 
48 MONITOR BEAMS 



m 



3 SECTOR BEAMS 
I OMNI BEAM 
48 MONI TOR BEAMS 



3 SECTOR BEAMS 
I OMNI BEAM 
24 MONITOR BEAMS 



ALL LINE TUNERS 
MOUNTED ON INSIDE 
WALL, EIGHT LOCATIONS 



35/32 



ANTENNA GROUP 

1 9 RACKS OF EQUIPMENT 
2700 PHASE MATCHEO CABLES 
REQUIRES APPROXIMATELY 7B0 SQ. 
FT. SPACE, EQUIPMENT & FLOOR. 



ANTENNA GROUP INTERFACES 
WITH RF MATRIX GROUP AT 
INPUT MAINTENANCE PATCH 
PANEL. PATCH PANEL IS 
NOT PART OF ANTENNA GROUP. 



RACK 402 
MONITOR BE AMFORM ER S 
AND POWER DIVIDERS (6:24) 



Figure 1-1. Antenna Group (sheet 2 of 2) 



1-3/1-4 




Figure 1-2. Antenna Array General Arrangement 

1-5 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



I 1 8 REFLECTING SCIEEX 




Sif - 0' ' 

599' -O" 

121 - 6 ' 



35611 B 



Figure 1-3. Antenna Array Cross-Section 
1-6 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



1. Antenna Elements . Bands A and B antenna elements are sleeve monopole antennas. They are large in 
diameter compared to simple monopole antennas and provide wide bandwidth performance. In both bands, the top of 
the sleeve is protected from the weather by a conical weather cap. The weather cap is made from fiberglass and 
polyester resin. The top of the mast is sealed with a welded plate. A door in the sleeve permits entry to make electrical 
adjustments and inspections. Each band C antenna element consists of two bow-tie planar dipoles placed one above the 
other on the band C support structure. The bow-tie type of construction also aids in wideband performance of the band C 
elements. The center lines of the upper and lower dipoles are 53.33 and 24.67 feet above the bottom of the base plate, 
respectively. 

2. Reflecting Screens . The antenna group contains two reflecting screens, one for bands A and B, and one for 
band C. The screens operate as reflectors to increase the power gain of individual antenna elements and aid in the 
formation of specific beam patterns. The screen for bands A and B is located inside and concentric to the band B 
antenna array. The screen is constructed of 1056 vertical steel wires supported by a structure 120.3 feet high. The 
structure consists of four sets of horizontal timber beams mounted to 96 steel support towers. The beams are equally 
spaced from top to bottom. The vertical reflecting screen wires are spaced approximately 1.5 feet apart directly in front 
of each support tower, and are attached to the horizontal beams. On either side of the support towers (between support 
towers) the wires are spaced approximately 3 feet apart. The support towers are spaced 35.2 feet (3.75 degrees) apart, 
and form a ring 3375.5 feet in circumference. Each reflecting screen wire is grounded directly to a ground screen and is 
electrically insulated from the support structure, except at ground level. The steel support towers are grounded directly 
together by a buried copper wire. Copper-clad ground rods are connected to the copper wire at each tower base, and 
halfway between each tower. A lightning rod is attached to each support tower for additional protection. An access door 
in the reflecting screen support structure permits entry of vehicles to the center of the antenna array. The band C 
reflecting screen supported by the band C antenna support structure consists of 44 galvanized steel wires strung 
horizontally 1.5 feet apart, with each wire held under spring tension. The lowest wire of the screen is 2.5 feet above the 
bas e of the sup p ort structure . The screen is grounded at every sixth main truss (vertical wooden support) in band C. 
Se e! figure 2-2 1 in [Chapter 2. 1 The associated ground rods are imbedded in the ground beneath the support structure. 
Fortyeight lightning rods, each 102 inches long, are placed along the top periphery of the support structure at equal 
intervals (one to every main truss). Each lightning rod is connected by wire to a ground rod, and also to a continuous 
horizontal bus (buried in the ground at the base of the support structure), which acts as a common tie for all the lightning 
rods. An access gate in the band C support structure permits vehicles to enter the interior of the antenna array 
assembly. 

3. Ground Screen . The antenna group contains a ground screen for bands A and B. The ground screen helps to 
stabilize the antenna element impedance characteristic, and to provide uniform impedance from element to element, 
regardless of variation in the electrical properties of the soil. The ground screen for bands A and B consists of 
prefabricated stainless steel grid wire mats, which are placed along the entire base circumference of the bands A and B 
reflecting screen. Each mat is 96 feet long and 12 feet wide. The ground screen extends outward from the base of the 
bands A and B reflecting screen. Wires extend radically for 88 feet from the outside edge of the ground screen, where 
they are secured to ground rods. Each ground rod is 10 feet long 



1-7 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



and is entirely imbedded a minimum of 12 inches below ground level. The antenna elements of bands A and B are 
connected to the ground screen by wires extending radically from the base of each antenna element. There is no ground 
screen associated with band C. 

b. Central Building . The central building houses 'all antenna group equipment other than the antenna array and 
feed cables, and also houses components of other equipment groups of the AN/FLR-9(V7)/(V8). The central building is a 
cylindrical structure situated at the center of the antenna array. The circumference of the central building is 
approximately 282.7 feet and has a radius of 45 feet. The equipment in the central building is connected to elements of 
the antenna array by antenna feed cables which enter the building by means of eight cable wells installed at eight points 
along the circumference of the building. The cables pass through sleeves in the foundation wall of the well; 6 band A 
cables, 12 band B cables, and 6 band C cables enter through each sleeve. The cable wells are covered by removable 
access grates. Within the central building, cable trays distribute the cables to the equipment cabinets and racks. There 
are three levels of cable trays; the second and third level cable trays are arranged along the radius of the building, and 
the first level trays are arranged circumferentially. Connections are made by cable drops from the trays through the tops 
of the racks. Electrical connections between the central building and the operations building, situated outside of the 
antenna array, are made by beam-output cables, which pass through a tunnel connecting the two buildings. 

1. The Cable Tunnel . The cable tunnel provides a cable route between the central building and the operations 
building. Built of reinforced concrete, the tunnel lengths are 1180 feet (V8), 960 feet (V7), 6.5 feet high, and 4 feet wide. 
The cables lie in brackets mounted on one side of the tunnel. 

2. Antenna Feed Cables . The antenna feed cables connect the elements of the antenna array with equipment in 
the central building. The cables are fabricated from lowloss 7/8 inch, 75-ohm foamed dielectric cable with solid copper 
inner conductor. Each cable is buried approximately 42 inches below ground level and is imbedded in 1 foot of sand 
covered with a layer of bricks. The remaining area within the trench is filled with compacted earth. Underground feed 
cable locations are indicated by white markers located over the trench center line. The nominal lengths of the cables are 
603 feet for band A, 567 feet for band B, and 155 feet for band C. 

3. Transmission Line Tuners . Transmission line tuners are low-loss coaxial line devices that compensate for 
variations in electrical lengths of the antenna feed cables. The effective electrical lengths are varied by a mechanical 
adjustment of the tuner. These tuners are used in all antenna leads. They also provide for electrically compensating 
apparent cable length variations due to aging and seasonal temperature variations. 

4. Directional Couplers . Each antenna lead in all bands contains a directional coupler located between the line 
tuner and rf preamplifier. The couplers provide a means for injecting test signals toward an antenna element, or in the 
opposite direction toward a beamformer for the purpose of quickly locating inoperative circuits. These test signals are 
originated in the AN/FLR-9(V7)/(V8) Monitor and Test Group (monitor and test group) which is computer controlled. A 
directional coupler is also placed at the output of each beamformer. This coupler directs a test signal (injected in the 
above couplers) into the monitor and test group equipment. The directional 



1-8 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



couplers at the input provide more than 20-dB signal isolation between the desired and undesired direction of the test 
signal. Those used for receiving the test signal for monitor and test group use provide 10-dB isolation. Refer to the 
Monitor and Test Group Manual IM 32-4940-201-15 for details of system malfunction detection and isolation. 

5. Rf Amplifiers . The input from each antenna element passes through the line tuner and directional coupler to an 
rf amplifier. These amplifiers have a nominal 19-dB gain for bands A and B and 21 -dB gain for band C. This gain 
compensates for losses in subsequent power divisions and beamforming processes and consequently improves the 
system noise figure. The amplifiers provide two output jacks for a signal path to the df group and a separate signal path 
to the monitor beamforming equipment. An rf amplifier assembly is composed of two amplifier subassemblies and a 
common power supply. 

NOTE 

The rf amplifiers are capable of performing as a band A, band B, or band C 
amplifier depending upon the setting of an internal switch which changes the gain 
from 19 to 21 dB. The 21 -dB position is used for band C only. An incorrect switch 
setting results In degraded performance of the associated circuits.. 

6. Power Dividers . Output signals from each rf amplifier are fed to two power dividers. One unit (1:4 power 
divider), referred to as a high-level divider, provides outputs for omnicombiners, sector beam formation, goniometer 
inputs and a 75-oh m (spare) termin ation. The other unit (1:16 power divider) provides the signals for monitor beam 
formation. Refer t oTparaqraph 5HT 

NOTE 

The terminology, high-level divider, does not infer a difference in signal level 
input from the divider described below. Both dividers, in a given band, have the 
same level input signals. However, the high-level divider divides the signal only 
four ways and consequently has higher output levels than the 1:16 power divider 
which provides signals for monitor beams. 

7. Outputs . Output signals from each of the three bands are as follows. 

Sector Beams Omni beams Monitor Beams Goniometer Input Signals 

Band A 6 1 48 48 

BandB 6 1 48 96 

BandC 6 1 24 48 

The preceding signals, except for those to the goniometers, are sent via the cable tunnel to the operations building and 
terminate on the input maintenance patch panel in the rf matrix group. This is the interface boundary between the 
antenna group and the rf matrix group. Goniometer input signals are routed directly to the goniometers in the central 
building which is the interface boundary between the antenna group and the df group. 



Change 1 1-9 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



1-3. Leading Particulars. (Se e! table 1-11 ) 

The leading particulars for all of the components in the antenna group are l isted irl table 1-1.1 Data consists of power 



requirements and the physical characteristics of each component. See also lparaqraph 1-5.1 References to appropriate 



illustrations are included. Leading particulars that include transportability, storage conditions, and setup time are not 
applicable to this installation. Other pertinent data is included, as applicable. 



1-4. Capabilities and Limitations. (See tables 1-2 through ! 1 -29.) 



The capabilities and limitations of various components of the antenna group are listed in tables 1-2 through QUI. 
Complete capabilities and limitations of the countermeasures receiving set are included in IM 32-5895-231-15 and IM 32- 
5895-231-15/1 manuals. 

1-5. Equipment Supplied. 

Equipment supplied is also included ir l table 1-1 Numbers or statements in parentheses ( ) following an entry indicate 
quantities over one. Following each rack of electrical equipment listings are the components and assemblies mounted in 
these racks. Indented component or assembly listings contain quantities for one unit (such as a rack or major equipment 
not indented). Power requirements, dimensions, and weights listed are for one equipment only. Blank panels and 
hardware items are not included. F & M Systems Co. part numbers appear as 3300-xxxxx or 3300-xxxxx-x. Numbers 
(3300xxxxx) without a final -x number indicate a series of racks which are functionally identical, but have only minor 
mechanical differences. Differences between sites V7 and V8 exist only in monitor beamformers supplied in bands A 
and B. These differences are indicated in the table. Weights are listed for large items such as racks and antenna 
componen ts where iden tif iable. For equipment location, rack identification, and reference designator assignments, see 



figure 2-5| and |table 2-6| in |Chapter 2 



1-6. Related Technical Manuals. 

The following manual is related to the Amplifier, Radio Frequency AM-6533/FLR-9(V): 
CM 32-5895-236-14. 

The following manuals contain related interface and automated testing information in that order: 

IM 32-5895-232-15 
IM 32-4940-201-15. 

The following manuals contain Information relating this group to the set: 

IM 32-5895-231-15 
IM 32-5895-231-15/1. 

1-7. Equipment Required But Not Supplied. 

Equipment required but not supplied consists of test equipment. Se e Chapter 9 for test equipment requirements. 



1-10 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



1-8. Equipment Supplied Cross-Reference Index. (Se e table 1-301 ) 

Only equipment items that carry an official nomenclature are cross-referenced to manufacturer's part number, common 
name, and the appropriate table of capabilities and limitations. 



1-11 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-1. Leading Particulars 





Power 


Dimensions 


Weight 


Figure 


Item 


Requirements 


Height 


Width 


Depth 


(lb) 


No. 


Bands A and B 
antenna array 
3300-31001 -1 
02-720247 












|1-3| 


Band A antenna 
element (48 total) 
02-720246- 


None 


105 feet 






16,000 


1 1-31 


Sleeve section 


None 


48 feet, 
9 inches 


7 feet, 4.5 inches, 
outside dimensions 
7 feet, 4 inches 
inside dimensions 








Mast section 


None 


57 feet, 
10 inches 






1,500 




Band B antenna 
element (96 total) 
02-720248-1 


None 


35 feet 








1 1-3| 


Sleeve section 


None 


15 feet, 
outside 
diameter 


2 feet, inch, 
outside dimensions 
1 foot, 1 1 inches 
inside dimensions 








Mast section 


None 


22 feet, 
4.75 inches 


3.5 inches, out- 
side dimensions 
2.3 inches, inside 
dimensions 









1-12 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-1. Leading Particulars (Continued) 





Power 


Dimensions 


Weight 


Figure 


Item 


Requirements 


Height 


Width 


Depth 


/I UA 

(lb) 


No. 


Bands A and B 
reflecting screen 
and supporting 
structure assembly 
3300-31000-1 


None 
4800 watts 


137 feet, 
6 inches 
(including 
lightning 
rod) 


1075 feet diameter 






|1-3| 


(Note: when re- 
quired, includes 
aircraft warning 
lights.) 

Bands A and B 
ground screen 
81-720001-1 


None 




1276 feet, outside 
dimensions; 1075 
feet, inside 
dimensions 






1-2 
1-3 


Band C antenna 
array (48) 
02-720268 -1 


None 










h-3| 


Band C antenna 
structure 
00-720203-1 

Upper dipole 
frame (band C) 
81-720219-1 


None 
None 


68 feet 
(not includ- 
ing base or 

53.33 feet 
above 
ground 
10 feet 
2.5 inches 


335.22 feet 
diameter 

lightning 
rod) 

6 feet, 1 1 .75 
inches 


3 inches 







1-13 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-1. Leading Particulars (Continued) 



Item 



Power 
Requirements 



Dimensions 



Height 



Width 



Depth 



Weight 
(lb) 



Figure 
No. 



Lowker Dipole 
frame 

81-720219-1 



Band C reflecting 
screen and light- 
ning rod assembly 



Band C lightning 
rod assembly 
Entire antenna group 
of electronic equip- 
ment when installed 
in racks. This in- 
cludes all items 
listed in the cen- 
tral bu ilding por- 



tion of lfiqure 1-1 
sheet 2. 



Transmission line 
tuner panel assem- 
blies 

3300-40004-1 

(total of 8) 

Transmission line 
tuners (total of 
192) 



None 



24 feet, 
8 inches 
above 
ground 
10 feet 
2.5 inches 

70 feet, 
inch 
(not includ- 
ing light- 
ning rod) 



6 feet, 1 1 .75 
inches 

314 feet, 8 inches 
diameter 



3 inches 



None 



See requirements Comprises 19 racks of equipment and 2700 phase 



for racks con- 
taining rf am- 
plifiers. All 
others: None 



matched cables for each site, V7 and V8. Re- 
quires approximately 780 square feet of floor 
space, each site. Note: For cabling particu- 
lars, see chapter 6 of this manual. For 



reference designator assignments, se e! table 2-1 



None 



None 



22 inches 



27.5 inches 
closed, 
37.5 inches 
extended 



60 inches 



2 inches 



2.75 
inches 



2.5 

inches 



1-4 



1-14 



Table 1-1. Leading Particulars (Continued) 



TM 32-5985-217-15 





Power 


Dimensions 


Weight 


Figure 


Item 


Requirements 


Height 


Width 


Depth 


(lb) 


No. 


Electrical equipment 
rack rf amplifiers 
(racks 401 , 403, 404, 
408, 415, 416, 420, 
421) 

3300-32002-1 


1000 watts 


83 inches 


24 inches 


30 inches 


740 


H-5| 



NOTE: for directional coupler information, see note at end of this table. 



Amplifier, Radio 
Frequency AM-6533/ 
FLR-9(V) (12) 

Blower assembly 
3300-40015-1 

Electrical equipment 
rack, power dividers 
and omni sector beam- 
former, band A (rack 
410) 

3300-32000-1 

Coupler-Omni 
Assembly 
CU-2054/FLR-9 (V) 
(3) 

Coupler, Omni 

Assembly 

CU-2049/FLR-9(V) 

Divider Assembly, 
Power Rf 

CU-2052/FLR-9(V) 



100 watts 



200 watts 



None 



None 



None 



None 



3.47 inches 



6.97 inches 



83 inches 



3.47 inches 



3.47 inches 



1.72 inches 



19.0 inches 



19.0 inches 



24 inches 



19.0 inches 



19.0 inches 



19.0 inches 



19.75 
inches 



15.25 
inches 

30 

inches 



4.75 
inches 



4.75 
inches 



3.02 
inches 



610 



EH 



urn 



1-8 



mm 

and 

mm 



una 

and 



1-15 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-1. Leading Particulars (Continued) 





Power 


Dimensions 


Weight 




Figure 


Item 


Requirements 


Height 


Width 


Depth 


(lb) 




No. 


Beamformer 
Assembly 
TD-1055/FLR-9 (V) 


None 


3.75 inches 


19.0 inches 


8.95 
inches 




1-8 




Panel, Patching, 
Antenna 

SB-3666/FLR-9 (V) 


None 


10.47 inches 


19.0 inches 


inches 




|1-8| 




Electrical equipment 
rack, power dividers 
and omni/sector beam- 
formers band B (rack 
423) 

3300-3200 1-1 


None 


83 inches 


24 inches 


30 

inches 


700 


1-12 
1-14 




Divider Assembly, 
Power Rf CU-2052/ 
FLR-9(V) (12) 


None 


1.72 inches 


19.0 inches 


3.02 
inches 




1 1-111 
and 
M-10| 


Coupler, Omni 
Assembly CU-2049/ 
FLR-9 (V) 


None 


3.47 inches 


19.0 inches 


4.75 
inches 




1 1-10| 
and 
|1-11| 


Coupler, Omni 
Assembly CU-2055/ 
FLR-9(V) (3) 


None 


3.47 inches 


19.0 inches 


4.75 
inches 




|1-13| 


Panel, Patching, 
Antenna SB-3663/ 
FLR-9 (V) 


None 


10.47 inches 


19.0 inches 


0.125 
inches 


1-12 






Electrical equipment 
rack, power dividers 
and omni/sector beam- 
formers band B (rack 
422) 

3300-32003-1 


None 


83 inches 


24 inches 


30 

inches 


750 


1-14 





1-16 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 1-1. Leading Particulars (Continued) 





Power 




Dimensions 




Weight 


Figure 


Itpm 

1 LCI 1 1 


Rpni li rpmpntQ 
ncL|Uii ci i ici no 


Hpinht 


Width 

VV IULI I 


Dpnth 


<\ti\ 
v u ) 


Nn 


Coupler, Omni 
Assembly CU-2055/ 
FLR-9(V) (3) 


None 
inches 


3.47 inches 


19.0 inches 


4.75 




I M3| 


Divider Assembly, 
Power Rf CU-2052/ 
FLR-9(V) (12) 


None 


1.72 inches 


19.0 inches 


3.02 
inches 




1 1-111 
and 
1-10 


Beamformer 

Assembly, 

TD- 1056/FLR-9 (V) 


None 


3.75 


19.0 inches 


8.95 
inches 




1-14 


Panel, Patching, 
Antenna SB-3664/ 
FLR-9 (V) 


None 


10.47 inches 


19.0 inches 






1-14 


Electrical equipment 
rack, monitor beam- 
Tormers, Dana a (racKS 
405, 406, 407) 
3300-32004-1 
3300-32004-2 
Beamformer 
Assemuiy 

TD- 1052/FLR-9 (V) 
Site V7 only (8) 


None 
None 


83 inches 
3.125 inches 


24 inches 
19.0 inches 


30. 

inches 

17.5 

mcnes 


740 


1 1-15| 
1-16 


Beamformer 
Assembly 
TD-1050/FLR-9 (V) 
Site V8 only 18) 


None 


3.125 inches 


19.0 inches 


17.5 

inches 




1 1-161 


Divider Assembly, 
Power Rf CU-2050/ 
FLR-9(V) (8) 


None 


3.47 inches 


19.0 inches 
1-17 


4.75 
inches 




1 M7| 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 1-1. Leading Particulars (Continued) 





Power 




Dimensions 




Weight 


Figure 


Item 


Requirements 


Height 


Width 


Depth 


(lb) 


No. 


Electrical equipment 
rack monitor beam- 
former, band C (rack 
402) 
3300-32005-1 


None 


83 inches 


24 inches 


30 inches 


640 


1-18 


Beamformer Assembly 
TD-1054/FLR-9(V) (6) 


None 


3.125 inches 


19 inches 


17.5 inches 




1-19 


Divider Assembly, 
Power Rf CU-2051/ 
FLR-9(V) (8) 


None 


3.47 inches 


19.0 inches 


4.75 inches 




1-20 


Electrical equipment 
rack, monitor beam- 
former, band B (racks 
417, 418, 419) 
3300-32006-1 
3300-32006-2 
Beamformer Assembly 
TD-1053/FLR-9(V) 
Site V7 only (8) 


None 
None 


83 inches 
3.125 inches 


24 inches 
19.0 inches 


30 inches 
17.5 inches 


750 


1-21 
1 1-161 


Beamformer Assembly 
TD- 105 1/FLR-9 (V) 
Site V8 only (8) 


None 


3.125 inches 


19.0 inches 


17.5 inches 




1 M6| 


Divider Assembly, 
Power RF CU-2053/ 
FLR-9 (V) 


None 


3.47 inches 


19.0 inches 


4.75 inches 




1-22 


Electrical equipment 
rack, power dividers, 
and omni/sector beam- 
formers band C (rack 
409) 

3300-32007-1 


None 


83 inches 


24 inches 

■i -iQ 


30 inches 


650 


1-23 



1-18 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-1. Leading Particulars (Continued) 





Power 




Dimensions 




Weight 


Itpm 

1 LCI 1 1 


Rpni li rpmpntQ 


Hpinht 


Width 

VV IULI I 


Dpnth 


<\ti\ 


Coupler, Omni 
Assembly CU-2054/ 
FLR-9(V) (3) 


None 


3.47 inches 


19.0 inches 


4.75 inches 




Coupler, Omni 
Assembly CU-2049/ 

rLK-y(V) 


None 


3.47 inches 


19.0 inches 


4.75 inches 




Divider Assembly, 
Power Rf CU-2052/ 
|-LH-9(V) (12) 


None 


1.72 inches 


19.0 inches 


3.02 inches 




Beamformer Assembly 
TD-1057/FLR-9 (V) 


None 


3.47 inches 


19.0 inches 


10 inches 




Panel, Patching, 
Antenna SB-3662/ 
FLR-9 (V) 


None 
inches 


10.47 


19.0 inches 


0.125 inches 





Figure 
No. 

E9T" 



qui 

and 

ma 
ma 

and 

mo] 



1-23 



NOTE 

All eight electrical equipment racks, rf amplifiers contain directional couplers as follows. All below have dimensions 1 3/4 by 2 by 3/4 inches. 
Olektron Part No. Rack Band 



T-D4-102-1 
T-D4-102-2 
T-D4-102- 3 



404, 408 

415, 416, 420, 421 
401, 403 



A 
B 

C 



The following directional couplers are located in monitor and test group rack no. 412. 



T-D4-101-1 
T-D4-101-2 
T-D4-101-3 



A 
B 
C 



Quantity Per Rack 
24 
24 
24 



55 
55 
31 



Signals leave antenna group from rack 412 via the tunnel to the operations building. 



Change 1 1-19 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




Figure 1-4. Transmission Line Tuner 



1-20 



36t30 

Figure 1-5. Electrical Equipment Rack, Rf Amplifiers, Typical 



1-21 



Figure 1-6. Amplifier, Radio Frequency AM-6533/FLR-9(V) 

1-22 




1-23 




RACK 410 



FIGURE 1-8. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT RACK, POWER DIVIDERS 
AND OMNI/SECTOR BEAMFORMERS, BAND A 



Change 1 1-24 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



oooo oooojoooo 



o 




9 D 

3 



3 9 

3 





0000 0000 0000 




RACK 410 



00 



| 00 







3 4 3 0" 

>> 

«> 

9 







00 



00 



00 



RACK 409 



NOTE: COUPLER OMNI ASSEMBLIES DENOTED BY ARROWS. 
FIGURE 1-9. COUPLER OMNI ASSEMBLY CU-2054/FLR-9 (V) LOCATIONS 



Change 1 1-25 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




Rack A23 Rac k 1*22 



Unidentified indicator! are Oividir Assembly, 
Power RF CU- 2052/FLR-9 (V) 



FIGURE 1-10. Equipment Rack, Divider Assembly, Power RF CU-2052/FLR-9 (V), Coupler, Omni Assembly CU- 
2049/FLR-9 (V),and Beamformer Assembly, TD-1056/FL R-9 (V) Locations 



Change 1 1-26 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



COUPLER, 
OMNI ASSEMBLY 
CU-2049/FLR-B (V) 



BEAMFORMER ASSEMBLY 
TO— 1066/FLR— 9 (V) 




COUPLER, 
OMNI ASSEMBLY 
CU-2049/FLR-9 (V) 



BEAMFORMER ASSEMBLY 
TD-1067/FLR-9IVI 



rack 409 



RACK 410 



UNIDENTIFIED INDICATORS ARE DIVIDER ASSEMBLY. 
POWER RF CU-2052/FLR-9 (V) 



FIGURE 1-11. EQUIPMENT RACK, DIVIDER ASSEMBLY, POWER RF CU-2052/FLR-9 (V) AND COUPLER, OMNI 

ASSEMBLY CU-2049/FLR-9 (V) LOCATIONS 



Change 1 1-27 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Beamformer Assembly 
TD 1056/FLR-9(V) 




Panel , Patching 
Antenna 

SB-336VFLR-9(V) 
Typ ical 



Rack l«23 



Figure 1-12. Electrical Equipment Rack, Power Dividers 
and Omni/Sector Beamformers, Band B 



Change 1 1-28 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Beamformer Assembly 
TD- l 056/FLR-9 (V) 




N 



c c c c c c 

c c c c 

c C C C CO 

c c c c c c 

c c c o c c 

c c c c c 



cccccccc 
cccccccc 
cccccccc 
cccccccc 
cccccccc 
c c c o c c o c 



CCC I ccc I ccc 



Beamformer Assembly 
-TD-l056/FLR-9(V) 



V 



Rack 423 Rack k22 

Unidentified markers Indicate Coupler Assemblies, 



Figure 1-13. Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2055/FLR-9(V) Beamformer Assembly TD-1056/FLR-9(V) Locations 



Change 1 1-29 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



cccccccc 
cccccccc 
cccccccc 
cccccccc 
cccccccc 
c c c o c ceo 



ccc I ccc ccc 



V 



Panel, Patching, Antenna 
SB-3363/FLR-9(V) 



Beamformer Assembly, 
TD-1056/FLR-9(V) 



Rack kll 



Figure 1-14. Electrical Equipment Rack, Power Dividers and Omni Beamformers, Band B 



Change 1 1-30 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




NOTE: 

Beamformers Top Eight 
Units; Divider 

36082 Racks 405, 406, 407 Assemblies Lower Eight 

Units. 



Figure 1-15. Electrical Equipment Rack, Monitor Beamformers, Band A 



1-31 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




Figure 1-16. Monitor Beamformer, Typical of Bands A and B 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




36133 

Racks: 405,406,407 

Figure 1-17. Divider Assembly, Power Rf 
CU-2050/FLR-9(V) Locations 



1-33 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




Beamformer Assembly 
r TD-105VFLR-9fV) 



Divider Assembly 
> Power, RF 
CU-205l/FLR-3(v) 



36134 



Rack 402 



Figure 1-18. Electrical Equipment Rack, Monitor Beamformers, Band C 



1-34 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




35078 



Figure 1-19. Monitor Beamformer, Band C 



1-35 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




36135 

Rack 402 

Figure 1-20. Divider Assembly, Power Rf 
CU-2051/FLR-9(V) Locations 



1-36 



Typical Racks 417, 418, 419 

36131 



Figure 1-21. Electrical Equipment Rack, 

Monitor Beamformers, Band B 
Locations 



1-37 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




Typical Racks 417, 418, 419 

36136 



Figure 1-22. Divider Assembly, Power Rf 
CU-2053/FLR-9(V) Locations 



1-38 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




Figure 1-23. Electrical Equipment Rack, Power Dividers 
and Omni/Sector Beamformers, Band C 



Change 1 1-39 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 1-2. Bands A and B Antenna Array (3300-31001), 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 


Capability/Limitation 


Frequency range 


2 to 1 8 MHz (down to 1 .5 MHz with 
reduced performance) 


Detection ranqe 


to 4000 nautical miles 


Polarization 


Vertical 


Azimuth coverage 


360 degrees 


Directional gain 


15 dB minimum (average for monitor beams) 
10 dB minimum (at any frequency in band) 


Horizontal sidelobes 


18 dB minimum (below main beam) 


Nominal azimuth beamwldth 


1 1 degrees (band A) 
4 degrees (band B) 


Nominal elevation angle 


Up to 30 degrees (band A) 
Up to 40 degrees (band B) 



1-40 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-3. Band A Antenna Element (Sylvania 02-720246) 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 


Capability/Limitation 


Frequency ranqe 


2 to 6 MHz 


Polarization 


Vertical 


Vswr 


5:1 maximum 


Inductance Z 


172.5 ohms 


Inductance length 


1 1 .2 feet 


Rotation length (Z =75 ohms) 


19.2 feet 


Jumper length 


19.5 feet 


Shorted shunt stub 
(Z =75 ohms) 


31 feet 


Temperature range 
Operating 
Non-operating 


-20 to +125T (-28.9 to +51 .7°C) 
-20 to +125T (-28.9 to +51 .7°C) 


Relative humidity 


95 percent maximum 


Barometric pressure 
Operating 
Non-operating 


31 .0 down to 20.58 inches of mercury 
29.9 down to 5.54 inches of mercury 


Wind and ice loading 

Operating and non-operating 
(worst condition) 


75 mph, 1-inch radial 
ice, -0.4°F (-18°C) 

Survival limits: 150 m8h maximum peak 
gust wind (no ice), +40 F (4.4°C); 
100 mph maximum peak gust, 1 .5 inches 
radial ice, 0.4°F (-18°C); 3 inches 
radial ice (no wind), -0.4°F (-18°C) 


Distance from reflecting screen 


61 .5 feet 


Distance from adjacent elements 
Angular 
Straight line 


7.5 degrees 
78.4 feet 


Mast impedance 


126 ohms 


Output impedance 


75 ohms 



1-41 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 1-4. Band B Antenna Element (Sylvania 02-720248) 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 


Capability/Limitation 


Frequency range 


6 to 18 MHz 


Polarization 


Vertical 


Vswr 


5:1 maximum 


Inductance Z 


175 ohms 


Inductance length 


6.54 feet 


Rotation length (Z =75 ohms) 


8 feet 


Jumper length 


3.25 feet 


Shorted shunt stub 


12.5 feet 


Temperature range 
Operating 
Non-operating 


-20 to +125° F (-28.9 to +51 .7°C) 
-20 to +125° F (-28.9 to +51 .7°C) 


Relative humidity 


95 percent maximum 


Barometric pressure 
Operating 
Non-operating 


31 .0 down to 20.58 inches of mercury 
29.9 down to 20.58 inches of mercury 


Wind and ice loading 

Operating and non-operating 
(worst condition) 


75 mph, 1 inch radial 
ice, -0.4°F (-18°C) 

Survival limits: 150 mgh maximum peak 
gust wind (no ice), +40° F (4.4° C); 
100 mph maximum peak gust, 1 .5 inches 
radial ice, 0.4°F (-18°C);-3 inches 
radial ice (no wind), -0.4° F (-18° C) 


Distance from reflecting screen 


20.5 feet 


Distance from adjacent elements 
Angular 
Straight line 


3.75 degrees 
36.5 feet 


Mast impedance 


126 ohms 


Output impedance 


75 ohms 



1-42 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-5. Bands A and B Reflecting Screen (Sylvania 02-720172) 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 


Capability/Limitation 


Wire spacing 


3 feet apart (average) (no wires in 
center of bay) 


Polarization 


Vertical 


Wind and ice loading 

Operating and non-operating 
(worst condition) 


75 mph, 1 inch radial 
ice, -0.4°F (-18°C) 

Survival limits: 150 moh maximum peak 
gust wind (no ice), +40° F (4.4° C); 
100 mph maximum peak gust, 1.5-inch 
radial ice, 0.4° F (-18° C); 3-inch 
radial ice (no wind), -0.4°F (-18°C) 


Wire tension, each wire 


150 pounds 


Table 1-6. Bands A and B Ground Screen (Sylvania 02-720247) 
Capabilities and Limitations 


Equipment Characteristics 


Capability/Limitation 


Mesh dimensions 


2 feet by 2 feet 


Distance from reflecting screen 


96 feet 


Table 1-7. Band C Antenna Array (Sylvania 02-720268;) (See note at end of table.), 
Capabilities and Limitations 


Equipment Characteristics 


Capability/Limitation 


Frequency range 


18 to 30 MHz 


Detection range 


to 4000 nautical miles 


Polarization 


Horizontal 


Cross polarization 


-20 dB minimum 


Azimuth coverage 


360 degrees 


Vswr 


3:1 maximum 


Wire spacing 


18 inches 



1-43 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-7. Band C Antenna Array (Sylvania 02-720268;) (See note at end of table.), 
Capabilities and Limitations (Continued) 



Equipment Characteristics 


Capability/Limitation 


Wire tension (each wire) 


100 pounds 


Directional gain 


15 dB minimum (for monitor beams) 
10 dB minimum (anywhere in band) 


Horizontal sidelobes 


18 dB minimum (below main beam) 


Nominal azimuth beamwidth 


15 degrees (half-power points) 


Nominal elevation pattern 


Up to 26 degrees (low end of band) 
Up to 17 degrees (high end of band) 


Temperature range 

Operating 

Non-operating 


-20 to +125T (-28.9 to +51 .7°C) 
-20 to +125T (-28.9 to +51 .7° C) 


Relative humidity 


95 percent maximum 


Barometric pressure 

Operating 

Non-operating 


31 .0 down to 20.58 inches of mercury 
29.9 down to 5.54 inches of mercury 


Wind and ice loading 

Operating and non-operating 
(worst condition) 


75 mgh, l-inch radial ice, 
-0.4° F (-18° C) 

Survival limits: 150 mph maximum peak 
gust wind (no ice), +40 F (4.4°C); 
100 mph maximum peak gust, 1.5-inch 
radial ice, 0.4°F (-18°C); 3-inch 
radial ice (no wind), -0.4° F (-18°C) 


rZlcMllolll UlolculUt? liUlll 

reflecting screen 


"10 *3 foot annir^virTiatD 
IU.O IccL, dppi UXI 1 1 1 die 


Distance from adjacent elements 
Angular 
Straight line 


7.5 degrees 

21 feet, 11 1/8 inches 


Impedance 


75 ohms 



NOTE 



Refer als o to site installation drawings 3300-31002, 3300-41034, 3300-41035, and 300-41041 (see 
table 2-4) . 



1-44 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-8. Band A Antenna Feed Cable Assembly (3300-81000), 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 


Capability/Limitation 


Characteristic impedance 

Attenuation 

Temperature range 
Operating 
Non-operating 

Resistivity 

Inner- conductor 
Outer Conductor 

Velocity of propagation 

Rough cut length 

Nominal capacitance 

Dielectric strength 

Corona extinction point 

Change in electrical length 

Bend radius 


75 +2 ohms 

-0.8 dB maximum (at 6 MHz), 68° F (20°C) 

-65 to +160 F (-54 to +71 °C) 
-65 to +160 F (-54 to +71 °C) 

2 maximum at 68 °F 

0.158 ohm-cm/m2 maximum at 68 F (20°C) 
0.077 ohm-cm/m maximum at 680F (20°C) 

82 ±2 percent of free space 

610 feet ±1 foot 

1 7 pf per foot 

8200 volts peak minimum 

4000 volts rms minimum 

0.10 cm/100 ft/°F maximum 

9 inches minimum 


Table 1-9.. Band B Antenn 
Capabili 


a Feed Cable Assembly (3300-81000), 
ties and Limitations 


Equipment Characteristics 


Capability/Limitation 


Characteristic impedance 

Attenuation 

Temperature range 

Operating 

Non-operating 

Resistivity 
Inner conductor 
Outer conductor 


"7C _1_0 /-\ L-i t-vi r» 

to ±£ onms 

-1 .2 dB maximum (at 18 MHz), 68°F (20°C) 

-65 to+160°F (-54 to +71 °C) 
-65 to +160°F (-54 to +71 °C) 

0.158 ohm-cm/m 2 maximum at 68°F (20°C) 
0.077 ohm-cm/m 2 maximum at 68°F (20°C) 



1-45 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-9. Band B Antenna Feed Cable Assembly (3300-81000), 
Capabilities and Limitations (Continued) 



Equipment Characteristics 


Capability/Limitation 


Velocity of propagation 


82 ±2 percent of free space 


Rough cut length 


578 feet ±1 foot 


Nominal capacitance 


17 pf per foot 


Dielectric strength 


8200 volts peak minimum 


Corona extinction point 


4000 volts rms minimum 


Change in electrical length 


0.10 cm/100 ft/°F maximum 


Bend radius 


9 inches minimum 







Table 1-10. Band C Antenna Feed Cable Assembly (3300-81000), 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 


Capability/Limitation 


Characteristic impedance 
Attenuation 


75 ±2 ohms 

-0.6 dB maximum (at 18 MHz), 68°F (20°C) 


Temperature range 

Operating 
Non-operating 


-65 to +160 F (-54 to +71 °C) 
-65 to +160 F (-54 to +71 °C) 


Resistivity 

Inner conductor 
Outer conductor 


0.158 ohm-cm/m 2 maximum 68 F (20 C) 
0.077 ohm-cm/m 2 maximum 68 F (20°C) 


Velocity of propagation 
Rough cut length 


82 ±2 percent of free space 
158 ±2 feet 


Nominal capacitance 


1 7 pf per foot 


Dielectric strength 


8200 volts peak minimum 


Corona extinction point 


4000 volts rms minimum 


Change in electrical length 


0.10 cm/100 feet/OF maximum 


Bend radius 


9 inches minimum 







1-46 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-11. Transmission Line Tuner (3300-40005-1 ), 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 



Capability/Limitation 



Characteristic impedance 
Frequency range 
Vswr 

Insertion loss 

Range of adjustment 

Service conditions 
Operating 



Non-operating 

Humidity 

Altitude 



75 ohms 

1 to 50 MHz 

1.05 to I maximum 

0.05 dB (at 50 MHz), maximum 
(fully extended) 

25 cm minimum 



+60°F (+15.6°C) to +80°F (+26.7°C) 
meeting full performance requirements. 

Temperature extremes with equipment 
continuing to perform basic function 
without interruption or causing per- 
manent damage to itself or intercon- 
nected unit. 

Lower limit: +32°F (0°C) to +60°F 
(+15.6°c) 

Upper limit: +80 F (26.7 0C to 
+125° F (+51.7 °C) 
-65 °F (-54 °C) to 160°F (+71 °C) 

95 percent 

Withstands air shipment at 40,000 
feet 



Table 1-12. Amplifier, Radio Frequency AM-6533/FLR-9(V), 
Capabilities and Limitations 

NOTE 

Data is for one amplifier; there are two per assembly. 



Equipment Characteristics 


Band A 


Band B 


Band C 


Frequency range 








In band 


2 to 6 MHz 


6 to 18 MHz 


18 to 30 MHz 


Low range 


1.5 to 2 MHz 







1-47 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-12. Amplifier, Radio Frequency AM-6533/FLR-9(V), 
Capabilities and Limitations (Continued) 



Equipment Characteristics 



Band A 



Band B 



Band C 



Gain each channel 
In band 
Low range 

Phase tracking 
In band 

Low range 



Input impedance 

Input signal level (rms) 

Input impedance tracking 

Output impedance 

Vswr 
Input 
Output 

Number of outputs 

Noise figure 

Intermodulation distortion 

at outputs 

2nd order (at least) 
3rd order (at least) 

Out-of-band frequency 
rejection 



Power requirements, 
both units 

Miscellaneous service 

conditions 

Ambient operating tem- 
perature for full per- 
formance requirements 



19.25 ±0.2 dB 
19.25 ±1 dB 



±5 degrees 
maximum 
±5 degrees 
maximum 

75 ohms 

100 millivolts 
maximum 
±1.7 ±j1.1 

75 ohms 



1.25:1 
1.25:1 



7.0 dB maximum 



-85 dB 
-82 dB 



19.25 ±0.2 dB 



±1 degree 
maximum 



75 ohms 

100 millivolts 
maximum 
±2.9 ±j 1.4 

75 ohms 



1.25:1 
1.25:1 



7.0 dB maximum 



-85 dB 
-82 dB 



Compared to 1 .5 to 30.0 MHz operation, signals below 
1.0 MHz and above 60.0 MHz are attenuated at least 
35 dB. 



120 ±12 volts, single phase, 48 to 63 Hz, 90 watts 



21.25 ±0.2 dB 



± degree 
maximum 



75 ohms 

100 millivolts 
maximum 
±2.5 ±j2.5 

75 ohms 



1.25:1 
1.25:1 



7.0 dB maximum 



-85 dB 
-82 dB 



+60° F to +80 °F (15.6°C to 26.7°C) 



1-48 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 1-12. Amplifier, Radio Frequency AM-6533/FLR-9(V), 
Capabilities and Limitations, (Continued) 



Equipment Characteristics 


Band A 


Band B 


Band C 


Non-operating temperature 
Altitude 


-65 °F to-160°F (-54°Ct 
Withstands air shipmen 


o 71 °C) 

t at 40,000 feet 





Table 1-13. Directional Couplers (Olektron Corp. TD4-102-1, 
TD4-102-2, and TD4-102-3; Types I, II, and III), 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment 


Capability/Limitation 


Frequency range - types 
Type I 
Type II 
Type III 


1.5 MHz to 6 MHz (band A) 
6 MHz to 18 MHz (band B) 
18 MHz to 30 MHz (band C) 


All types 

Maximum input power level 
(100-percent duty cycle) 


+20 dBm (total power) 


Directivity 

range; power level +20 dBm maximum 


More than 25 dB in applicable frequency 


Vswr 


1.2:1 maximum in applicable frequency 
range; power level +20 dBm maximum 


Intermodulation distortion 
Two in-band cw signals 
(arithmetic sum) +20 dBm 
maximum input 


Output intermodulation products power 
content equal to or less that 100 dB 
below input power 


Single signal harmonic 
generation 


A +20-dBm test signal does not produce 
harmonic or spurious signal(s) greater 
that 100 dB below input reference. 


Nominal impedance 
(all ports) 


75 ±5 ohms 


Unit-to-unit phase angle 
variation 


For all frequencies of 1 .5 to 30 MHz 
and power levels to +20 dBm, the unit- 
to-unit phase angle variation of 6 i_ 2 ' 
6 i-3> or 9 4 . 2 does not exceed 
0.4 degree 

1-49 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-13. Directional Couplers (Olektron Corp. TD4-102-1, 
TD4-102-2, and TD4-102-3; Types I, II, and 111), 
Capabilities and Limitations (Continued) 



Equipment Characteristics 


Capability /Limitation 


Service conditions 




Operating temperature 


+60°F (15.6°C) to +80°F (26.7° C) 


Non-operating temperature 


-65 °F (-54 °C) to +1 60°F (71 ° C) 



Table 1-14. Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2052/FLFl-9(V), 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 


In Band 


Low Range 




NOTE 





Data is for one unit; there are four per assembly (4:16) 



Frequency range 

Input impedance 

Output impedance 

Input/output vswr 

Phase tracking 

Amplitude tracking 

Single channel 
insertion loss 

Number of inputs 

Number of outputs 

Output-to-output 
isolation 

Intermodulation distor- 
tion (second and third 
order for two, 2.0-volt 
rms input signals) 
(at least) 



2 to 30 MHz 

75 ohms 

75 ohms 

1.25:1 maximum 

±0.75 degrees 

±0.10 dB maximum 

6.4 dB maximum 
(at 2 to 6 MHz) 
6.6 dB maximum 
(at 6 to 30 MHz) 

1 

4 

30 dB minimum 



-95 dB 



1.5 to 2 MHz 
75 ohms 

75 ohms 

1.5:1 maximum 

+1 .5 degrees maximum 

±0.3 dB maximum 

6.6 dB maximum 



30 dB minimum 



-95 dB 



1-50 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-14. Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2052/FLR-9(V), 
Capabilities and Limitations (Continued) 



Equipment Characteristics 


In Band 


Low Range 




NOTE 





Second and third order intermodulation products at any output are below 
the output level of either test signal as specified above. 

Application: Power divider used in bands A, B, and C. 



Miscellaneous service 
conditions 

Relative humidity 


95 percent 




Operating temperature 
for full performance 
requirements 


+60°F (15.6°C) to +80° F (26.7°C) 




Non-operating 
temperature 


-65° F (-54 °C) to +160° F (+71 °C) 




Altitude 


Withstands air shipment at 
40,000 feet 





Table 1-15. Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2050/FLR-9(V), 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 


In Band 


Extended Range 


Low Range 




NO" 


rE 






Data is for one unit (1 :16); there are two per assembly (2:32). 




Frequency range 


2 to 6 MHz 


2 to 30 MHz 


1.5 to 2 MHz 


Input impedance 


75 ohms 


75 ohms 


75 ohms 


Output impedance 


75 ohms 


75 ohms 


75 ohms 


Input/output vswr 


1.25:1 maximum 


1.25:1 maximum 


1.5:1 maximum 


Phase tracking 


±1.5 degrees 


±2.0 degrees 


± 3.0 degrees 




maximum 


maxi mum 


maximum 


Amplitude tracking 


±0.2 dB maximum 


±0.2 dB maximum 


±0.4 dB maximum 



1-51 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-15. Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2050/FLR-9(V), 
Capabilities and Limitations (Continued) 



Equipment Characteristics 


In Band 


Extended Range 


Low Range 


Single channel insertion 


12.8 dB max- 


13.2 dB max- 


12.8 dB max- 


I ncc 


imum 


imum 


imum 


Number of inputs 


1 






Number of outputs 


16 






Output-to-output isolation 


(30 dB minimum at 20 MHz and below) (26 dB minimum 




above 20 MHz) 






Intermodulation distortion 








(second and third order for 








two, 2.0-volt rms signals) 








(1.5 to 30 MHz) (at least) 


-95 dB 


-95 dB 


-95 dB 






NOTE 





Second and third order intermodulation products at any output are below 
the output level of either test signal as specified above. 

Miscellaneous service conditions 

Relative humidity 95 percent 

Operating temperature for full 

performance requirements +60° F (+15.6°C) to +80°F (+26.7°C) 

Non-operating temperature -65° F (-54 °C) to +160°F (+71 °C) 

Altitude Withstands air shipment at 40,000 

feet. 

Application: Power divider, band A only, 



Table 1-16. Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2053/FLR-9(V), 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 


Extended Range 


In Band 






NOTE 






Data is for one unit (1 :8); there are four per assembly (4:32). 


Frequency range 




2 to 30 MHz 


6 to 18 MHz 


Input impedance 




75 ohms 


75 ohms 



1-52 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 1-16. Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2053/FLR-9(V), 
Capabilities and Limitations (Continued) 



Equipment Characteristics 


Extended Range 


In Band 


Output impedance 


75 ohms 


75 ohms 


Input/output vswr 


75 ohms 


75 ohms 


Phase tracking 


±2.0 degrees maximum 


10.0 degrees maximum 


Amplitude tracking 


±0.2 dB maximum 


0.15 dB maximum 


Single channel insertion loss 


10.0 dB maximum 


10.0 dB maximum 


Number of inputs 


1 


1 


Number of outputs 


8 


8 


Output-to-output isolation 


30 dB minimum 


30 dB minimum 


Intermodulation distortion 
(second and third order for two 
2.0-volt rms input signals) 


-95 dB 

NOTE 


-95 dB 



Levels of -90 dB are acceptable for third order products produced by fundamentals below 6 MHz. 
Second and third order intermodulation products at any output are below the output level of either test 
signal as specified above. 



Miscellaneous service 
conditions 

Relative humidity 

Operating temperature for 
full performance requirements 

Non-operating temperature 

Altitude 

Application: Power divider, band B only. 



95 percent 

+60°F (+15.6°C) to +80°F (+26.7°C) 
-65 °F (-54 °C) to +160°F (+71 °C) 
Withstands air shipment at 40,000 feet 



1-53 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-17. Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2051/FLR-9(V), 



Capabilities and Limitations 


Equipment Characteristics 


Extended Range 


In Band 




NOTE 





Data is for one unit (1 :4); there are six per assembly (6:24). 



Frequency range 

Input impedance 

Output impedance 

Input/output vswr 

Phase tracking 

Amplitude tracking 

Single-channel insertion loss 

Number of outputs 

Number of inputs 

Output-to-output isolation 

Intermodulation distortion 
(second and third order for two, 
2.0-volt rms input signals) 
(at least) 



2 to 30 MHz 

75 ohms 

75 ohms 

1.25:1 maximum 

±1.0 degrees maximum. 

±0.15 dB maximum 

6.6 dB maximum 

4 

1 

30 dB minimum 



-95 dB 



NOTE 



18 to 30 MHz 

75 ohms 

75 ohms 

1.25:1 maximum 

±0.75 degrees maximum 

±0.1 dB maximum 

6.6 dB maximum 

4 

1 

30 dB minimum 
-95 dB 



Second and third order intermodulation products at any output are below the output level of either test 
signal as specified above. 



Miscellaneous service conditions 
Relative humidity 



95 percent 



Operating temperature for 

full performance requirement^ +60°F (+15.6°C) to +80°F (26.7°C) 
Non-operating temperature -65 °F (-54 °C) to +160°F (+71 °C) 

Altitude Withstands air shipment at 40,000 feet. 

Application: Power divider, band C only. 



1-54 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-18. Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2054/FLR-9(V), 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 


In Band 


Extended Range 


Low Range 


Prom iono\/ ronno 

rrec|uericy range 
18 to 30 MHz 


O tn R MW-7 
c. 10 D ivinz 


tn <?D MU-7 

c. to oU ivinz 


1 c tr> MU-7 


inpui irTipeoarice 


id onms 


ID OMITIS 


ID OMITIS 


(^i itr\i it i rvi noHo n/^o 
kJULpUL lilipcUdilOc 


ID Ul II 1 lb 


ID Ul II I lb 


ID Ul II I lb 


inpui/ouipui vswr 


\.cx>.\ maximum 


\.c.d.\ maximum 


i .4. i maximum 


rlldoc LidL/r\lliy 


.L i .u uuyi CCO 

maximum 


-L 1 .Q Ucyi CCb 

maximum 


zo.u ucyiccb 
maximum 


Amplitude tracking 


±0.15 dB maximum 


±0.2 dB maximum 


±0.3 dB maximum 


Single channel insertion loss 


10.0 dB maximum 


10.0 dB maximum 


10.0 maximum 


Number of inputs 


16 






Number of outputs 


2 






Output-to-output isolation 


30 dB minimum 


30 dB minimum 


30 dB minimum 


Intermodulation distortion 
(second and third order for 
two, 2.0-volt rms input 
signals) 


-95 dB 

NO" 


-95 dB 

rE 


-95 dB 



Levels of -90 dB are acceptable for third order products produced by fundamentals below 6 MHz. 
Second and third order intermodulation products at any output are below the output level of either test 
signal as specified above. 



Miscellaneous service conditions 
Relative humidity 

Operating temperature for full 
performance requirements 
Non-operating temperature 

Altitude 



95 percent 



+60°F (+15.6°C) to +80°F (+26.7°C) 
-65 °F (-54 °C) to +160°F (+71 °C) 

Withstands air shipment at 
40,000 feet. 



Application: Omnicombiner, used in bands A and C. 



1-55 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-18. Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2054/FLR-9(V), 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 


In Band 


Extended Range 


Low Range 


Prom iQno\/ ronno 

rrec|uericy range 


O tn R MW-7 
c. 10 D ivinz, 

18 to 30 MHz 


O tn MW-7 

c. io ou ivinz 


H c tn MW-7 

1 .0 lu d. ivinz 


input impedance 


/ o u n r n s 


/o unrns 


/ o unms 


(^i itr\i it imrioHanro 
kJULpUL lilipcUdilOc 


/ D Ul II 1 lb 


ID Ul II 1 lb 


/ D Ul II I lb 


inpui/ouipui vswr 


i.^o.i maximum 


i .cx>. i iTiBxi rn urn 


i .4. i maximum 


rlldoc LidL/fMliy 


-4-1 CI Honfooc 

IL 1 .U UcLj 1 CCO 

maximum 


4- 1 R HoncoDC 
z l .o Ucyi ccb 

maximum 


n Honfooc 

zo.u ucyicco 
maximum 


Amplitude tracking 


±0.15 dB maximum 


±0.2 dB maximum 


±0.3 dB maximum 


Single channel insertion loss 


10.0 dB maximum 


10.0 dB maximum 


10.0 dB maximum 


Number of inputs 


16 






Number of outputs 


2 






Output-to-output isolation 


30 dB minimum 


30 dB minimum 


30 dB minimum 


Intermodulation distortion 
(second and third order for 
two, 2.0-volt rms input 
signals) 


-95 dB 

NOTE 


-95 dB 


-95 dB 



Levels of -90 dB are acceptable for third order products produced by fundamentals below 6 MHz. 
Second and third order intermodulation products at any output are below the output level of either test 
signal as specified above. 



Miscellaneous service conditions 
Relative humidity 

Operating temperature for full 
performance requirements 
Non-operating temperature 

Altitude 



95 percent 



+60°F (+15.6°C) to +80°F (+26.7°C) 
-65 °F (-54 °C) to +160°F (+71 °C) 

Withstands air shipment at 
40,000 feet. 



Application: Omnicombiner, used In bands A and C. 



1-56 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-19. Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2055/FLR-9(V), 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 

Frequency range 

Input impedance 

Output impedance 

Input/output vswr 

Phase tracking ±1 .5 degrees 
max i mum 

Amplitude tracking 

Single channel insertion loss 

Number of inputs 

Number of outputs 

Output-to-output isolation 

Intermodulation distortion (second 
and third order for two, 2.0-volt 
rms input signals) (at least) 
NOTE 



In Band 

6 to 18 MHz 

75 ohms 

75 ohms 

1.25:1 maximum 

±2.0 degrees 
max i mum 

0O.15 dB maximum 

12.8 dB maximum 

16 

1 

30 dB minimum 



Extended Range 
2 to 30 MHz 
75 ohms 
75 ohms 
1.25:1 maximum 

f0.2 dB maximum 
13.2 dB maximum 



30 dB minimum 



-95 dB 



-95 dB 



Levels of -90 dB are acceptable for third order products produced by funda- 
mentals below 6 MHz. Second and third order intermodulation products at any 
output are below the output level of either test signal as specified above. 



Miscellaneous service conditions 
Relative humidity 

Operating temperature for full 
performance requirements 

Non-operating temperature 

Altitude 
Application: 



95 percent 

+60°F (+15.6°C) to +80°F (+26.7°C) 

-65 °F (-54 °C) to +160°F (+71 °C) 

Withstands air shipment at 40,000 feet 
Omnicombiner, band B only. 



1-57 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 1-20. Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2049/FLR-9(V), 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 


In Band 


Extended Range 


Frequency range 


2 to 30 MHz 


1.5 to 2 MHz 


inpui impeoance 


/o onms 


/ ll 111 S 


wULUUl 1 1 1 ipcUal IUo 


/ O Ul II 1 lb 


/ O Ul II I lo 


inpui/uuipui vswr 


^ OE^ ■ ^ m o v i m i i m 
1 .£lD. 1 maXIITlUm 


^ A ■ ^ rvi o v i m i i rvi 

I.H-.I nlaXI III Ul 11 


rlldoc LiaUrMliy 


-L I .u UtJLJ 1 CCO 

maximum 


+ O n Honrooc 

z ^.u ucyicco 

maximum 


Amplitude tracking 


±0.15 dB maximum 


±0.3 dB maximum 


Single channel insertion loss 


10 dB maximum 


10 dB maximum 


Number of inputs 


6 




Number of outputs 


1 




Output-to-output isolation 


30 dB minimum 


30 dB minimum 


Intermodulation distortion (second 
and third order for two, 2.0-volt 
rms input signals) (at least) 


-95 dB 

NOTE 


-95 dB 



Levels of -90 dB are acceptable for third order products produced by fundamentals below 6 MHz. 
Second and third order intermodulation products at any output are below the output level of either test 
signal as specified above. 



Miscellaneous service conditions 

Relative humidity 95 percent 

Operating temperature for full 

performance requirements +60°F (+15.6°C) to +80°F (+26.7°C) 

Non-operating temperature -65± F (-54 C) to +160 F (+71 °C) 

Altitude Withstand air shipment at 40,000 feet. 

Application: Omnicombiner, bands A, B, and C. 



1-58 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1 -21 . Beamformer Assembly TD-1 052/FLR-9(V) (V7 Only), 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 



In Band 



Extended Range 



Frequency range 

Input impedance 

Output impedance 

Input vswr 

Output vswr 

Number of inputs 

Number of outputs 

Maximum insertion loss of zero 
taper channels (the zero taper 
channels are the two center an- 
tenna channels requiring zero 
illumination taper) 

Input-to-input isolation 

Maximum amplitude deviation 
(from theoretical) 

Amplitude tracking 

Maximum phase deviation 

Phase tracking 

Intermodulation distortion (for 
two, 2.0-volt rms inputs intro- 
duced at output of beamformer) 



NOTE 

Data is for one unit (16:1), there are two per assembly. 



2 to 6 MHz 

75 ohms 

75 ohms 

1.25:1 

1.25:1 

16 

1 



10.5 dB maximum 
30 dB minimum 

±0.2 dB maximum 
±0.2 dB maximum 
±2 degrees maximum 
±2 degrees maximum 



1.5 to 2 MHz 

75 ohms 

75 ohms 

1.25:1 

1.25:1 

16 

1 



10.5 dB maximum 
30 dB minimum 

±0.3 dB maximum 
±0.3 dB maximum 
±5 degrees maximum 
±3 degrees maximum 



-95 dB maximum with respect to fundamentals 
Application: Monitor beamformer, band A, site V7 only. 



1-59 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1 -21 . Beamformer Assembly TD-1 052/FLR-9(V) (V7 Only), 
Capabilities and Limitations, (Continued) 





Relative Attenuation 


Channel 


(IndB) 


Channel 1 





Channel 2 





Channel 3 


-1.1 


Channel 4 


-1.1 


Channel 5 


-2.9 


Channel 6 


-2.9 


Channel 7 


-5.6 


Channel 8 


-5.6 


Channel 9 


-8.7 


Channel 10 


-8.7 


Channel 11 


-12.6 


Channel 12 


-12.6 


Channel 13 


-13.7 


Channel 14 


-13.7 


Channel 15 


-12.1 


Channel 16 


-12.1 


Channel 


Required Time Delay, Nanoseconds 


Channel 1 and 2 (Center) 


194.0 


Channel 3 and 4 


186.5 


Channel 5 and 6 


171.7 


Channel 7 and 8 


149.7 


Channel 9 and 10 


121.0 


Channel 11 and 12 


86.1 


Channel 13 and 14 


45.5 


Channel 15 and 16 





Miscellaneous service conditions 




Relative humidity 


95 percent 


Operating temperature for full 




performance requirements 


+60°F (+15.6°C) to +80°F (+26.7°C) 


Non-operating temperature 


-65°F (-54 °C) to +160°F (+71 °C) 


Altitude 


Withstands air shipment at 40,000 feet 







1-60 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-22. Beamformer Assembly TD-1050/FLR-9(V) (V8 Only), 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 


In Band 


Extended Range 




NOTE 





Data is for one unit (16:), there are two per assembly. 



Frequency rarge 


2 to 6 MHz 


1.5 to 2 MHz 


Input impedance 


75 ohms 


75 ohms 


Output impedance 


75 ohms 


75 ohms 


Input vswr 


1.25:1 


1.25:1 


Output vswr 


1.25:1 


1.25:1 


Number of inputs 


16 


16 


Number of outputs 


1 


1 


Maximum insertion loss of zero 
taper channels (the zero taper 
channels are the two center an- 
tenna channels requiring zero 
illumination taper) 


10.5 dB maximum 


10.5 dB maximum 


Input-to-input isolation 


30 dB minimum 


30 dB minimum 


Maximum amplitude deviation 
(from theoretical) 


±0.2 dB maximum 


±0.3 dB maximum 


Amplitude tracking 


±0.2 dB maximum 


±0.3 dB maximum 


Maximum phase deviation 


±2 degrees maximum 


± 5 degrees maximum 


Phase tracking 


±2 degrees maximum 


± 3 degrees maximum 


Intermodulation distortion (for 
two, 2.0-volt rms inputs intro- 
duced at output of beamformer) 


-95 dB maximum with respect to fundame 


sntals 



Application: Monitor beamformer, band A, site V8 only. 





Relative Attenuation 


Channel 


(IndB) 


Channel 1 





Channel 2 






1-61 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-22. Beamformer Assembly TD-1050/FLR-9(V) (V8 Only), 
Capabilities and Limitations (Continued) 



Channel 


Relative Attenuation 




(IndB) 


Channel 3 


-1.1 


Channel 4 


-1.1 


Channel 5 


-2.9 


Channel 6 


-2.9 


Channel 7 


-5.6 


Channel 8 


-5.6 


Channel 9 


-8.7 


Channel 10 


-8,7 


Channel 11 


-12.6 


Channel 12 


-12.6 


Channel 13 


-13.7 


Channel 14 


-13.7 


Channel 15 


-12.1 


Channel 16 


-12.1 


Channel 


Required Time Delay, Nanoseconds 


Channel 1 and 2 (Center) 


155.4 


Channel 3 and 4 


149.4 


Channel 5 and 6 


137.5 


Channel 7 and 8 


119.9 


Channel 9 and 10 


96.9 


Channel 11 and 12 


68.9 


Channel 13 and 14 


36.5 


Channel 15 and 16 





Miscellaneous service conditions 




Relative humidity 


95 percent 


Operating temperature for full 




performance requirements 


+60°F (+15.6°C) to +80°F (+26.7°C) 


Non-operating temperature 


-65 °F (-54 °C) to +160°F (+71 °C) 


Altitude 


Withstands air shipment at 40,000 feet 




1-62 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-23. Beamformer Assembly TD-1053/FLR-9(V) (V7 Only), 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 


In Band 


Extended Range 




NOTE 





Data is for one unit (16:1); there are two per assembly. 



Frequency range 

Input impedance 

Output impedance 

Input vswr 

Output vswr 

Number of inputs 

Number of outputs 

Maximum insertion loss of zero 
taper channels (the zero taper 
channels are the two center an- 
tenna channels requiring zero 
illumination taper) 

Input-to-input isolation 
Maximum amplitude deviation 
(from theoretical) 

Amplitude tracking 

Maximum phase deviation 

Phase tracking 

Intermodulation distortion (for 
two, 2.0-volt rms inputs intro- 
duced at output of beamformer) 



6 to 18 MHz 

75 ohms 

75 ohms 

1.25:1 

1.25:1 

16 

1 



10.3 dB maximum 
30 dB minimum 
±02. dB maximum 
±0.2 dB maximum 
±2 degrees maximum 
±2 degrees maximum 



18 to 30 MHz 

75 ohms 

75 ohms 

1.4:1 

1.4:1 

16 

1 



11.0 dB maximum 
20 dB minimum 
±1.0 dB maximum 
±0.5 dB maximum 
±8 degrees maximum 
±3 degrees maximum 



-95 dB maximum with respect to fundamentals 
from 6 to 30 MHz 

NOTE 



Intermodulation distortion in the frequency range of 1.5 to 6 MHz also is -95 dB with respect to the 
fundamentals. For this specification the input signal levels are 2.0 volt rms at 6 MHz varying linearly to 
0.7 volt rms at 1.5 MHz. 



Application: Monitor beamformer, band B, site V7 only. 



1-63 



TM 32-6985-217-15 

Table 1-23. Beamformer Assembly TD-1053/FLR-9(V) (V7 Only) 
Capabilities and Limitations (Continued) 



Relative Attenuation 
Channel (In dB) 



L>nannei 


i 


u 


L>nannei 


o 
iL 


U 


L>nannei 


n 
O 


-I.I 


L>nannei 


A 

4 


-I.I 


Channel 


c 





Channel 


6 


-2.9 


Channel 


7 


-5.6 


Channel 


8 


-5.6 


Channel 


9 


-8-.7 


Channel 


10 


-8.7 


Channel 


11 


-12.6 


Channel 


12 


-12.6 


Channel 


13 


-13.7 


Channel 


14 


-13.7 


Channel 


15 


-12.1 


Channel 


16 


-12.1 



Required Time Delay, Nanoseconds 



58.59 
56.46 
52.20 
45.85 
37.39 
26.91 
14.43 


95 percent 



+60°F (+15.6°C) to +80°F (+26.7°C) 
-65 °F (-54 °C) to +160°F (+71 °C) 
Withstands air shipment at 40,000 feet 



Channel 



Channel 1 and 2 (Center) 

Channel 3 and 4 

Channel 5 and 6 

Channel 7 and 8 

Channel 9 and 10 

Channel 11 and 12 

Channel 13 and 14 

Channel 15 and 16 

Miscellaneous service conditions 
Relative humidity 
Operating temperature for full 
performance requirements 
Non-operating temperature 
Altitude 



1-64 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-24. Beamformer Assembly TD-1051/FLR-9(V), (V8 Only) 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 


In Band 


Extended Range 




NOTE 




Data is for one unit (16:1); there are two per assembly. 


Frequency range 


6 to 18 MHz 


18 to 30 MHz 


Input impedance 


75 ohms 


75 ohms 


Output impedance 


75 ohms 


75 ohms 


Input vswr 


1.25:1 


1.4:1 


Output vswr 


1.25:1 


1.4:1 


Nli imhor r\f ini"\i itc 
INUI 1 IUci Ul 1 1 ipU Lo 


1 fi 
I D 


I D 


Nli imKor r\f f\ i itrM itc 
INUiTIUci Ul UULpULb 


I 


I 


i v i ax i ill u r Ti insertion loss ot zero 
taper channels (the zero taper 

phonnolc ore tho t\A/n pontor an. 
L/l Icll II Iclo die LI lo LWU L/CllLci all 

tenna channels requiring zero 
illumination taper) 


10.3 dB maximum 


11.0 dB maximum 


Input-to-input isolation 


30 dB minimum 


20 dB minimum 


Maximum amplitude deviation. 
^Trorn ineoreucai^ 


-4-0 O r\ D kyi o v i kyi i i kyi 

±\).c. ud maximum 


-t- ^ C\ /H D KYI O V ! KYI 1 1 KYI 

it i .u ud maximum 


Amplitude tracking 


±0.2 dB maximum 


±0.5 dB maximum 


Maximum phase deviation 


±2 degrees maximum 


±8 degrees maximum 


Phase tracking 


±2 degrees maximum 


±3 degrees maximum 


Intermodulation distortion (for 
two 2.0-volt rms inputs intro- 
duced at output of beamformer) 


-95 dB maximum with respect to 
from 6 to 30 MHz 

NOTE 


fundamentals 


Intermodulation distortion in the 


frequency range of 1.5 to 6 MHz 


is -95 dB with respect to the 



fundamentals. For this specification the input signal levels will be 2.0 volt rms at 6 MHz varying linearly 
to 0.7 volt rms at 1.5 MHz. 

Application: Monitor beamformer, band B, site V8 only. 



1-65 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-24. Beamformer Assembly TD-1051/FLR-9(V) (V8 Only) 
Capabilities and Limitations (Continued) 





Relative Attenuation 


Channel 


(IndB) 


Channel 1 





Channel 2 





Channel 3 


-1.1 


Channel 4 


-1.1 


Channel 5 


-2.9 


Channel 6 


-2.9 


Channel 7 


-5.6 


Channel 8 


-5.6 


Channel 9 


-8.7 


Channel 10 


-8.7 


Channel 11 


-12.6 


Channel 12 


-12.6 


Channel 13 


-13.7 


Channel 14 


-13.7 


Channel 15 


-12.1 


Channel 16 


-12.1 


Channel 


Required Time Delay, Nanoseconds 


Channel 1 and 2 (Center) 


41.29 


Channel 3 and 4 


39.79 


Channel 5 and 6 


36.79 


Channel 7 and 8 


32.30 


Channel 9 and 10 


26.35 


Channel 11 and 12 


18.96 


Channel 13 and 14 


10.17 


Channel 15 and 16 





Miscellaneous service conditions 




Relative humidity 


95 percent 


Operating temperature for full 




performance requirements 


+60° F (+15.6°C) to +80°F (+26.7°C) 


Non-operating temperature 


-65 °F (-54 °C) to +160°F (+71 °C) 


Altitude 


Withstands air shipment at 40,000 feet 







1-66 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-25. Beamformer Assembly TD-1054/FLR-9(V), 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 


In Band 


Extended Range 




NOTE 




Data is for one unit (8:1); there are four per assembly. 


Frequency range 


18 to 30 MHz 


6 to 18 MHz 


Input impedance 


75 ohms 


75 ohms 


Output impedance 


75 ohms 


75 ohms 


Input vswr 


1.25:1 


1.25:1 


Output vswr 


1.25:1 


1.25:1 


Nil iinhflr r\f !nr\i itc 
InUiIIUUi Ul llipULo 


p 
o 


p 
o 


Nil iinhflr r\i r\\ itr^i itc 
INUlTIUci Ul UULpULb 


I 


I 


i v i ax i ill u in insertion loss ot zero 
taper channels (the zero taper 
channels are the two center an- 
tenna channels requiring zero 
illumination taper) 


8 dB maximum 


8 dB maximum 


Input-to-input isolation 


30 dB minimum 


30 dB minimum 


Maximum amplitude deviation 
(from theoretical) 


±0.2 dB maximum 


±0.3 dB maximum 


Amplitude tracking 


±0.2 dB maximum 


±0.3 dB maximum 


Maximum phase deviation 


±2 degrees maximum 


±3 degrees maximum 


Phase tracking 


±2 degrees maximum 


±3 degrees maximum 



Intermodulation distortion (for 
two, 2.0-volt rms inputs intro- 
duced at output of beamformer) 



-95 dB maximum with respect to fundamentals 



NOTE 



Intermodulation distortion in the frequency range of 1.5 to 6 MHz is -95 dB with respect to the 
fundamentals. For this specification the input signal levels are 2.0 volt rms at 6 MHz varying linearly to 
0.7 volt rms at 1.5 MHz. 

Application: Monitor beamformer, barld C. 



1-67 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-25. Beamformer Assembly TD-1054/FLR-9(V), 
Capabilities and Limitations (Continued) 





Relative Attenuation 


Channel 


(IndB) 


Channel I 





Channel 2 





Channel 3 


-2.0 


Channel 4 


-2.0 


z~\ i i r- 

Channel 5 


-6.6 


Channel 6 


-6.6 


Channel 7 


-7.9 


Channel 8 


-7.9 


Channel 


Required Time Delay, Nanoseconds 


Channel 1 and 2 (Center) 


16.12 


Channel 3 and 4 


13.39 


Channel 5 and 6 


7.99 


f^hannpl "7 anrl ft 
oi idi ii id / &i iu u 


n 


Miscellaneous service conditions 




Relative humidity 


95 percent 


Operating temperature for full 




performance requirements 


+60°F (+15.6°C) to +80°F (26.7°C) 


Non-operating temperature 


-65 °F (-54 °C) to +160°F (+71 °C) 


Altitude 


Withstands air shipment at 40,000 feet 







Table 1-26. Beamformer Assembly TD-1055/FLR-9(V), 
Capabilities and Limitations 



Equipment Characteristics 



In Band 



Frequency range 
Input impedance 
Output impedance 



NOTE 

Data is for one unit (4:1); there are three per assembly. 

1.5 to 6 MHz 
75 ohms 
75 ohms 



1-68 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 1-26. Beamformer Assembly TD-1055/FLR-9(V), 



Capabilities and 


Limitations (Continued) 


Equipment Characteristics 


In Band 


Input vswr 

Output vswr 

Number of inputs 

Number of outputs 

Insertion loss balance 

Input-to-input isolation 

Phase difference 

Intermodulation distortion (for 
two, 2.0-volt rms inputs intro- 
duced at output of beamformer) 

Application: Sector b 


1.25:1 maximum 
1.25:1 maximum 
4 
1 

0.2 dB maximum 
30 dB minimum 
1 degree maximum 

-95 dB maximum with respect to funda- 
mentals 

samformer, band A. 


Channel 


Relative Insertion Loss 


Channel 2 Jl to J5 
Channel 3 J2 to J5 
Channel 1 J3 to J5 
Channel 4 J4 to J5 

NO" 

The insertion loss of channels 2 and 3 and that of 
maximum insertion loss of channels 2 and 3 is 6.5 dB 





8.5 ±0.2 dB 
8.5 ±0.2 dB 

rE 

channels 1 and 4 is balanced within 0.2 dB. The 


Channel 


Required Time Delay, Nanoseconds 


Channel 2 and 3 (Center 
Channel 1 and 4 


9.3 




NOTE 

The phase delay must be within 1 .0 degree of the amount specified above at any frequency between 1 .6 
and 6 MHz. 



1-69 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-26. Beamformer Assembly TD-1055/FLR-9(V), 
Capabilities and Limitations (Continued) 



Channel 


Required Time Delay, Nanoseconds 


Miscellaneous service conditions 
Relative humidity 

Operating temperature for full 
performance requirements 

Non-operating temperature 

Altitude 


95 percent 

+60°F (+15.6°C) to +80°F (+26.7°C) 
-65 °F (-54 °C) to +160°F (+71 °C) 
Withstands air shipment at 40,000 feet 


Table 1-27. Beamformer Assembly TD- 


1056./FLR-9(V), Capabilities and Limitations 


Equipment Characteristics 


In Band 







Frequency range 

Input impedance 

Output impedance 

Input vswr 

Output vswr 

Number of inputs 

Number of outputs 

Insertion loss balance 

Input-to-input isolation 

Phase difference 

Intermodulation distortion (for 
two, 2.0-volt rms inputs intro- 
duced at output of beamformer) 



NOTE 

Data is for one unit (3:1); there are three per assembly. 

6 to 30 MHz 
75 ohms 
75 ohms 
1.25:1 maximum 
1.25:1 maximum 
3 
1 

0.2 dB maximum 
30 dB minimum 
1 degree maximum 

-95 dB maximum with respect to fundamentals 
Application: SectoY beamformer, band B 



1-70 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 1-27. Beamformer Assembly TD-1056/FLR-9(V) Capabilities and Limitations (Continued) 



Channel 


Relative Insertion Loss 


Channel 1 J2 to J4 


11 ±0.2 dB 


Channel 3 J3 to J4 


11 ±0.2 dB 


Channel 2 J1 to J4 






NOTE 

The insertion loss of channels I and 3 must be balanced within 0.2 dB; the maximum insertion loss of channel 2 is 3.5 dB. 



Channel 


Required Time Delay, Nanoseconds 


Channel 2 (Center) 
Channels I and 3 

N( 

The phase delay must be within 1.0 degree of the 
and 30 MHz. 

Miscellaneous service conditions 
Relative humidity 

Operating temperature for full 
performance requirements 

Non-operating temperature 

Altitude 


1.2 


JTE 

amount specified above at any frequency between 6 
95 percent 

+60°F (+15.6°C) to +80°F (+26.7°C) 
-65 °F (-54 °C) to +160°F (+71 °C) 
Withstands air shipment at 40,000 feet 







1-71 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 1-28. Beamformer Assembly TD-1057/FLR-9(V), Capabilities and Limitations 



Characteristics 


In Band 







Frequency range 

Input impedance 

Output impedance 

Input vswr 

Output vswr 

Number of inputs 

Number of outputs 

Maximum insertion loss of 
either channel 

Insertion loss balance 

Input-to-input isolation 

Phase difference 

Intermodulation distortion (for 
two 2.0-volt rms inputs intro- 
duced at output to beamformer) 

Miscellaneous service conditions 
Relative humidity 
Operating temperature for full 
performance requirements 
Non-operating temperature 
Altitude 



NOTE 

Data is for one unit (2:1); there are three per assembly. 

6 to 30 MHz 
75 ohms 
75 ohms 
1.25:1 maximum 
1.25:1 maximum 
2 
1 

3.5 dB 

0.2 dB maximum 
30 dB minimum 
1.0 degree maximum 



Application: Sector 



-95 dB maximum with respect to fundamentals 
95 percent 

+60°F (+15.6°C) to +80°F (+26.7°C) 
-65 °F (-54 °C) to +160°F (+71 °C) 
Withstands air shipment at 40,000 feet 

beamformer, band C. 



1-72 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-29. Directional Couplers (Olektron TD4-101-1, TD4-101-2, and TD4-101-3; Types I, II, and III) Capabilities and 

Limitations 



Characteristics 


Capability/Limitation 


Frpni ipnr , \/ rannp - twnpc - 

Type 1 
Type 1 1 

T\/r~\o 1 1 


1.5 MHz to 6 MHz (Band A) 
6 MHz to 18 MHz (Band B) 

io ivin^ lu ou ivin^ ^Ddiiu \j) 


All types 

IVIdAll 1 1 Ul 1 1 IMfJUL [JUWcl level 

(100-percent duty cycle) 


+20 dBm (total power) 


Directivity 

range; power level +20 dBm maximum 


More than 25 dB in applicable frequency 


Vswr 

r?innp - nnwpr Ip\/pI -i-Pfl HR maYimum 
idiiyc. uuvvci icvci ^c-\j ulj i i iciaii i iui i i 


1.2:1 maximum in applicable frequency 


Intermodulation distortion 
Two in-band cw signals 

\o\ I 11 II 1 IcUL bUllly +£^U UDIII 

maximum input 


Output intermodulation products power 
content equal to or less than 100 dB 

UCIUVV II l|JUL [JUVVCl . 


Single signal harmonic generation 


a +20-dBm test signal does not produce 
harmonic or spurious signal(s) greater 
than 100 dB below input reference. 


Nominal impedance 
(all ports) 


75 ±5 ohms 


Unit-to-unit phase angle variation 


For all frequencies of 1 .5 to 30 MHz 
and power levels to +20 dBm, the unit- 
to-unit phase angle variation of 9 i. 2l 
9 1.3, or 9 4 . 2 does not exceed 0.4 
del gee. 


Service conditions 

Operating temperature 
Non-operating temperature 


+60°F (\5.<o a Q,) to +80°F (26.7° C) 
-65 °F (-54 °C) to +1 60° F (71 ° C) 




1-73 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-30. Equipment Supplied Cross Reference Index 



uniciai iNomenciaiure 


L/Ommon Name 


ivianuTaciurer s 
Part No. 


Ident. 


L/apauiimes ana 
Limitations 
Table Ref. No. 


Amplifier, Radio 

Frequency 

AN -6533/FL R-9 (V) 


Rf amplifier 


3300-42899-1 


15770 


M-12| 


Divider Assembly, 
Power Rf 

CU-2052/FLR-9(V) 
A, B, and C 


Power divider, 
high level 
(1 :4) bands 


3300-42840-1 


15770 


1-14 


Divider Assembly, 
Power Rf 

CU-205 1 /FL R-9 (V) 


Power divider 
(6:24) 
band C 


3300-42841-1 


15770 


|1-17| 


Divider Assembly, 
Power Rf 

CU-2053/FLR-9(V) 


Power divider 
(4:32) 
band B 


3300-42842-1 


15770 


1-16 


Divider Assembly, 
Power Rf 
CU-2050/FLR-9 


Power divider 
(2:32) 
band A 


3300-42843-1 


15770 


1 h h rl 

|1-15| 


Panel, Patching, 
Antenna 

SB-3666/FLR-9(V) 


Sector beam 
patch panel, 
band A 


3300-42000-1 


15770 


None 


Panel, Patching, 
Antenna 

SB-3664/FLR-9(V) 


Sector beam 
patch panel, 
band 8 


3300-42002-2 


15770 


None 


Panel, Patching, 
Antenna 

SB-3663/FLR-9(V) 


Sector beam 
patch panel, 
band B 


3300-42000-3 


15770 


None 


Panel, Patching, 
Antenna 

SB-3662/FLR-9(V) 


Sector beam 
patch panel, 
band C 


3300-42000-4 


15770 


None 


Coupler, Omni 
Assembly 

ou tU3f / ri_ri &\ v ) 


Omnicombiner, 
(16:2) 

Ucll lUo M dl IU \j 


3300-42844-1 


15770 


n-181 


Coupler, Omni 

Assembly 

CU-2049/FLR-9(V) 


Omnicombiner, 
(6:1) bands 
A, B, and C 


3300-42845-1 


15770 


1 1-20| 



1-74 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 1-30. Equipment Supplied Cross-Reference Index (Continued) 



uniciai iNomenciaiure 


L/Ommon Name 


ivianuTaciurer s 
Part No. 


Ident. 


Coupler, Omni 

Assembly 

CU-2055/FLR-9(V) 


Omnicombiner, 
(16:1) 
band B 


3300-42846-1 


15770 


Beamformer Assembly 
TD- 1050/FLR-9(V) 
(site V8 only) 


Monitor 
beamformer A 


2165-8000 


11556 


Beamformer Assembly 
TD-1052/FLR-9(V) 
(site V7 only) 


Monitor 

beamformer A' 


2165-8001 


h h err 

11556 


Beamformer Assembly 
TD-1051/FLR-9(V) 
(site V8 only) 


Monitor 
beamformer B 


2165-8002 


11556 


Beamformer Assembly 
TD-1053/FLR-9(V) 


Monitor 

beamformer B' 
(site V7 only) 


2165-8003 


11556 


Beamformer Assembly 
TD- 1054/FLR-9 (V) 


Monitor 
beamformer C 


2165-8004 


11556 


Beamformer Assembly 
TD-1055/FLR-9(V) 


Sector 

beamformer A 


2176-8000 


11556 


Beamformer Assembly 
TD-1056/FLR-9(V) 


Sector 

beamformer B 


2176-8001 


11556 


Beamformer Assembly 
TD-1057/FLR-9(V) 


Sector 

beamformer C 


2176-8002 


11556 



Capabilities and 
Limitations 
Table Ref. No. 



Manufacturer 

F & M Systems Co. 
2525 Walnut Hill Lane 
Dallas, Texas 75220 

Adams-Russell Co., Inc. 

280 Bear Hill Road 

Waltham, Massachusetts 02154 



Code Identification 



15770 



11556 



1-19 



1-22 



1-21 



1-26 



1-28 



1-75/1-76 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



CHAPTER 2 
INSTALLATION 



SECTION I. INSTALLATION LOGISTICS 



2-1 . Scope. 

This chapter contains unpacking, inspection, location, and installation data for the electronic and electrical equipment of 
the antenna group. Equipment covered by this manual is delivered to the user installed as a complete group. The 
information presented is to support installation in the event of site relocation. The circular antenna array is, in general, 
not subject to relocation as most of the components would become scrap material (ground screen, reflecting screens, 
feed cables, timbers, etc). 

2-2. Unpacking. 

Upon receipt of the unit, Inspect the shipping container for damage. Check that the container is upright, then carefully 
remove the contents. 

2-3. Inspection. (Se £ table 2^fl ) 

After the shipping containers have been unpacked, visually inspect the cabinet and all assemblies for defects listed in 
I table 2-11 Repair or replace all defective items before placing unit in operation. 



Table 2-1 . Installation Inspection 



Inspection Item 


Procedures 


Antenna elements 


Check for bends, dents, and cracks Check for rust or corrosion and cracked or chipped 




paint 


Cabinets and racks 


Check for bent or cracked frame, rust or corrosion, cracked or chipped paint, dented or 




warped panels or doors, and cracked or otherwise damaged hinges 




Check all connectors for damage 




Check for damaged or missing parts and mountings 




Check for damaged or missing nameplates 


Cables 


Check foamed dielectric cables for cuts, perforations, or abrasions of the polyethylene 




jacket or deformations which may have caused denting of the aluminum outer 




conductor 




2-1 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 2-1 . Installation Inspection (Continued) 



Inspection Item 


Procedures 




Check coaxial cables for kinks and other deformation or damage to insulation Check all 
other cables for cut or otherwise damaged insulation or evidence of broken conductors 


Capacitors 


Check for defective solder connections, discoloration, splits, or bulge 


Chassis 


Check for bent or dented frame and front panel Check for rust or corrosion, and cracked 
or chipped protective finish 

Check for damaged, loose, or missing parts and mountings 

Check for marred or otherwise damaged front and rear panel nomenclature 

Check for damaged or missing nameplates 


Connectors 


Check for bent, broken, or missing pins, distorted barrels and damaged threads, broken 
or discolored inserts, and damaged potting compound 

Check for loose mountings 


Controls 


Check for damaged, loose, or missing knobs and for bent shafts 


Interconnecting rf cables 


Check for cut or abraded cable jacket, looseness of cable connections, absence or 
looseness of center contact pins, and missing or damaged cable marker bands 


Resistors 


Check for defective solder connections, discoloration, and cracks 


Slides 


Check for loose mountings and ease of operation 


Switches 


Check for loose mountings, ease of operation, detent or return action, and signs of 
arcing or overheating 


Terminal boards 


Check for loose, damaged, and missing terminal screws or posts 


Transformers 


Check for loose mountings, defective solder connections, and signs of overheating 



2-2 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 2-1 . Installation Inspection (Continued) 



Inspection Item 


Procedures 


Transistors 
Wiring 


Check for defective connections and signs of overheating 

Check for cut or abraded insulation, broken wires, faulty connections, and discoloration 
Check for damaged lacing and loose or missing cable clamps 



2-4. Cables. (Se e table 2-2| ) 



Rf cables used in the Installation of the antenna group equipment are listed in Itable 2-2. 1 When u npacking, identify 
groups of cables and transfer to appropriate location for installation as Indicated in table 2-2. I Additional cable 
information may be found by referring to table 9-1 . Goniometer cables (df group) are also listed for convenience. 



Table 2-2. Rf Cables Identification, Antenna Group 



Function 


Cable 
No. 


Wire List Dwg. No. 
AN/FLR-9 (V7) AN/FLR-9 (V8) 


Antenna elements to 
transmission line turners 








Band A 


W0001 to 
W00048 incl. 


3300 - 81000 


3300 - 81000 


Band B 


Wooo49 to 
W00144 incl. 


3300 - 81000 


3300 - 81000 


Band C 


W00145 to 
W00192 incl. 


3300 - 81000 


3300 - 81000 


Transmission line tuners 
to directional couplers 








Band A 


W20201 to 
W20248 incl. 


3300 - 82000 


3300 - 82000 


Band B 


W20249 to 
W20344 incl. 


3300 - 82000 


3300 - 82000 


Band C 


W20345 to 
W20392 incl. 


3300 - 82000 


3300 - 82000 



2-3 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 2-2. Rf Cables Identification, Antenna Group (Continued) 



Function 


Cable 
No. 


Wire List Dwg. No. 
AN/FLR-9 (V7) AN/FLR-9 (V8) 


Directional couplers to 
rf preamplifiers 








Band A 


W20401 to 
W20448 incl. 


3300 - 82001 


3300 - 82001 


Band B 


W20451 to 
W20546 incl. 


3300 - 82002 


OOAA OOAAO 

3300 - 82002 


Band C 


W20551 to 
W20598 incl. 


3300 - 82003 


OOAA OOAAO 

3300 - 82003 


Rf amplifier outputs 
to (high level) power 
divider inputs 
Band A 


W22535 to 
W22582 incl. 


3300 - 82004 


3300 - 82004 


Band B 


W22585 to 
W22680 incl. 


3300 - 82005 


3300 - 82005 


Band C 


W22685 to 
W22732 incl. 


3300 - 82006 


3300 - 82006 


Rf amplifier output to 
power divider input 
Band A 


W20601 to 
W20648 incl. 


3300 - 82039 


3300 - 82007 


Band B 


W20651 to 
W20746 incl. 


3300 - 82040 


3300 - 82008 


Band C 


W20751 to 
W20798 incl. 


3300 - 82041 


3300 - 82009 


High level power divider 
to goniometer rf input 
Band A 


W22735 to 
W22782 incl. 


3300 - 82036 


3300 - 82010 


Band B 


W22785 to 
W22880 incl. 


3300 - 82037 


3300 - 8201 1 



2-4 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 2-2. Rf Cables Identification, Antenna Group (Continued) 



Function 


Cable 
No. 


Wire List Dwg. No. 
AN/FLR-9 (V7) AN/FLFl-9 (V8) 


Band C 


W22885 to 
W22932 incl. 


3300 - 82038 


3300 - 82012 


High level power divider 
to sector beam 
patch panel 

Band A 


W23135 to 
W23182 incl. 


OOAA O O A H o 

3300 - 82013 


OO A A OO A H O 

3300 - 82013 


Band B 


W23185 to 
W23280 incl. 


OOAA O O A H A 

3300 - 82014 


OO A A OO A H A 

3300 - 82014 


Band C 


W23285 to 
W23332 incl. 


OOAA O O A H C 

3300 - 82015 


OOAA OO A H C 

3300 - 82015 


High level power dividers 
to omnicombiners 








Band A 


W22935 to 
W22982 incl. 


ooOO - 8201 b 


ooOO - 8201 D 


Band B 


W22985 to 
W23080 incl. 


OOAA O O A H "7 

3300 - 82017 


OOAA OO A H ~~7 

3300 - 82017 


Band C 


W23085 to 
W23132 incl. 


OOAA O O A H O 

3300 - 82018 


OOAA OO A H O 

3300 - 82018 


Power dividers to 
monitor beamformers 








Band A 


W20801 to 
W21568 incl. 


3300 - 82033 


3300 - 82019 


Band B 


W21571 to 
W22338 incl. 


3300 - 82034 


3300 - 82020 


Band C 


W22341 to 
W22532 incl. 


3300 - 82035 


3300 - 82021 


Omnibeam forming bands A, 
B, and C (from omnicombiners 
16:2 to omnicombiners 6:1, 
bands A and C; omnicombiners 
16:1 to omnicombiners 6:1 , band B) 


W23335 to 
W23340 (A) 

W23341 to 
W23346 (B) 

W23347 to 
W23352 (C) 


3300 - 82022 


3300 - 82022 



2-5 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 2-2. Rf Cables Identification, Antenna Group (Continued) 



Function 


Cable 
No. 


Wire List Dwg. No. 
AN/FLR-9 (V7) AN/FLFl-9 (V8) 


High level dividers spare 
port termination 








Band A 


N/A 


3300 - 82023 


3300 - 82023 


Band B 


N/A 


3300 - 82024 


3300 - 82024 


Band C 


N/A 


3300 - 82032 


3300 - 82032 


Monitor beamformers to 
directional couplers 








Band A 


W23355 to 
W23402 incl. 


3300 - 82044 


3300 - 82025 


Band B 


W23405 to 
W23452 incl. 


3300 - 82045 


OOAA OOAOA 

3300 - 82026 


Band C 


W23455 to 
W23478 incl. 


3300 - 82046 


3300 - 82027 


Omni/sector beams to 
directional couplers 

Band A omnibeam 


W23605 


3300 - 82028 


3300 - 82028 


Band B omnibeam 


W23606 


3300 - 82028 


3300 - 82028 


Band C omnibeam 


W23607 


3300 - O^O^O 


ooOO - odudo 


Band A sector beam 
No. 1 , 2, and 3 

Band A sector beam 
No. 4, 5, and 6 


W23610to 
W23612 incl. 
W23632 to 
W23634 incl. 


3300 - 82028 
3300 - 82028 


3300 - 82028 
3300 - 82028 


Band B sector beam 
No. 1, 2, and 3 

Band B sector beam 
No. 4, 5, and 6 


W23613to 
W23615 incl. 
W23635 to 
W23637 incl. 


3300 - 82028 
3300 - 82028 


3300 - 82028 
3300 - 82028 


Band C sector beam 
No. 1, 2, and 3 

Band C sector beam 
No. 4, 5, and 6 


W23616to 
W23618 incl. 
W23638 to 
W23640 incl. 


3300 - 82028 
3300 - 82028 


3300 - 82028 
3300 - 82028 



Change 1 2-6 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 2-2. Rf Cables Identification, Antenna Group (Continued) 



Function 


Cable 
No. 


Wire List Dwg. No. 
AN/FLR-9 (V7) AN/FLFl-9 (V8) 


Monitor beams, direction- 
al couplers to tunnel cables 








Band A 


W23480 to 
W23527 incl. 


3300 - 82029 


OOAA OOAOA 

3300 - 82029 


Band B 


W23530 to 
W23577 


3300 - 82042 


3300 - 82042 


Band C 


W23580 to 
W23603 


3300 - 82043 


3300 - 82043 


Sector/omni beams, directional couplers to 
tunnel cables 








Band A sector beam 
No. 1, 2, and 3 

Band A sector beam 
No. 4, 5, and 6 


W23620 to 
W23622 incl. 
W23641 to 
W23643 incl. 


3300 - 82047 

OOAA OOA/17 

3300 - 82047 


OOAA OOA/17 

3300 - 82047 

OOAA OOA/17 

3300 - 82047 


Band A omnibeam 


W23623 


3300 - 82047 


3300 - 82047 


Band B sector beam 
No. 1, 2, and 3 

Band B sector beam 
No. 4, 5, and 6 


W23624 to 
W23626 incl. 
W23644 to 
W23646 incl. 


OOAA OOA/17 

3300 - 82047 

OOAA OOA/17 

3300 - 82047 


OOAA OOA/17 

3300 - 82047 

OOAA OOA/17 

3300 - 82047 


Band B omnibeam 


W23627 


3300 - 82047 


3300 - 82047 


Band C sector beam 
No. 1, 2, and 3 

Band C sector beam 
No. 4, 5, and 6 


W23628 to 
W23630 incl. 
W23647 to 
W23649 incl. 


3300 - 82047 
3300 - 82047 


3300 - 82047 
3300 - 82047 


Band C omnibeam 


W23631 


3300 - 82047 


3300 - 82047 


Tunnel cables 








Band A monitor beams No. 
1 through 21 and 
22 through 48 


W24001 to 
W24021 incl. 

W24023 to 
W24049 


3300 - 82030 
3300 - 82030 


3300 - 82030 
3300 - 82030 



Change 1 2-7 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 2-2. Rf Cables Identification, Antenna Group (Continued) 



Function 


Cable 


Wire List Dwg. No. 




No. 


AN/FLR-9 (V7) 


AN/FLR-9 (V8) 


Tunnel cables 








Band A monitor beams No 


W24001 to 


3300 - 82030 


3300 - 82030 


1 throuah 21 and 

1 LI II vUUI 1 L — 1 141 l\A 


W24021 incl. 






22 through 48 


W24023 to 


3300 - 82030 


3300 - 82030 


W24049incl. 






Spare cable No. 1 


W24022 


3300 - 82030 


3300 - 82030 


Band A sector beams 


W24050 to 


3300 - 82030 


3300 - 82030 


Nos 1 , 2, and 3 and 


W24052 incl. 






Nos 4, 5, and 6 


W24153 to 


3300 - 82030 


3300 - 82030 




W24155 incl. 






Band A omnibeam 


W24053 


3300 - 82030 


3300 - 82030 


Band B monitor beams No. 


W24054 to 


3300 - 82030 


3300 - 82030 


1 through 12 and 


W24065 incl. 






13 through 48 


W24067 to 


3300 - 82030 


3300 - 82030 




W24102 incl. 






Spare cable No. 2 


W24066 


3300 - 82030 


3300 - 82030 


Band B sector beams 


W24103 to 


3300 - 82030 


3300 - 82030 


Nos 1 , 2, and 3 and 


W24105 incl. 






Nos 4, 5, and 6 


W24156 to 


3300 - 82030 


3300 - 82030 




W24158 incl. 






Band B omnibeam 


W24106 


3300 - 82030 


3300 - 82030 


Band C monitor beams 


W24107 to 


3300 - 82030 


3300 - 82030 


1 through 3 


W24109 incl. 






4 through 24 


W241 1 1 to 


3300 - 82030 


3300 - 82030 




W24131 incl. 






Spare cable No. 3 


W24110 


3300 - 82030 


3300 - 82030 


Band C sector beams 


W24132 to 


3300 - 82030 


3300 - 82030 


Nos 1, 2, and 3 and 


W24134 incl. 






Nos 4, 5, and 6 


W24159 to 


\J\J\J\J \jC\J\J\J 






W24161 incl. 






Band C omnibeam 


W24135 


3300 - 82030 


3300 - 82030 



Change 1 2-8 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-2. Rf Cables Identification, Antenna Group (Continued) 



Function 


Cable 
No. 


Wire List Dwg. No. 
AN/FLR-9 (V7) AN/FLFl-9 (V8) 


Goniometer signals 








Band A test output 


W24136 


ooUU-o^UoU 


conn Qonon 


Band A low angle sum output 


W24137 


3300-82030 


AOAA QAAOA 

3300-82030 


Band A low angle null output 


W24138 


3300-82030 


AOAA QAAOA 

3300-82030 


Band A high angle sum 
output 


W24139 


qqnn oonqn 
Oo00-820o0 


qqnn oonqn 
Oo00-820o0 


Band A high angle null 
output 


W24140 


qqnn oonqn 


qqnn oonon 
00UU-OC.U0U 


Band B test output 


W24141 


qqnn oonqn 


qqnn pomn 
00UU-OC.U0U 


Band B low angle sum output 


W24142 


qqnn oonqn 
Oo00-820o0 


qqnn oonqn 
Oo00-820o0 


Band B low angle null output 


W24143 


qqnn oonqn 


qqnn oonqn 
00OO-82O0O 


Band B high angle sum 
output 


W24144 


qqnn oonqn 
oo00-8£0o0 


qqnn oonqn 
00OO-82O0O 


Band B high angle null 
output 


W24145 


qqnn oonqn 


qqnn oonqn 


Band C test output 


W24146 


ojUU OcUOU 


OoUU ocUOU 


Band C low angle sum output 


W24147 


3300-82030 


3300-82030 


Band C low angle null output 


W24148 


3300-82030 


3300-82030 


Band C high angle sum 
output 


W24149 


3300-82030 


3300-82030 


Band C high angle null 
output 


W24150 


3300-82030 


3300-82030 


On-line monitor and 
test 


W24151 


^00-82010 




Spare cable No. 4 


W24152 


3300-82030 


3300-82030 


Air-flow alarms 


W28000 


3300-82048 


3300-82048 


Air-flow switch 


N/A 


3300-82049 


3300-82049 



2-9 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



2-5. Antenna Installation Guidelines. (See tables 2-3 an d 2-4.) 



a. General . The antenna installation must be performed by skilled personnel familiar with operating heavy 
construction equipment. Additionally, civil engineering techniques are required for planning, locating, and subsequent 
installation. Certain criteria exist for the antenna site location, but final determination rests with the user. 



Site Location Criteria . Si te location with respect to propagation, electromagnetic interference and climate is 

Table 2-3! lists general requirements that should exist for installation and selection 
Whenever applicabl e, appropr iate figures (with notes) are referenced. Engineering drawings associated with 



the responsibility of the using agency 
of a site 

the antenna array are listed in 

installation. As indicated in a few entries, certain drawings are referenced to altered item drawings 



able 2-4. 



This table is a compilation of the drawings necessary for the complete antenna 

The latter illustrate 



changed portions of the drawings they reference. 



Table 2-3. AN/FLR-9(V7 and V8) Antenna Installation Criteria 



Requirement 


Remarks 


See Figure No. 


Area (excluding clear 
zones) 


Circular, 1460 feet in diameter 


[23 


Maximum height 


Bands A and B reflecting screens, 120 feet above concrete piers 


|2-1| 


Bands A and B 


Tilt not to exceed one degree from true horizontal. Grading antenna 
plane tolerance +6 inches for drainage ditches and access roads. The 
downward tilt, if existing, should be in the general direction which 
bisects the major sector of interest. Antenna elements are vertically 
plumb regardless of plane tilt. 




Band C antenna 
plane 


The band C maximum elevation may exceed the bands A and B 
plane by as much as 20 feet. The surfaces of band C antenna 
pedestals lie within +1/4 inch in a common plane, This plane must be 
T foot, 10-3/4 inches above the C antenna plane. 




Antenna clear zone 


Area within a 900-foot radius circle concentric with the antenna planes 
is the clear zone. See the following: 

In the sector of primary interest, the clear zone extends to 5,000 feet. 

Above areas are to be totally clear of all above ground structures that 
are not part of the antenna system. 





2-10 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Ml KFLECTIII tCKB 



» IWO MTQMM 




3561U 



Figure 2-1. Antenna Array Cross-Section 



2-11 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-3. AN/FLR-9(V7 and V8) Antenna Installation Criteria (Continued) 



Requirement 



Remarks 



See Figure No. 



Clearing and 
grubbing 

Drainage 
Fills 



Grounding of 
equipment 



Orientation of 
external structures 



Beyond the antenna clear zone, land masses or other obstructions of 
significant size that extend above the band C antenna plane should be 
avoided, particularly in the sector of major interest. 

Remove timber, snags, brush, fences, and poles down to ground 
level. 

Where drainage ditches are necessary, it is preferable to use 
underground drainage. 

Fill construction should correspond to the shape and grades of the 
antenna clear zone. Fill is compacted to at least 90 percent of 
maximum density of optimum moisture content. Fills under slabs and 
footings to be compacted to 95 percent. 

Neutral conductors, cable shields, metallic conduits, lightning 
arrestors, fence enclosures, and all non-carrying parts of non- 
electronic equipment are grounded. Ground resistance is less than 25 
ohms. 

The general antenna arrangement consists of bands A and B 
antennas and a band C antenna array. Forty-eight band A antenna 
elements are located 7.5 degrees apart about the circumference of a 
circle, the radius of which is 599 feet. Ninety-six band B antenna 
elements are erected inside the band A ring, located 3.75 degrees 
apart about the circumference of a circle, the radius of which is 558 
feet. All antenna elements are numbered in a clockwise direction 
from the location of the underground tunnel connecting the central 
building (within the array) to the operations building outside the array. 
Band B element number 96 is located directly behind band A element 
number 48. A vertically polarized reflecting screen is required for the 
A and B antenna elements. This screen is located 20.5 feet inside the 
band B antenna ring, and is mounted on a support structure. A 
common ground screen is provided for the A and B antenna array. 
This screen projects approximately 96 feet out from the reflecting 
screen 



2-2, 

Sheets 1 
and 2 



2-2 



2-3 



2-12 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



ROUNDHOUSE 




DETAIL J 

356 34A 



Figure 2-2. Typical Grounding Arrangement (Sheet 1 of 2) 

2-13/2-14 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



SEE DETAIL I 
SEE DETAIL G 




DETAIL G-TYPICAL EVERY 6 TH TRUSS 

35634B DETAIL K -LOWER 11 AT GATE ONLY 

Figure 2-2. Typical Grounding Arrangement (Sheet 2 of 2) 



2-15/2-16 




Figure 2-3. Antenna Array General Arrangement 
2-17 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 2-3. AN/FLR-9(V7 and V8) Antenna Installation Criteria (Continued) 



Requirement 


Remarks 


See Figure No. 


Orientation of 
external structures 
(continued) 


support structure. Radial wires extend outward an additional 88 feet 
from the end of the ground screen. Forty-eight band C antenna 
elements are located 7.5 degrees apart about the circumference of a 
circle whose radius is 167.25 feet. These elements are mounted on a 
support structure, and protrude away from the center of the array a 
distance of 10.25 feet from the support structure. A horizontally- 
polarized reflecting screen is mounted on the same band C support 
structure. This screen has a working radius of 157.33 feet. 




Antenna feed 
cables 


Transmitted to center building via 7/8-inch coaxial cable. 


2-4 


Antenna feed cable 
installation 


The cable trenches are dug to a depth of 4 feet +0.24 foot and are 
backfilled to the required depth. 

NOTE 




Refer to plant in place records and table 2-5 for central building construction and installation details. 


Central 
Walls 


Size Is user determined according to the quantity of equipment to be 
installed. 

Walls are of: 

1. Reinforced concrete 

2. Composite reinforced concrete 

3. Masonry blocks with brick facing 

4. Masonry block with joint reinforcing 

5. Industrial metal insulated panels. 




Roof 


All reinforcing rods, metal laths or industrial metal wall panels are 
electrically connected to the grounding system. Interior walls are 
exposed finish except where insulation is applied. Insulation is 
protected by a wainscot finish. Exterior walls and footings normally 
are carried below frost depth. A seal is provided at the external 
entrance to each of the cable wells through which the feed cables 
enter the building. 

The roof is of : 

1 . Reinforced concrete, insulated, and provided with a membrane 
waterproof surfacing, or 





2-18 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



ocf 





SEE NOTE 2 AND TABLE 




DASH 
NO. 


ROUGH CUT LENGTH 
(SEE NOTE l) 


-I 


586 FEET 


-2 


555 FEET 


-3 


148. 5 FEET 



3. FOR CABLE RUN INFORMATION REFER TO 

3300-BlODO, CABLE RUNNING LISTS, ANTENNA ARRAY. 

2. INSTALLED LENGTHS, METHOD OF SEALING & 
CABLE MARKERS TO BE OETERMINEO & SUPPLIED 
BY INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR. 

I. LENGTHS SHOWN FOR P$OCU REMENT ONLY. 
NOTES: 

356 3 5 



2 


2 


2 


5 


AMS-5078JNF-55S 


CONN, PLUG ELEC 


07 145 




I49 


555 


586 


4 


M410039 

. ■.,,— ■■„ _j 


LINE, RF, XMSN 


07 145 




X 






3 


3 30 -6 1 00 1 -3 | 


CABLE ASSY 


F&M 






><^ 




2 


3 300-6 ! 00 1 -2 | 


CABLE ASST 


F&M , 










I 


330D-6100 1-1 




CABLE ASSY 


F&M 






QTY ASSY 


ITEM 


PART NO. 




DESCRIPTION 


MATL 


SPEC OR REF 




— — QTV OF ASSY JOB 


LIST OF MATERIAL OR PARTS LIST 



Figure 2-4. Cable Assembly, Rf Transmission Band A, B, & C 



2-19/2-20 



2-19/2-20 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 2-3. AN/FLR-9(V7 and V8) Antenna Installation Criteria (Continued) 



Requirement 


Remarks 


See Figure No. 


Roof 

(continued) 


2. Steel frame on reinforced concrete columns, 
steel or other deck and waterproof surfacing. 
Columns are located so as not to interfere with 
equipment or overload cable trays. 

All steel of any type of construction is bonded 
and grounded at the outside perimeter to the 
grounding grid. The roof preferably is flat, but 
a conical or domed shape is deemed acceptable. 




Ceiling and 
floor 


The ceiling is a minimum height of 12 feet in the 
center of the building; however, in conical or 
dome-shaped configurations, the ceiling may slope 
to a minimum of 1 1 feet 4 inches at the perimeter 
where it joins the wall. The floor is of rein- 
forced concrete on drainage fill, where practica- 
ble. Ceiling and floor is provided with a proven 
dustproof finish to minimize effect on electrical 
equipment. Wall and roof live loads are designed 
to resist wind and snow loads for the locale in 
which the facility is located. The floor is de- 
signed for a uniform live load of 150 pounds per 
square foot. Allowable soil bearing pressure is 
determined for each site by the design agency. 




Primary power 


The primary power supply is underground in ducts. 
The transformer installation meets strict inter- 
ference standards. The secondary voltage is 
three-phase, four-wire, 120/208 volts, 50 Hz or 
60 Hz as required, with a capacity to be deter- 
mined by equipment lighting, and air condition- 
ing requirements. All lighting is of the 
incandescent type; however, fluorescent type may 
be used if the interference requirements 
specified in MIL-1 -26600 are met. Suitable 
equipment is provided to maintain an environ- 
mental temperature of 70°F (+100F) inside the 
central building. Air conditioning units are 
uniformly spaced on the building perimeter. 




Cable trays 


Overhead cable trays are provided in the central 
building for the rf and control cabling. 




Equipment 
racks 


The antenna group equipment racks and con- 
figuration must be located for optimum use 
of phased (timed) cables. 





2-21 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 2-3. AN/FLR-9(V7 and V8) Antenna Installation Criteria (Continued) 



Requirement 


Remarks 


See Figure No. 


Cable tunnel 


A cable tunnel is provided to house cables carry- 
ing signals between the central building and the 
operations building outside the perimeter of the 
antenna array. The cable tunnel is located so 
that, starting in a clockwise direction from true 
north, the center line is located at such angles 
that describe arcs of 5 degrees, 37 minutes, 30 
seconds, plus any integral multiple of 7 degrees, 
30 minutes. The antenna cable trench pattern 
provides straight alignment through the antenna 
array without conflicting with the antenna feed 
cables. 





2-6. Central Building. (S ale figure 2-9 an d table 2jQ ) 



a. Equipment Location. All of the antenna group equipment is located in the central building except the actual 
antenna array. Other equipment in the central building that is not a part of the antenna group consists of goniometers 
105A2, A3, and A4 (df group), power control rack for goniometers 105A1 (df group), and equipment racks 411, 412, 413, 
and 414 (monitor and test group). 



illustrated in | figure 2-5 



Equipment Identification. (See l table 2-6.) A ntenna group electronic equipment is identified ii p table 2-6l and 



c. Equipment Floor Space. (See | figure 2-5. )| The antenna group electronic equipment is housed in 19 racks 
that occupy approximately 780 square feet of floor space. This does not Include the space occupied by the wall-mounted 
transmission line tuner assemblies. 



d. Maintenance Floor Space. Individual rack-mounted assemblies cannot be serviced while mounted in the 
rack. The maintenance floor space required should be sufficient for cabinet door openings (minimum 2 feet). Additional 
space should be allowed if two people are working back-to-back. The maintenance floor space at sites V7 and V8 
greatly exceeds the minimum requirements. 

e. Minimum Ceiling Heights. A 4-foot area should exist between the top of equipment cabinets and the ceiling. 

f. Floor Loading. Antenna group equipment presents no loading problems on tile covered concrete floors. 

g. Heating and Ventilating. The antenna group equipment is designed to operate properly in temperature and 
humidity controlled areas suitable for people. This includes operating temperatures between +60°F to +80°F and up to 
95-percent relative humidity for full performance requirements. 



2-22 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-4. Antenna Array Drawings 







Next 


Manufacturers 




Drawinq No. 


Short Title 


Assembly 


Code 


Remarks 


3300-00001 


AN/FLR-9(V7) Set 




15770 




3300-00002 


AN/FLR-9(V8) Set 




15770 




3300-00003 


Antenna Group 




15770 




3300-01000 


Antenna Array, General 
Arrangement 




15770 




00-720074 


Schematic Diagram Cable 


02-720022 


07397 






Connector-A 


02-720246 


07397 




00-720075 


Schematic Diagram Cable 
Connector-B 


02-720023 


07397 




00-720166 


Structural Design Element-A 


97006 


07397 




00-720167 


Structural Design Element-B 


00-720215 


07397 




00-720172 


Tower Hardware 


02-720247 


07397 




00-720175 


Woodbeam Details 


02-720240 


07397 




00-720179 


General Notes Structural Design 


97006 


07397 




00-720180 


General Notes 


00-720215 


07397 




00-720201 


Structural Wood Support Band-C 


07397 






00-720202 


Structural Wood Support Band-C 
Design 


02-720268 


07397 




00-720203 


btructurai wood bupport Band-o 


02-720268 


07397 





2-23 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-4. Antenna Array Drawings 







Next 


Manufacturers 




Drawing No. 


Short Title 


Assembly 


Code 


Remarks 


00-720204 


Structural Wood Support Band C 
Details 


02-720268 


07397 




00-720243 


Weather Cap 


00-720215 


07397 




00-728519 


Wire List Panel Power 
Distribution 


02-727827 


07397 




00-501079 


Cover Antenna Element 


85-720042 


07397 




00-801474 


Support Structural Wood Portion 


02-720268 


07397 




00-801475 


Support Structure C Steel 
Portion 




07397 




00-801479 


Special Element-A 


00-720213 


07397 




00-801480 


Element Structural Specification 


00-720215 


07397 




00-801506 


Band-AB Woodbeams 


00-720215 


07397 




3300-01402 


Cable Timing Procedure Antenna 
Impedance 




15770 




02-720246 


Antenna Element-A 


97006 


07397 




02-720247 


Bands A and B Antenna Array 


01000 


07397 






Anienna tiemem-ts 


no "7ono>i"7 


n70Q7 




02-720266 


Balun Assembly Band-C 


02-720268 


07397 




02-720268 


Band-C Antenna Array 


01000 


07397 




02-720272 


Reflecting Screen Lightning Rod 


02-720268 


07397 





2-24 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-4. Antenna Array Drawings 



Drawing No. 


Short Title 


Next 
Assembly 


Manufacturers 
Code 


Remarks 


19-290290-295 


Wire Electrical Copper 




07397 




19-801090 


Wire Electrical 




07397 




19-801236 


Cable Radio Frequency 




07397 




19-801237 


Cable Radio Frequency 




07397 




19-801524 


Cable Assembly Rf 




07397 




27-801234 


Antenna 




07397 




29-801063 


Arrestor Electrical Surge 


02-720248 


07397 




3300-31001 


Band-A and B Antenna Array 




15770 




3300-31002 


Band-C Antenna Array 




15770 




3300-31003 


Antenna Element Assembly, 
Band-A 




15770 




3300-31004 


Antenna Element Assembly, 
Band-B 




15770 




3300-41027 


Structure Design Antenna 
Element-A 




15770 




3300-41028 


Structure Design Antenna 
tiemem-ts 




15770 




3300-41029 


Hardware, Tower 




15770 




3300-41030 


Primary Supporting Structure 




15770 




3300-41031 


Wood Beam Details 




15770 





2-25 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-4. Antenna Array Drawings 



Drawing No. 


Short Title 


Next 
Assembly 


Manufacturers 
Code 


Remarks 


3300-41032 


General Notes, Antenna Element-A 
Structure Design 




15770 




3300-41033 


Structure, Wood Support Band-C, 
General Notes 




15770 




3300-41034 


Structure, Wood Support, Band-C 




15770 




3300-41035 


Structure, Wood Support, Band-C, 
Main Truss Gussets 




15770 




3300-41036 


Cap, Weather Element-B 




15770 




3300-41037 


Core, Antenna Element 




15770 




3300-41038 


Support Structure, Band-C 
(wood portion) 




15770 




3300-41039 


Element Support-A 




15770 




3300-41040 


Balun Assembly, Band-C 




15770 




3300-41001 


Plate, Identification, Antenna 


02-720246 
02-720248 


15770 




3300-41021 


NC Insulator, Bushing 


02-720268 


15770 




ooUU-41 Udd 


inl- insulator vvasner 


Ud- 1 ^U^DO 


10/ 1 U 




3300-41025 


Marker Tags, Band A, B, and C 


3300-61002 


15770 




3300-41026 


Marker Tags, Transmission Line 
A, B, and C 


3300-01000 


15770 




3300-41041 


Reflecting Screen and Lightning 
Rod Assembly, Band-C 




15770 





2-26 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-4. Antenna Array Drawings 



Drawing No. 


Short Title 


Next 
Assembly 


Manufacturers 
Code 


Remarks 


3300-41042 


Spring, Helical, Extension 




15770 




3300-41044 


Bracket, Weather Cap, Element-B 




15770 




3300-41047 


Plate, Shorting, Element-B 




15770 




3300-41048 


Cap, Weather, Element-A 




15770 




3300-41049 


Seal, Weather Cap, Element-A 




15770 




3300-41050 


Disc Conductor, Retaining, 
Element-A 




15770 




3300-41051 


Feed Point Assembly, Dipole 




15770 




3300-61000 


Schematic Diagram Cable 
Connection, Band-C 


02-720268 


15770 




3300-61001 


Cable Assembly, Rf Transmission, 
Bands-A, B, and C 


3300-01000 


15770 




3300-61002 


Cable Assembly, Bands A and B 
Matching Network 


02-720246 
02-720248 


15770 




3300-61003 


Cable Assembly, Band-C Antenna 


02-720266 
02-720268 


15770 




bom oUo4 


riate bacKing Laaaer i le 
Bracket 


no "70HOCQ 


loUoO 




65B16074 


Block Spacer 


02-720268 


13035 




65B16075 


Beam - Balun End Support 


02-720268 


13035 




65B16076 


Plate Nut, U-Bolt 


02-720268 


13035 





2-27 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-4. Antenna Array Drawings 







Next 


Manufacturers 




Drawing No. 


Short Title 


Assembly 


Code 


Remarks 


65B16077 


U-Bolt, No. 1 


02-720268 


13035 




65B16078 


U-Bolt, Flat 


02-720268 


13035 




65B16079 


U-Bolt, No. 2 


02-720268 


13035 




65B16080 


Bolt, Special 


02-720268 


13035 




65B16081 


Bolt, Machine Square Head 


02-720268 


13035 




65C 16056 


Bracket Cable Support 


02-720268 


13035 




65C16058 


Support End Panel, Lower Balun 


02-720268 


13035 




65C 16059 


Support Upright, Lower Balun 


02-720268 


13035 




65C 16060 


Block Plate, Upper Tie Balun 


02-720268 


13035 




65C 16061 


Block, Upper Balun Plate 


02-720268 


13035 




65C 16062 


Rung Ladder 


02-720268 


13035 




65C 16063 


Bracket Ladder Tie 


02-720268 


13035 




65C16065 


Plate Clamping 


02-720268 


13035 




65C 16066 


Plate, Clamping, Back Up 


02-720268 


13035 




65C 16067 


Ladder, Removable 


02-720268 


13035 




65C 16068 


Plate, Removable Ladder 


02-720268 


13035 




boL/1 bU/ U 


riatTorm Laaaer junction 


no "70HOCQ 


loUoO 




65C 16071 


Bracket Platform Ladder Junction 


02-720268 


13035 





2-28 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-4. Antenna Array Drawings 







Next 


Manufacturers 




Drawing No. 


Short Title 


Assembly 


Code 


Remarks 


65C 16073 


Block Tie, Lower Balun 


02-720268 


13035 




65C 16086 


B-lock Platform Tie Perimeter 


02-720268 


13035 




65D 16032 


Site Plan, Scaffolding and 
Access, Band-C 


02-720268 


13035 




65D016033 


Scaffolding and Access, Band-C 
Array 


02-720268 


13035 




65D016034 


Lines Safety Elevation 


02-720268 


13035 




65016035 


Platform Radial and Perimeter 
Installation 


02-720268 


13035 




65D16036 


Line Safety Ladder, Upper Balun 


02-720268 


13035 




65D16037 


Platform Installation 
Perimeter 


02-720268 


13035 




65D16038 


Platform Installation, Upper 
Balun 


02-720268 


13035 




65D16039 


Platform Installation, Lower 
Balun 


02-720268 


13035 




DOLM DU4U 


riaiTorm riaaiai vvaiKway 


no "70HOCQ 


ToUoO 




65D16041 


Platform Perimeter 


02-720268 


13035 




65D016042 


Platform, Lower Balun 


02-720268 


13035 




65016043 


Platform, Upper Balun 


02-720268 


13035 




65016049 


Support, End Lower Balun 


02-720268 


13035 





2-29 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-4. Antenna Array Drawings 







Next 


Manufacturers 




Drawing No. 


Short Title 


Assembly 


Code 


Remarks 


65D16050 


Ladder, Upper and Lower 


02-720268 


13035 




65D16051 


Ladder, Junction Access 


02-720268 


13035 




65D 16052 


Ladder, Upper Balun 


02-720268 


13035 




65D16055 


Bracket Platform, Radial 
Perimeter 


02-720268 


13035 




65D16083 


Platform, Lower, Balun, 
Heavy Duty 


02-720268 


13035 




70-201500-501 


Clamp, Plastic 




07397 




70-201520-521 


Clamp Loop, Cushioned 


02-720272 


07397 




70-201680-699 


Screw, Drive 


02-720246 


07397 




70-801074 


Clamp, Electrical 




07397 




70-801096 


Bolt, Machine 




07397 




70-801158 


Strap, Retaining 




07397 




70-801186 


Clamp, Loop 




07397 




70-801289 


Staple, Cable 




07397 




70-801298 


Clamp, Ground Rod 




07397 




/ U-oin 01 


ning, netaining 


QQ "70rH "7"7 

oy- / 1 1 


n70Q7 




70-803374 


Shackle, Anchor 




07397 




70-803376 


Bolt, Eye 




07397 





2-30 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-4. Antenna Array Drawings 







Next 


Manufacturers 




Drawing No. 


Short Title 


Assembly 


Code 


Remarks 


70A 


Screw 


02-720246 


07397 




70A1 


Screws, Machine 


Varied 


07397 




70A2 


Screws, Assembled Seams 


Varied 


07397 




70A3 


Screw Tapping and Threading, 
Forming and Cutting 


Varied 


07397 




70A4 


Screw Tapping and Threading, 
Forming and Cutting 


Varied 


07397 




70A5 


Screw, Wood 


Varied 


07397 




70A6 


Screw Set 


Varied 


07397 




70A7 


Screw Cap, Socket Head 


Varied 


07397 




70B 


Bolt 


02-720246 


07397 




70C 


Nuts 


02-720246 


07397 




70 D 


Washers 


02-720246 


07397 




73-32676 


Terminal Lug 


73-801083 


07397 




73-801085 










73-801052 


Adapter, Rf Cable 


72-801087 


07397 




/o-oui UOO 


Adapter, kt uauie 


no 10C\OA Q 


.n7QQ7 




73-801069 


Terminal Lug 




07397 




73-801071 


Splice Conductor 




07397 




73-801073 


Terminal Block 


73-801087 


07397 





2-31 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-4. Antenna Array Drawings 



Drawing No. 


Short Title 


Next 
Assembly 


Manufacturers 
Code 


Remarks 


73-801081 


Dummy Connector Plug 




07397 




73-801083 


Lead, Electrical 




07397 




73-801084 


Lead, Electrical 


02-720248 


07397 




73-801085 


Lead, Electrical 


02-720248 


07397 




73-801097 


Cable Assembly, Rf 


07397 






73-801088 


Wire Jumper 


02-720248 


07397 




73-801092 


Lug 


Varied 


07397 




73-801093 


Lug 


00-720213 


07397 




73-801095 


Holder Arrester 




07397 




73-801185 


Cover, Electrical Connector 




07397 




73-801534 


Connector, Plug Electrical 




07397 




73-803216 


Terminal Lug 




07397 




73-803274 


Connectors, Electrical 




07397 




73 D 


Connector, Electrical Rf UG Type 




07397 




74-720057 


Plate Unit Identification, 
Element-A 


02-720246 


07397 




7 A 79nr\£,R 
I 1 £lUUOO 


PI 1 Init IHontifi^otirM^ 
rldLc UMIL lucl III 1 IL/dUUl 1, 

Element-B 




07QQ7 




74-720059 


Plate Unit Identification, 
Element-C 


02-720268 


07397 





2-32 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-4. Antenna Array Drawings 







Next 


Manufacturers 




Drawing No. 


Short Title 


Assembly 


Code 


Remarks 


81-720274 


Extension Lightning Rod, Band-C 


02-720272 


07397 




81-801267 


Wire Rope, Steel 




07397 




82-720257 


Angle Connector Mounting, Band-C 


02-720266 


07397 










02-720270 




84-801290 


Socket Wire Rope 




07397 




84-801291 


Socket Wire Rope 




07397 




85-720042 


Seal, Weather Cap 


02-720246 


07397 




86-720052 


Seal, Weather Cap 


02-720246 


07397 




86-720064 


Gasket, Head Seal 


02-720246 


07397 




86-720170 


Retainer Conductor 


89-720171 


07397 




86-720178 


Disc Retainer 


89-720177 


07397 




86-720249 


Seal Compound 


02-720248 


07397 




86-720254 


Cover Feed Point, Band-C 


02-720268 


07397 




86-720255 


Shroud Dipole, Feed Point 


02-720268 


07397 




86-720256 


Cover Dipole, Feed Point, Band-C 


02-720267 


07397 




86-720258 


Shroud Assembly Feed Point, 


02-720267 


07397 






bana-L- 








86-720259 


Housing Feed Point 


86-720258 


07397 




86-720261 


Cover Feed Point Housing, Band-C 


02-720268 


07397 










02-720268 





2-33 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-4. Antenna Array Drawings 



Drawing No. 


Short Title 


Next 
Assembly 


Manufacturers 
Code 


Remarks 


74-752242 


Plate Identification, Reference 
Designation 


02-72068 


07397 




77-801288 


Spring, Helical Compression 




07397 




77-803375 


Spring, Helical Extension 




07397 




81-720001 


Screen Grounding 


02-720247 


07397 




81-720036 


Conductor Center, Element-B 


89-720177 


07397 




81-720043 


Bracket, Weather Cap 


00-720246 


07397 




81-720044 


Clip Bracket 


02-720246 


07397 




81-720045 


Bracket, Weather Cap 


02-720248 


07397 




81-720046 


Spacer 


02-720248 


07397 




81-720116 


Guard Cable 


02-720268 


07397 




81-720117 


Bracket, Guard Cable 


02-720268 


07397 




81-720169 


Plate Shorting 


98-720171 


07397 




81-720176 


Bolt, Special 


89-720177 


07397 




81-720181 


Conductor Center, Element-A 


89-720171 


07397 




81-720187 


Plate Shorting, A 


89-720177 


07397 




Q-i "7ono-i"7 

0\ - 1 cXJcA I 


riate base, bana-L- 


no "70HOCQ 

\j<L- 1 ^U^bo 


n70Q7 




81-720219 


Frame, Dipole 


02-720268 


07397 




81-720263 


Lug, Feed Point 


89-720264 


07397 





2-34 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-4. Antenna Array Drawings 



Drawing No. 


Short Title 


Next 
Assembly 


Manufacturers 
Code 


Remarks 


81-720274 


Extension Lightning Rod, Band-C 


02-720272 


07397 




81-801267 


Wire Rope, Steel 




07397 




82-720257 


Angle Connector Mounting, Band-C 


02-720266 


07397 








02-720270 






84-801290 


Socket Wire Rope 




07397 




84-801291 


Socket Wire Rope 




07397 




85-720042 


Seal, Weather Cap 


02-720246 


07397 




86-720052 


Seal, Weather Cap 


02-720246 


07397 




86-720064 


Gasket, Head Seal 


02-720246 


07397 




86-720170 


Retainer Conductor 


89-720171 


07397 




86-720178 


Disc Retainer 


89-720177 


07397 




86-720249 


Seal Compound 


02-720248 


07397 




86-720254 


Cover Feed Point, Band-C 


02-720268 


07397 




86-720255 


Shroud Dipole, Feed Point 


02-720268 


07397 




86-720256 


Cover Dipole, Feed Point, Band-C 


02-720267 


07397 




86-720258 


Shroud Assembly Feed Point, 


02-720267 


07397 






bana-L- 








86-720259 


Housing Feed Point 


86-720258 


07397 










07397 





2-35 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-4. Antenna Array Drawings 



Drawing No. 


Short Title 


Next 
Assembly 


Manufacturers 
Code 


Remarks 


86-720261 


Cover Feed Point Housing, Band-C 


02-720268 
02-720268 


07397 




86-720262 


Band-C Mounting Feed Point 


89-720264 


07397 




86-720273 


Clamp Cable, Band-C 


02-720266 
02-720270 


07397 




89-720171 


Shorting Plate Assembly 


00-720166 


07397 




89-720177 


Shorting Assembly, Element-B 


00-720167 


07397 




89-720260 


Wire Jumper Feed Point 


02-720267 
02-720268 


07397 




89-720264 


Feed Point Assembly, Dipole 


02-720268 
02-720267 


07397 




89-803464 


Comparison Standard Electrical 
Length Measurement 




07397 




90-801077 


Rod Ground 




07397 




95-204682 


Adhesive 


02-720248 


07397 




95C 


Ethyl Methyl Kit 


02-720246 


07397 




you ouppiement 


ouppiement to you 


no "70HO/IC 


n70Q7 




96-201880-899 


Solder, Soft 




07397 




96-801248 


Tape, Pressure Sensitive 




07397 




96-801257 


Insulating Compound, Electrical 




07397 





2-36 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-4. Antenna Array Drawings 



Drawing No. 


Short Title 


Next 
Assembly 


Manufacturers 
Code 


Remarks 


97002 


Antenna, Element-B, 
Specification Control 




15770 




97003 


Antenna, Element, Band C, 
Specification Control 




15770 




97006 


Antenna, Element, Band A, 
Specification Control 




15770 





2-37 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




RE F OES 


DESCRIPTION 


UNIT PART NO 


401 


RF AMPLIFIER 


33B 0-32002-1 


402 


MONITOR BEAMFORMER. (BANO C) 


3300-3700 S-l 


403 


RF AMPLIFIER 




404 


RF AMPLIFIER 


JJUII^I CUD/ - 1 


405 


■ DHITOR BEAMFOMER ( BAND A) 


JJUU~J tUU M) — £ 


406 


MONITOR BEAMFOMER (BARD A) 


linn i^flAi i 


407 


MONITOR BEAMFOMER (BAND A) 


linn it m i 


408 


RF AMPLIFIER 


linn i?niTj i 


400 


POIER DIVIDER t OMNI SECTOR ( BANO C) 




410 


POtER DIVIDER 1 OMNI SECTOR (BAND A) 


33 nn j? fan i 


415 


RF AMPLIFIER 




416 


RF AMPLIFIER 




417 


MONITOR BEAM FORMER (BANO B) 


3300-32006-2 


418 


MONITOR BEAMFORMER ( BAND B) 


3300-32006-2 


419 


MONITOR BEAMFORMER (BANO B) 


3300^ 2 06 -2 


420 


RF AMPLIFIER 


3300-32002-1 


421 


RF AMPLIFIER 


3300-^32007-1 


42? 


POWER OIVIDER 1 OMNI SECTOR (NANO B) 


3300-32003-1 


423 


POKER DIVIDER t OMNI SECTOR (BAND B) 


3300-32001-1 



411-414 INTERCEPT GROUP - DWG - 3300-04000 (VI ( V8) 
105* 1-105*4 OF GROUP - SEE DWG 3300-03000 ( 11 I VB) 



REFERENCE DOCUMENTS 

DWG NO TITLE 

3308-00400 TIMING PROCEDURES FOR INTERCONNECT COAX CABLES 

3300-40019 . MARKER. TIG-ROU MOHOUSC CABLES 

3300-820 00- CASl[ UBlES 
3300-82041 



> EQUIPMENT SHOWN « T H SOLID LINES APPLIES TO ANTENNA 
GROUP. EQUIPMENT SHOWN WITH DASHED LINES APPLIES 10 
OTHER GROUPS ! IS SHOWN FOR INFORMATION ONLY . 

.- 3JO0-J20U4-I t 3300-32006-1 APPLIES TO V8 
3300-3:004-2 1 3300-32006-7 APPLIES TO T7 



Figure 2-5. Central Building - Antenna group, AN/FLR-9(V7 & V8) 

2-38 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

h. Air Conditioning and Heat Dissipation. The antenna group dissipates 38000 btu per hour in normal 
operation. This heat is dissipated from the eight rf amplifier cabinets 401, 403, 404, 408, 415, 416, 420, and 421. Other 
cabinets contain passive equipment that is not powered. 

Table 2-5. Central Building (Roundhouse) Engineering and Associated Drawings 



Drawing 
No. 


Snort Title 


Next 
Assembly 


Manufac- 
turer's Code 


50401 


Cover Sheet Roundhouse Antenna 


00002 


15770 


50402 


Soil Test, Location 


50401 


15770 


50403 


Soil Borings 


50401 


15770 


50404 


Layout Plans 


50401 


15770 


50405 


Antenna Foundation Elevation 


50401 


15770 


50407 


Grading, Utilities Plan 


50401 


15770 


50408 


Grading, Utilities Plan 


50401 


15770 


50409 


Access Road Plan, Profile 


50401 


15770 


50410 


Utilidor Plan, Profile 


50401 


15770 


50411 


Cross Section 1 


50401 


15770 


50412 


Cross Section 2 


50401 


15770 


50413 


Miscellaneous Details, Diverse Details 


50401 


15770 


50414 


Plans and Schedules 


50401 


15770 


50415 


Elevations and 'Sections 


50401 


15770 


50416 


Door and Louver Details 


50401 


15770 


50417 


Miscellaneous Details and Diverse 


50401 


15770 


Details 








50418 


Foundation and Ground Floor Plan 


50401 


15770 


50419 


Grace Beams, Footing Details 


50401 


15770 


50420 


Roof Plan and Details 


50401 


15770 



2-39 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 2-5. Central Building (Roundhouse) Engineering and Associated Drawings (Continued) 



Drawing 
No. 


Snort Title 


Next 
Assembly 


Manufac- 
turer's Code 


50421 


Roof Beams, Building Section 


50401 


15770 


50422 


Roundhouse Antenna Array 


50401 


15770 


50423 


Foundations 


50401 


15770 


50424 


Foundations 


50401 


15770 


50425 


Foundations 


50401 


15770 


j-0426 


Air Condition and Equipment Schedule 


50401 


15770 


50427 


Plumbing and Air Condition Control System 


50401 


15770 


50428 


H T Feeder Plan 


50401 


15770 


50429 


/™v i ■ r*\ ■ i i i—\ i r\ i i i 

One Line Diagonal and Panel Schedule 


50401 


15770 


50430 


Lighting Plan 


50401 


15770 


50431 


Power Plan 


50401 


15770 


50432 


Grounding Plan 


50401 


15770 


50433 


Legend and Lighting Fixture Details 


50401 


15770 


50434 


Electrical Installation 


50401 


15770 


50435 


N C Trays, Cable Roundhouse V8 


50401 


15770 



2-40 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-6. Antenna Group Electronic Equipment Reference Designator Assignments 



Description 



Reference 
Designator 



Racks 401, 403, 404, 408, 415, 416, 420 and 421 



Amplifier, Radio Frequency AM 6533/FLR-9(V) 
/N 



Amplifier, Radio Frequency AM 6533/FLR-9(V) 
Blower Assembly, 3300-40015-1 



Rack 402 (band C) 



Beamformer Assembly TD 1054/FLR-9(V) 



Beamformer Assembly TD 1054/FLR-9(V) 



A1 
A2 
A3 
A4 
A5 
A6 
A7 
A8 
A9 
A10 
A11 
A12 
A13 

A1 
A2 
A3 
A4 
A5 
A6 



2-41 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-6. Antenna Group Electronic Equipment Reference Designator Assignments (Continued) 



Description 



Reference 
Designator 



Rack 402 (band C) (Continued) 



Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2051/FLR-9(V) 

/N 



Divider Assembly, Power RF CU 2051/FLR-9(V) 



Racks 405, 406 and 407 (Site V7 only) (band A) 
Beamformer Assembly TD 1052/FLR-9(V) 

/N 



Beamformer Assembly TD 1052/FLR-9(V) 



A7 
A8 
A9 
A10 
A11 
A12 
A13 
A14 

A1 
A2 
A3 
A4 
A5 
A6 
A7 
A8 



2-42 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-6. Antenna Group Electronic Equipment Reference Designator Assignments (Continued) 



Description 



Reference 
Designator 



Racks 405, 406 and 407 (Site V7 only) (band A) 

(Continued) 



Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2050/FLR-9(V) 



Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2050/FLR-9(V) 

Racks 405, 406 and 407 (V8 only) (band A) 
Beamformer Assembly TD 1050/FLR-9(V) 



Beamformer Assembly TD 1050/FLR-9(V) 



A9 
A10 
A11 
A12 
A13 
A14 
A15 
A16 

A1 

A2 
A3 
A4 
A5 
A6 
A7 
A8 



2-43 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-6. Antenna Group Electronic Equipment Reference Designator Assignments (Continued) 



Description 



Reference 
Designator 



Racks 405, 406 and 407 (V8 only) (band A) 

(Continued) 



Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2050/FLR-9(V) 

/K 



Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2050/FLR-9(V) 

Rack 409 (band C) 
Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 
Divider Assembly, Power-Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 
Coupler, Omni Assembly CU 2054/FLR-9(V) 
Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 
Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 
Coupler, Omni Assembly CU 2049/FLR-9(V) 
Panel, Patching, Antenna SB 3662/FLR-9(V) 
Beamformer Assembly TD 1057/FLR-9(V) 
Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 
Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 
Coupler, Omni Assembly CU 2054/FLR-9(V) 
Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 
Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 



A9 

A10 

A11 

A12 

A13 

A14 

A15 

A16 

A1 
A2 
A3 
A4 
A5 
A6 
A7 
A8 
A9 
A10 
A11 
A12 
A13 



2-44 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 2-6. Antenna Group Electronic Equipment Reference Designator Assignments (Continued) 





Reference 


Description 


Designator 


Rack 409. (band C) (Continued) 




Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A14 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A15 


Coupler, Omni Assembly CU 2054/FLR-9(V) 


A16 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A17 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A18 


| Beamformer Assembly TD 1057/FLR-9(V) 


A19 j 


Rack 41 (band A) 




Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A1 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A2 


Coupler, Omni Assembly CU 2054/FLR-9(V) 


A3 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A4 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A5 


Coupler, Omni Assembly CU 2049/FLR-9(V) 


A6 


Panel, Patching, Antenna SB 3666/FLR-9(V) 


A7 


Beamformer Assembly TD 1055/FLR-9(V) 


A8 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A9 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A10 


Coupler, Omni Assembly CU 2054/FLR-9(V) 


A11 


nii/irlor Accomhlii Prnniar Rf PI I OD^O/PI R Q(\/\ 

uiviuer Msssmuiy, rower r\T uu £iUD£i/rLn-y^vj 


M I c. 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A13 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A14 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A15 


Coupler, Omni Assembly CU 2054/FLR-9(V) 


A16 



Change 1 2-45 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-6. Antenna Group Electronic Equipment Reference Designator Assignments (Continued) 



Description 



Reference 
Designator 



Rack 410 (band A) (Continued) 
Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 
Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 
| Beamformer Assembly TD 1055/FLR-9(V) 
Racks 41 7, 41 8, 41 9 (site V7 only) (band B) 
Beamformer Assembly TD 1053/FLR-9(V) 



Beamformer Assembly TD 1053/FLR-9(V) 
Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2053/FLR-9(V) 

A 



Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2053/FLR-9(V) 



A17 
A18 
A19 

A1 
A2 
A3 
A4 
A5 
A6 
A7 
A8 
A9 
A10 
A11 
A12 
A13 
A14 
A15 
A16 



Change 1 2-46 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 2-6. Antenna Group Electronic Equipment Reference Designator Assignments (Continued) 



Description 



Reference 
Designator 



Racks 417, 418, 419 (site V8 only) (band B) 



Beamformer Assembly TD 1051/FLR-9(V) 



\k 

Beamformer Assembly TD 1051/FLR-9(V) 
Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2053/FLR-9(V) 

4 s 



Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2053/FLR-9(V) 

Rack 422 (band B) 
Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 
Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 
Coupler, Omni Assembly, CU 2055/FLR-9(V) 
Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 
Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 



A1 
A2 
A3 
A4 
A5 
A6 
A7 
A8 
A9 
A10 
A11 
A12 
A13 
A14 
A15 
A16 

A1 
A2 
A3 
A4 
A5 



2-47 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 2-6. Antenna Group Electronic Equipment Reference Designator Assignments (Continued) 





Reference 


Description 


Designator 


Rack 422 (band B) (Continued) 




Panel, Patching, Antenna SB 3664/FLR-9(V) 


A7 


Beamformer Assembly TD 1056/FLR-9(V) 


A8 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A9 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A10 


Coupler, Omni Assembly, CU 2055/FLR-9(V) 


A11 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A12 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A13 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A14 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A15 


Coupler, Omni Assembly CU 2055/FLR-9(V) 


A16 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A17 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A18 


Rack 423 (band B) 




Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A1 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A2 


Coupler, Omni Assembly CU 2055/FLR-9(V) 


A3 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A4 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A5 


Beamformer Assembly TD 1056/FLR-9(V) 


A6 


Panel, Patching, Antenna SB 3663/FLR-9(V) 


A7 


Coupler, Omni Assembly CU 2049/FLR-9(V) 


A8 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A9 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A10 



Change 1 2-48 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 2-6. Antenna Group Electronic Equipment Reference Designator Assignments (Continued) 





Reference 


Description 


Designator 


Rack 423 (band B) (Continued) 




Coupler, Omni Assembly CU 2055/FLR-9(V) 


A11 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A12 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A13 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A14 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A15 


Coupler, Omni Assembly CU 2055/FLR-9(V) 


A16 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A17 


Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU 2052/FLR-9(V) 


A18 



2-49/2-50 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



CHAPTER 3 
PREPARATION FOR USE AND RESHIPMENT 
SECTION I. PREPARATION FOR USE 

3-1. General. 

The antenna group requires no s pecial tuneu p, testing, or adjusting after installation except that which is necessary to 
confirm proper operation. Refer t d Chapter"! for antenna group tests and maintenance procedures. In the event that the 
equipment has been relocated and does not perform satisfactorily in a given area, check the rf cabling for possible 
connection errors. 

3-2. Rf Amplifiers. 

All components of the antenna group are passive devices except the eight racks of rf amplifiers. Therefore, 
preoperational procedures for the antenna rf amplifiers consist of assuring that the fuse is good, the power switch Is In 
the OFF position, and the ac power cable is connected. The HI-LOW switches on each motherboard (Al and A2) should 
be in the LOW position for bands A and B, and in the HI position for band C. Energize and determine that each rack 
blower assembly is functioning. Place each amplifier assembly ON-OFF switch in the ON position. Allow at least a 30- 
minute warm-up time before performing group level tests. 

3-3. Test Description. 

All of the tests to demonstrate that functional requirements have been met are described in IChapter 671 The antenna 
group has performance criteria in the following categories: 

a. Single channel amplitude and phase tracking 

b. Input vswr 

c. Intermodulation distortion 

d. Single channel noise figure. 



Other tests to localize troubles are also described i n Chapter 6 
3-4. Duration of Tests. 

There are no tests in the antenna group that require monitoring for extended periods, e.g., tests wherein the data must be 
recorded or monitored for several hours. 

NOTE 

Test signals are provided and monitored by the monitor and test group on a continuous basis. 
These signals are compared In amplitude and phase, the latter where applicable, to a memory 
standard. 



3-1 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

3-5. Test Sequence. 

There is no particular sequence of testing; however, an unsati sfactory single channel amplitude and phase tracking test 
would likely result in one or more succeeding test failures. Se el paragraph 3-3I 

3-6. Test Criteria. 



Test criteria for the antenna group including test equipment, test configurations, and diagrams are contained in [Chapter 
[1 



SECTION II. PREPARATION FOR RESHIPMENT 



3-7. Conditions and Methods for Reshipment. 

a. Conditions. With the possible exception of the antenna elements, antenna array materials become scrap. 
Disassembly of reflecting screens, removal of ground screens, feed cables, timbers, and steel structures does not appear 
to be economical. However, final determination of scrap materials is a user function. 

b. Methods. Electronic Equipment from the central building is shipped in accordance with the best commercial 
practices. 

c. Disassembly. There are no special disassembly techniques required for antenna group equipment. There 
are no special plug-in units to be removed before shipment. Racks may be shipped with internal cabling connected and 
in place. 

d. Reusable Containers. There are no reusable containers in the antenna group equipment. 



3-2 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



CHAPTER 4 
OPERATION 
SECTION I. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS 



4-1. Operating Controls and Indicators. (Se 4 table 4-1| an< pigure 4-1 1 ) 



The only controls and indicators in the antenna group are those on the rf amplifiers. See Ifiqure 4-1. II Table 4-1 1 lists 
control and indicator functions of the rf amplifiers. 

Table 4-1. Amplifier, Radio Frequency AM-6533/FLR-9(V) 

Controls and Indicators 



Control or Indicator 


Reference 


Function 




Designator 




ON-OFF Switch 


S1 


Applies power to unit in ON position 


POWER lamp 


DS1 


Lights when power is applied to unit 


1 AMP FUSE 


F1 


Fuses one side of ac line 



SECTION II. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 
4-2. Preoperational Radio Frequency Amplifier Checklist. 

a. Power switch should be in OFF position. 

b. Check for known good fuse. 

c. Check that power cable is connected at rear of unit. 
4-3. Radio Frequency Amplifier Starting Procedures. 

If not known, check the HI-LOW switches inside the unit (on motherboards A1 and A2) for proper position. The switch 
should be in LOW position for bands A and B; HI for band C. Remove assembly from the rack and remove the top cover 
by loosening the two rear quick-disconnect screws and sliding the cover toward the rear. Position HI-LOW switch and 
reassemble. Replace in rack and reconnect cables and power cord. Place ON-OFF switch to ON. Determine that the 
cabinet blowers are operating and allow a 30-minute warm-up time. For additional information refer to | paragraph 1-6 



4-1 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




Rear View 

Figure 4-1 . Amplifier, Radio Frequency AM-6533/FLR-9 (V) 



4-2 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



4-4. Software Assignments. 

When initially starting the system, the software must be notified of user determined sector beam assignments by the 
some operator. Monitor and test group functions and sector beam selection functions provide misleading symptoms for 
maintenance personnel, if this is not accomplished. The software must also be notified when sector beams are changed 
from an existing assignment to a new assignment for these same reasons. See l Chapter 5, t ables 5-2, 5-4, 5-5, and 5-6 
for azimuth/sector beam assignments. The following information is entered via the teletypewriter. 



SECTOR X,Y,ZZ,WWW 

Where: 

X is band A, B, or C 

Y is sector beam number 1 , 2, or 3 

Z is right boresight antenna number band A, 1-48; band B, 1-96; band C, 1-48 
W is azimuth. 



There are four antennas per sector beam in band A, three in band B, and two in band C. Boresight antenna is defined in 
I paragraph 5-4J 



EXAMPLE: SECTOR A,1 ,41 ,7 



The above example can be found from l table 5-2 l and is a band A sector beam, patched to the No. 1 band A sector 
beamformer position with boresight azimuth of 7.5 degrees, site V7. When entering azimuth enter only the numbers to 
the left of the deci mal point. EXAMPLE: for 7.5 degrees enter 7; for 322.5 degrees enter 322. Do not conf use the 



beam No. listing in | table 5-2 I with the 1 to 3 assignment to sector beams on the sector beamformer assembly. Se e; figure 



1 5-5 I for patching scheme. Beamformer inputs suffixed A, B, and C correspond to sector beams numbered 1, 2, and 3. 
Since there are a total of three sector beams in each band, there will have to be a total of nine entries made in Initial 
system start-up. When a sector beam is changed, the new entry is entered on the teletypewriter. As soon as the 
carriage return is pressed, the new entry becomes effective. It is not necessary to re-enter the existing, unchanged, 
sector beams. 



SECTION III. EMERGENCY OPERATION 
4-5. Blower Failure, Rf Amplifier Cabinets. 

In the event of blower failure, open the rear door of the affected cabinet. Do not turn off any of the rf amplifiers. Replace 
blower assembly with a spare. This can be accomplished in 20 minutes or less. If the cabinet is operated more than 20 
minutes without the blower, an increasing risk of damage occurs. To remove the blower assembly, unplug line cord and 
disconnect sensing leads from TB1. Remove two filter retaining nuts and the filter. Remove screws holding blower 
assembly. Slide the blower assembly out from the front of the rack. 



4-3 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



4-6. Equipment Failure. 

The individual in charge of the site has the responsibility of determining the primary sectors of Interest and their priorities. 
Equipment failures in high priority areas may be replaced with identical units borrowed from other locations. This 
procedure would be followed in an emergency when no spares were available. 

4-7. Jamming. 

Refer to IM 32-5895-231-15 and IM 32-5895-231-15/1 manuals. 



4-4 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



CHAPTER 5 



THEORY OF OPERATION 



SECTION I. FACILITY FUNCTIONAL OPERATION 



5-1 . Scope. 

This section contains theory and facility functional information of the antenna group. A short discussion of 
intermodulation distortion, noise, and phase requirements is included. It is important that these factors are understood as 
they relate to system performance. 

5-2. General. (Se e figure 5-1 i ) 



The antenna group is a high frequency antenna system that provides processed (beamformed and omnidirectional) 
signals for ultimate use and detection in other system locations. The three antenna group bands are designated band A 
(2 to 6 MHz), band B (6 to 18 MHz), and band C (18 to 30 MHz). With the exception of frequency coverage, the 
functional operation of each band is essentially the same. 



NOTE 



The entire Countermeasures Receiving Set AN/FLR-9(V7)/(V8) system is a wideband receiving 
system. Ultimately, individual signals are detected at terminal locations by tuned receivers. 
Performance characteristics of an untuned, wideband system have parameters that must be 
understood for proper operation and maintenance. These parameters are intermodulation, 
distortion, noise, and phase shift reguirements. The following subparagraphs explain the 
importance of these parameters as related to wideband systems and should be understood as 
related to the functional description. 



a. Intermodulation distortion. (Se ej figure 5-2. )| Intermodulation distortion, in the general case, results when two 
or more signals are sent through a nonlinear device. In a Countermeasures Receiving Set AN/FLR-9(V7)/(V8) system 
the principal sources of intermodulation distortion occur in the active devices (transistors). In the antenna group, the 
antenna preamplifiers are the principal source of this distortion. An overloaded or incorrectly adjusted amplifier may 
produce excessive numbers and/or amplitudes of intermodulation distortion products. These appear at the amplifier 
output as signals. In relation to the input signals, the intermodulation products are spurious signals, and can be detected 
by system receivers. The spurious signals contain modulation components of the original signals and may likely be 
garbled. The obvious objection to these spurious signals is that they may exist on the same frequencies as legitimate 
signals of interest. How severe the interference between the two becomes depends on the relative magnitude of the two 
signals. Every signal handling component in th e system h as been designed to minimize intermodulation distortion. 
Refer to the tables o f capabilities and limitations in lChapterTI of this manual. An example of intermodulation distortion is 
shown in Ifigure 5^2] This is a graphic representation from a spectrum analyzer of the output from a transistor amplifier 
whose input has equal 10-MHz and 12-MHz 



5-1/5-2 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



BAND A 



ANTENNA 



ANTENNA 

[«] 



ANTENNA 

M 



TNANSai SS ION 
LINE TUNER 
ASSY* 

Mel 




a port 

20 Dt 

OIR COUPLE* 
U.l 


[41 ] 







FROM ANTENNA 
TEST MATRIX 



AWUFIEI A 

ASSEilir 



FROM BE AiF DRIER 
TEST ItTRII 



BAND B 



TRANSMISSION 
LINE TUNER 




4 f ON T 
20 Dt 




ASST 
L". 




DIR COUPLER 

[Ml 





FROi ANTENNA 

TEST MATRIX 



rr 



AMPL I F I ER I 
ASSEMBLY 



FROI BEAMFORMER 
TEST MATRIX 



BAND C 



TRANSMISSION 


DO 


LINE TUNER 


ASST 









4 PORT 

?o oa 

01 R COUPLER 
[41] 



FROM ANTENNA 
TEST NATRII 



FT 





4») , 






AMPLIFIER C 








ASSEMBLY 




[»] 








I'll 



TO A BAND 
GONIOMETER 



COAXIAL 
TERMINATION 



ERMINAT 

—Oil 



SPARE 




PtR 0(»-OF 
14 16) ASST 



PIR DIV A 

i2:32) ASST 



COAI IAL 
TERMINATION 



SPARE PORT 




PIR OIV-OF 
(4 16) ASST 

"frl" 



PIR 01 » B 

<4- 32) ASST 
14 EA I II 



SPARE 



PIR OIV-OF 
(4 1(1 ASST 

IM1 



TEST IATRII 



NOTE IRACKETEO NUMBERS INDICATE QUANTITIES OF COAXIAL CAILES OR ASSEMBLIES 



[♦•] 



JilL 



ANTENNA PATCH 
PANEL ASST 


i:PATCH CABLES 
j; [24 MAXIMUMl_ 


SECTOR WFRIR 
A ASST 


[6] 


(48 ^jCKS) 




(3 EA Alt 

[21 










mi COM AC 
(16:2) ASST 

'W 


[S] . 


OMNI 
COII INER 


-tin 




AIC li II 

ASST f|] 





mil 



IEAMFORIER 

A ASSY 
(2 EA 16: I) 
Oil— 



GO 



TO B IANO 
GONI ORETER 



JjlL» 



ANTENNA PATCH 
PANEL ASST 
141 JACKS ) 

CO 



! PATCH CABLES 
i HI HAXIMUUl 



SECTOR BMFRMR 
B ASST 
i3 EA 3|) 
[21 



_LjlL 



OKI COMB I 

(161) ASSY 

[6] 



[6] 



OMNI 
COMBINER 

ABC (6.1) 
ASSY tl] 



BE AHFORMER 

B ASSY 
( 2 EA 16 1 1 



[«•] 



TO C BAND 
CON IOMETER 



COAXIAL 
TERMINATION 

f"1 



PORT 



[46] 



ANTENNA PATCN 
PANEL ASSY 
146 JACKS) 

_[0 



SPATCH CABLES 
: 1)2 MAXIMU>I|_ 



SECTOR BMFRMR 
C ASST 

EA 2:1) 

(21 



L«] : 



OMNI COMB-AC 
<I621 ASSY 

"Br 



CO 



OMNI 
COMBINER 
ABC 

»SST 



(6 I) 



PIR 01 V C 

(6 24) ASST 



Dn] 



BE AHFORMER 

C ASSY 
(4 EA 6: I) 

Til 



DO 



3 PORT 
10 08 
OIR COUPLER 



161 



3 TERMINATED 
3T0 BEAMFORMER 
OUTPUT TEST MATRIX 



3 PORT 
10 OB 
DIR COUPLER 



ILL 



TO BE AIFORMER 

OUTPUT TEST 



3 PORT 
10 OB 
01 R COUPLER 



liil 



TO BE AHFORMER 
OUTPUT TEST MATRIX 



I B 1 . 



3 PORT 
10 OB 
Oi R COUPLER 

161 



(61 



] TERMINATED 
3 TO 8EAMF0RMER 



IlL 



3 PORT 
* 10 DB 

OIR COUPLER 

to 



IlL 



TO BE AHFORMER 

OUTPUT TfST HA Till 



3 PORT 
10 OB 
OH COUPLER 



d COUPI 
[48] 

"T" 



liLL 



TO 8E AIFORMER 
OUTPUT TEST lATRH 



[61 



3 fOR' 
10 OB 
OIR COUPLER 

[61 

T 



[61 



3 TERMINATED 
3 TO BEAMFORMER 
..9M.TFJIT Tl ST MATRIX 



IlL. 



3 PORT 
10 OB 
OIR COUPLER 

L 



COUP 



TO BEAMFORHER 
OUTPUT TEST IATRII 



3 PORT 
10 01 
OIR COUPLER 



R COUPI 

jlSL 



IzlL 



TO BEAMFORMER 
OUTPUT TEST IATRII 



SECTOR 
BEAM 



OMNI 
BEAM 



MONITOR 
BEAM 



SECTOR 
BEAM 



«Ni 
BEAM 



MONITOR 
BE AH 



SECTOR 
BEAI 



OMNI 
BE'I 



HON I TOR 
BE AH 



OPERATIONS BLOC 
INPUT II ; NTENANCE 
PATCH PANEL 

I6C L INES THAT 
INCLUOE CONIOMEUR 
OUTPUTS AND SPARE 
CABLES 



Figure 5-1. Block Diagram, Antenna Group 
Change 1 5-3/5-4 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




Figure 5-2. Typical Spectrum Analyzer Display Intermodulation Distortion Products 

signals applied. The amplifier output contains the original 10-MHz and 12-MHz signals, as well as the following 
significant intermodulation and harmonic distortion products: 

2-MHz 24-MHz 

8-MHz 30-MHz 

14-MHz 32-MHz 

20-MHz 34-MHz 

22-MHz 36-MHz 

If more than two input signals were present at the input, as in the preceding case, the number of intermodulation 
distortion products increases by many times. An analysis 



5-5 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



of the num ber generat ed from more than two input signals involves complex mathematics beyond the scope of this 



manual. In | figure 5-2] the input signals are of relatively large magnitude (300 millivolts) so that the distortion products 



are within the display capabilities of the spectrum analyzer. Note that a radio receiver could detect any of the ten 
spurious signals at the amplifier output of, the example shown. 

b. Noise. Total system noise results from addition of noise powers generated principally from the active devices 
(transistors) in the system and that delivered to the system by the antennas. When a particular signal-to-noise ratio 
becomes small enough, then at some point the signal becomes undetectable by the operator at a radio receiver. The 
signal-to-noise ratio from the antenna is determined by atmospheric conditions and the received signal strength. It is 
important that the noise contributed by the active devices in the system does not further deteriorate the signal-to-noise 
ratio. The antenna preamplifiers provide the necessary gain ahead of the power dividers so that weak signals are not lost 
in system generated noise. 

c. Phase, in order to form beams and furnish the goniometers with usable signals, the signal phase relationships 
are carefully controlled. Antenna cable lengths at the time of installation were cut to the same electrical length for a 
given band. Small differences in electrical lengths are adjusted by the line tuners to compensate for cable aging or 
seasonal temperature variations. Additionally, subsequent cables up to beamformers, omnicombiners, and patch panels 
are controlled in length for equal phase shifts within a band. These are sometimes referred to as timed or phased cables. 



5-3. Functional Description. (See l figure 5-1.)| The rf energy received by an antenna element is fed into a high gain rf 
amplifier. 

One rf amplifier is provided for each antenna element in each band. The preamplification overcomes signal losses due 
to subsequent power divisions for beamformers and omnicombiners. Power divisions without preamplification would 
result in the weaker signals being lost in the noise as described in paragraph 5.2.b. The preamplifiers are capable of 
handling relatively large input signals (100 millivolts) with low noise contribution and low intermodulation distortion. The 
preamplifiers for all three bands are identical; however, an internal switch is provided that selects either a 19-dB or 21-dB 
gain position. Bands A and B preamplifiers operate at a nominal 19-dB gain, whereas band C preamplifiers operate at 
21-dB gain. Each preamplifier has two outputs. Signal distribution from the preamplifier outputs are discussed in the 
following paragraphs. 

a. Band A. Forty-eight rf amplifiers (24 assemblies, 2 amplifiers per assembly) furnish two outputs each. One 
output feeds a 1 : 4 power divider. The four outputs of the power divider are connected one each to the band A 
goniometer, sector beam patch panel, omnicombiner, and a spare output. 

NOTE 

All rf outputs in the system that are not being actively used, such as the preceding spare, are 
terminated with a coaxial termination (75 ohms). Failure to do this may result in an excessive 
vswr at the other power divider outputs and degrade beam formations. 



5-6 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



The other rf amplifier output feeds a 1: 16 p ower divider that provides inputs for the monitor beams. Each monitor beam 
consists of inputs from 16 antennas. Refer t d paragraph 5-4| for a description of the various beam formations. 



b. Band B. Ninety-six rf amplifiers, one for each antenna element, furnish two outputs each. One output feeds a 1: 
4 power divider, as mentioned previously. The four outputs are connected-one each to band-B goniometer, sector beam 
patch panel, omnicombiner, and a spare output. The other preamplifier output feeds two 1: 8 power dividers that 
provide Inputs for the monitor beamformers. Each monitor beam consists of inputs from 16 antenna elements. 

c. Band C. Forty-eight rf amplifiers, one for each antenna element, furnish two outputs each. These amplifiers are 
used in the nominal 21 -dB gain position. One output feeds a 1 : 4 power divider. The four outputs are connected, one 
each to band C goniometer, sector beam patch panel, omnicombiner, and a spare output. The other amplifier output 
feeds a 1 : 4 power divider that provides inputs for the monitor beamformers. 

5-4. Beam Formation. (See l figures 5-3 fc n d"5-4.) 

If signals from several antenna elements in a given band are combined in phase, t he total sign al strength is increased 
and a beam is formed. As an example, a wavefront arriving as shown at position I I (figure 5-3l ) intersects the first two 
antenna elements. A short time later, the wavefront intersects the next two elements, shown at position 2 and finally at 
position 3. Signals from the first pair (position 1) enter the delay line and travel as indicated. By the time the signals 
reach the line connections for the next pair (position 2), the time delay is such that they add in phase. The resultant 
signals continue and add in phase to those from the last pair of elements. Outputs from both legs of the delay line are 
combined in phase in the power combiner to further Increase the signal power. Signals arriving from directions other 
than the one shown caused the phase relationships to be less than optimum in the beamformer. The overall beam 
formed by this configuration is similar to that of other high gain types such as yagi or log periodic antennas. Directional 
beams in bands A, B, and C consist of the sector and monitor beams. The principles Involved in beam formation are the 
same for all three bands regardless of the number of elements used in forming each beam. 



a. Band A Monitor Beam Formation. (Refer to | table 5-TT)l Forty-ei ght monitor beams are formed in band A using a 
consecutive combination of 16 elements around the 360-degree circle. I Table 5- 11 lists the band A elements associated 
with each of the 48 beams. Antenna elements are numbered consecutively In a clockwise direction from the tunnel. The 
center line In each listing for each beam boresight is referenced from true North (zero degrees). The element numbers 
immediately adjacent to the boresight line are listed. 



NOTE 



As an example, I table 5-1 I shows element no. 1 positions in beams 3 through 18 of site V7. 
Sixteen separate rf inputs from e ach antenna element are required for the various beamformer 
inputs. Refer to the block diaqram i figure 5-1"] which shows how 16 separate signals are obtained 
from power dividers. 



5-7 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



01 If CI I ON OF 
INCDlilNE SIGNAL 




Figure 5-3. Simplified Block Diagram of Beamforming Process 




HINTS I KW t »H MllF-niU mints. 
Ill IKICH THE KCEITEB POIEI IS 3db 
LESS TKU HI NUT C. EIMPIE SNOW 
N»S 30 IE6NEES IEM1IDTH IT »»LF-fOIE« 
POINTS. 



NOTE: 



IINOI tMUTION PtTTEIN 
HIE! NOT SHOW. 



Figure 5-4. Beam Parameter Identification 
5-8 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 5-1. Monitor Beam Formation, 
Beam Boresight, Band A 



Beam 














Azimuth 














No. 




V7 Elements 






In Use 




Degrees 




V8 Elements 






In Use 




1 


32 33 


34 35 36 37 


38 39 


40 41 


42 43 44 


45 46 47 





8 9 


10 11 12 13 


14 15 


16 17 


18 19 20 21 


22 23 


2 


33 




40 


41 




48 


7.5 


9 




16 


17 




24 


3 


34 




41 


42 




1 


15.0 


10 




17 


18 




25 


4 


35 




42 


43 




1 2 


22.5 


11 




18 


19 




26 


5 


36 




43 


44 




1 3 


30.0 


12 




19 


20 




27 


6 


37 




44 


45 


1 


4 


37.5 


13 




20 


21 




28 


7 


3' 




45 


46 


1 


5 


45.0 


14 




21 


22 




29 


8 


39 




46 


47 


1 


6 


52.5 


15 




22 


23 




30 


9 


40 




47 


48 1 




7 


60.0 


16 




23 


24 




31 


10 


41 




48 


1 




8 


67.5 


17 




24 


25 




32 


11 


42 




1 


2 




9 


75.0 


18 




25 


26 




33 


12 


43 




1 2 


3 




10 


82.5 


19 




26 


27 




34 


13 


44 


1 


3 


4 




11 


90.0 


20 




27 


28 




35 


14 


45 


1 


4 


5 




12 


97.5 


21 




28 


29 




36 


15 


46 


1 


5 


6 




13 


105.0 


22 




29 


30 




37 


16 


47 


1 


6 


7 




14 


112.5 


23 




30 


31 




38 


17 


48 1 




7 


8 




15, 


120.0 


24 




31 


32 




39 


18 


1 




8 


9 




16 


127.5 


25 




32 


33 




40 


19 


2 




9 


10 




17 


135.0 


26 




33 


34 




41 


20 


3 




10 


11 




18 


142.5 


27 




34 


35 




42 


21 


4 




11 


12 




19 


150.0 


28 




35 


36 




43 


22 


5 




12 


13 




20 


157.5 


29 




36 


37 




44 



5-9 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 5-1 . Monitor Beam Formation (Continued) 
Beam Boresight, Band A 



A 


















b563m 














Azimuth 














NO. 




V7 Elements 






In I |c:p 
1 1 1 uoc 




i— 'cyi ceo 




Vft Flpmpnte; 

V U 1 1 C 1 1 1 CI 1 LO 






- 

In Use 




23 


6 




13 


1 A 




OA 


1 00. u 


OU 




Q7 
0/ 


38 




45 


24 


7 




14 


1 ^ 




1 9 
I c. 


1 79 ^ 


O I 




*3ft 
OO 


39 




46 


25 


8 




15 


1 R 
I D 




OO' 
^-O 


I ou.u 


^9 

Oi- 




oy 


40 




47 


26 


9 




16 


I / 






1 Q"7 £ 
1 ot .0 


OO 




4U 


41 




48 


27 


10 




17 






9^ 




O^f 




*f I 


42 






28 


1 1 




18 






9R 


9D9 ^ 


oo 




AO 


43 




2 


29 


12 




19 


on 




97 


91 n n 

£1 I U.U 


*3R 
OD 




AO. 

HO 


44 




3 


30 


13 




20 


91 
i- I 




9ft 


91 7 ^ 
£ I / .3 


O / 




4.4. 


45 




4 


31 


14 




21 


99 




9Q 


99 c i n 


^ft 

OO 




4^ 


46 




5 


32 


15 




22 


01 




ou 


9^9 ^ 


oy 




4R 


47 




6 


33 


16 




23 


OA. 




*31 

O I 




AO 
^fU 




47 


48 




7 


34 


17 




24 


9^ 




^9 

O*! 


947 ^ 


d.1 
*+ 1 




4ft 


1 




8 


35 


18 




25 


9R 




oo 




AO 




I 
i 


2 




9 


ou 


1 Q 




9fi 


07 






9K9 ^ 


A1 

H-O 




o 
c. 


Q 
o 






37 


20 




27 


28 




35 


270.0 


44 




3 


4 




11 


38 


21 




28 


29 




36 


277.5 


45 




4 


5 




12 


39 


22 




29 


30 




37 


285.0 


46 




5 


6 




13 


40 


23 




30 


31 




38 


292.5 


47 




6 


7 




14 


41 


24 




3 1 


32 




39 


300.0 


48 




7 


8 




15 


42 


25 




32 


33 




40 


307.5 


1 




8 


9 




6 


43 


26 




33 


34 




41 


315.0 


2 




9 


10 




17 


44 


27 




34 


35 




42 


322.5 


3 




10 


11 




18 


45 


28 




35 


36 




43 


330.0 


4 




11 


12 




19 



5-10 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 5-1 . Monitor Beam Formation (Continued) 



Beam Boresight, Band A 



J 






Beam 
No. 


V7 Elements 


In Use 


Azimuth 
Degrees 


V8 Elements 


In Use 


46 
47 
48 


29 36 

30 37 

31 38 


37 44 

38 45 

39 46 


337.5 
345.0 
352.5 


5 12 

6 13 

7 14 


13 20 

14 21 

15 22 



5-11 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



b. Band A Sector Beam Formation. (Se e! figure 5-5 l ano f table 5-2| ) Sector beam formation involves the same 



principles as monitor beam formation, but only four consecutive antenna element signals are used at any one time. 
Sector signals are terminated on an antenna patch panel assembly. Patch cables a re inserted in four consecutive 
antenna outputs for the desired beam direction. The beam boresight exists as shown in ltable 5-2~l centered between the 
two inner elements. Attenuation in the beamformer of the two outer element signals reduces the magnitude of the side 
lobes. A total of six sector beam s may be in use at any one time. The patching scheme for patching at the sector 
beamformers is shown ir | figure 5^5 



5" 



2_ 



NOTE 

See l paragraph 4-4.| a. for precautions in sector beam selection. 



O 



O 



J I A J2A J3A J4A 

O O 



'iSJ) v£)) \\2/) \\2/) 

JIB J2B J 3B JIB 



O 



O 



JIC J2C J3C J4C 
O O 



FRONT VIEW 



? 
TO J3 



9 

TO Jl 



9 
TO J4 



9 

TO J2 



BEAM BORE SIGHT 



Jl (A,B OR C>- 
J2 (A,B OR C|- 

INPUTS 
J3IA.B OR Cl- 
J4(A,B OR O- 



2 1 




9.3nS 








COMBINER 




PHASE 








UN PHASE) 




DELAY 


















2 1 
COMBINER 












!IN PHASE) 


2 1 
COMBINER 
(IN PHASE) 




8 5db 
ATTEN- 
UATOR 









OUTPUT 

-» J5(A,B OR CI 



Figure 5-5. Block Diagram, Beamformer Assembly TD-1055/FLR-9(V) (Sector Beamformer A) 



Table 5-2. Sector Beam Formation, 
Beam Boresight, Band A 



Item 


V7 Elements 


Azimuth 
Degrees 


V8 Elements 


1 


38 39 


40 41 





14 15 


16 17 


2 


39 40 


41 42 


7.5 


15 16 


17 18 


3 


40 41 


42 43 


15 


16 17 


18 19 


4 


41 42 


43 44 


22.5 


17 18 


19 20 



Change 1 5-12 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 5-2. Sector Beam Formation, (Continued) 



Beam Boresight, Band A 



Item 


V7 Elements 


Azimuth 
Degrees 


V8 Elements 


5 


42 43 


44 


45 


30 


18 


19 


20 


21 


6 


43 44 


45 


46 


37.5 


19 


20 


21 


22 


7 


44 45 


46 


47 


45 


20 


21 


22 


23 


8 


45 46 


47 


48 


52.5 


21 


22 


23 


24 


9 


46 47 


48 


1 


60 


22 


23 


24 


25 


10 


47 48 


1 


2 


67.5 


23 


24 


25 


26 


11 


48 1 


2 


3 


75 


24 


25 


26 


27 


12 


1 2 


3 


4 


82.5 


25 


26 


27 


28 


13 


2 3 


4 


5 


90 


26 


27 


28 


29 


14 


3 4 


5 


6 


97.5 


27 


28 


29 


30 


15 


4 5 


6 


7 


105 


28 


29 


30 


31 


16 


5 6 


7 


8 


112.5 


29 


30 


30 


31 


17 


6 7 


8 


9 


120 


30 


31 


32 


33 


18 


7 8 


9 


10 


127.5 


31 


32 


33 


34 


19 


8 9 


10 


11 


135 


32 


33 


34 


35 


20 


9 10 


11 


12 


142.5 


33 


34 


35 


36 


21 


10 11 


12 


13 


150 


34 


35 


36 


37 


22 


11 12 


13 


14 


157.5 


35 


36 


37 


38 


23 


12 13 


14 


15 


165 


36 


37 


38 


39 


24 


13 14 


15 


16 


172.5 


37 


38 


39 


40 


25 


14 15 


16 


17 


180 


38 


39 


40 


41 


26 


15 16 


17 


18 


187.5 


39 


40 


41 


42 


27 


16 17 


18 


19 


195 


40 


41 


42 


43 


28 


17 18 


19 


20 


202.5 


41 


42 


43 


44 


29 


18 19 


20 


21 


210 


42 


43 


44 


45 


30 


19 20 


21 


22 


217.5 


43 


44 


45 


46 


31 


20 21 


22 


23 


225 


44 


45 


46 


47 


32 


21 22 


23 


24 


232.5 


45 


46 


47 


48 


33 


22 23 


24 


25 


240 


46 


47 


48 


1 


34 


23 24 


25 


26 


247.5 


47 


48 


1 


2 


35 


24 25 


26 


27 


255 


48 


1 


2 


3 


36 


25 26 


27 


28 


262.5 


1 


2 


3 


4 


37 


26 27 


28 


29 


270 


2 


3 


4 


5 


38 


27 28 


29 


30 


277.5 


3 


5 


4 


6 


39 


28 29 


30 


31 


285 


4 


5 


6 


7 


40 


29 30 


31 


32 


292.5 


5 


6 


7 


8 


41 


30 31 


32 


33 


300 


6 


7 


8 


9 


42 


31 32 


33 


34 


307.5 


7 


8 


9 


10 


43 


32 33 


34 


35 


315 


8 


9 


10 


11 


44 


33 34 


35 


36 


322.5 


9 1 





11 


12 


45 


34 35 


36 


37 


330 


10 


11 


12 


13 


46 


35 36 


37 


38 


337.5 


11 


12 


13 


14 


47 


36 37 


38 


39 


345 


12 


13 


14 


15 


48 


37 38 


39 


40 


352.5 


13 


14 


15 


16 



5-13 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



c. Band A Omnidirectional Beam Formation. An omnidirectional beam is nondirectional; signals from all directions 
are received equally well. Refer t d figure 5-TI Forty-eight outputs, one each from the 1 : 4 power dividers, are connected 
to the omnicombiner assemblies. These assemblies are essentially power dividers connected in reverse. Each 
omnicombiner assembly consists of two 8: 1 (eight inputs, one output) units to give an effective 16: 2 combination. 
Three of the latter assemblies are required to combine 48 input signals into 6 output signals. These six signals are 
further combined in a 6: 1 omnicombiner that provides a single omnibeam output. This output is sent through a 
directional coupler via the tunnel cable to the input, maintenance patch panel associated with the rf matrix group. 

d. Band B Monitor Beam Formation. (Se b table 5-$ .) Band B monitor beam formation involves the same principles 
as band A. Band B has 96 antenna elements with any I beam formed from 16 consecutive antenna elements. O nly 48 
bea ms are formed in progressing around the complete circle of elements. Note that adjacent beams listed in ltablel 



5-3| are separated by 1 antenna element which results in only 48 beams being formed from 96 elements 

e. Band B Sector Beam Formation. (S de figure 5-S and tables 5-4 an d 5-5 
form a band B sector beam. The boresight bisects 
six sector beams may be in use at any one time. 



Three consecutive antenna elements 
the center antenna element in the combination chosen. A total of 



NOTE 

See l paragraph 4-4 .| a. for precautions in sector beam selection. 



O 



O 



((Oil (fOH ((Ol) 
JIA J2A J3A 



O 



O 



HOll HOI) Hon 
JIB J2B J 38 



o 



o 



uoj) 

JIC 



HO)) 
J2C 



((Oil 
J3C 



FRONT VIEW 



TO 1 I TO J3 

o ■ o 

TO 11 

o 



7; I 
COMBINER 



ITTEMirOI 



l««TS < 



OEM MIESICHT 



35913 





I 2nS 
PHASE 
OEUT 









7: 1 
COIIIIEI 

(l> PHUSE) 



OUTPUT 



Figure 5-6. Block Diagram, Beamformer Assembly TD-1056/FLR-9(V) (Sector Beamformer B) 

Change 1 5-14 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 5-3. Monitor Beam Formation, 



Beam Boresight, Band B 



A 


















Beam 














Azimuth 














No. 




V7 Elements 






In Use 




Degrees 




V8 Elements 






In Use 




1 


72 73 


74 75 76 77 


78 79 


80 81 


82 83 84 


85 86 87 


1.875 


24 25 


26 27 28 29 


30 31 


32 33 


34 35 36 


37 38 39 


2 


74 




81 


82 




89 


9.357 


26 




33 


34 




41 


3 


76 




83 


84 




91 


16.875 


28 




35 


36 




43 


4 


78 




85 


86 




93 


24.375 


30 




37 


38 




45 


5 


80 




87 


88 




95 


31.875 


32 




39 


40 




47 


6 


82 




89 


90 




1 


39.375 


34 




41 


42 




49 


7 


84 




91 


92 




3 


46.875 


36 




43 


44 




51 


8 


86 




93 


94 




5 


54.375 


38 




45 


46 




53 


9 


88 




95 


96 




7 


61.875 


40 




47 


48 




55 


10 


90 




1 


2 




9 


69.375 


42 




49 


50 




57 


11 


92 




3 


4 




11 


76.875 


44 




51 


52 




59 


12 


94 




5 


6 




13 


84.375 


46 




53 


54 




61 


13 


96 




7 


8 




15 


91.875 


48 




55 


56 




63 


14 


2 




9 


10 




17 


99.375 


50 




57 


5S 




65 


15 


4 




11 


12 




19 


106.875 


52 




59 


60 




67 


16 


6 




13 


14 




21 


114.375 


54 




61 


62 




69 


17 


8 




15 


16 




23 


121.875 


56 




63 


64 




1 


18 


10 




17 


18 




25 


129.375 


58 




65 


66 




73 


19 


12 




19 


20 




27 


136.875 


60 




67 


68 




75 


20 


14 




21 


22 




29 


144.375 


62 




69 


70 




77 


21 


16 




23 


24 




31 


151.875 


64 




71 


72 




79 


22 


18 




25 


26 




33 


159.375 


66 




73 


74 




81 



5-15 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 5-3. Monitor Beam Formation, (Continued) 
Beam Boresight, Band B 



Beam 














Azimuth 














No. 




V7 Elements 






In Use 




Degrees 




V8 Elements 






In Use 




23 


20 




27 


28 




35 


166.875 


68 




75 


76 




83 


24 


22 




29 


30 




37 


174.375 


70 




77 


78 




85 


25 


24 




31 


32 




39 


181.875 


72 




79 


80 




87 


26 


26 




33 


34 




41 


189.375 


74 




81 


82 




89 


27 


28 




35 


36 




43 


196.875 


76 




83 


84 




91 


28 


30 




37 


38 




45 


204.375 


78 




85 


86 




93 


29 


32 




39 


40 




47 


211.875 


80 




87 


88 




95 


30 


34 




41 


42 




49 


219.375 


82 




89 


90 




1 


31 


36 




43 


44 




51 


226.875 


84 




91 


92 




3 


32 


38 




45 


46 




53 


234.375 


86 




93 


94 




5 


33 


40 




47 


48 




55 


241.875 


88 




95 


96 




7 


34 


42 




49 


50 




57 


249.375 


90 




1 


2 




9 


35 


44 




51 


52 




59 


256.875 


92 




3 


4 




11 


36 


46 




53 


54 




61 


264.375 


94 




5 


6 




13 


37 


48 




55 


56 




63 


271.875 


96 




7 


8 




15 


38 


50 




57 


58 




65 


279.375 


2 




9 


10 




17 


39 


52 




59 


60 




67 


286.875 


4 




11 


12 




19 


40 


54 




61 


62 




69 


294.375 


6 




13 


14 




21 


41 


56 




63 


64 




71 


301.875 


8 




15 


16 




23 


42 


58 




65 


66 




73 


309.375 


10 




17 


18 




25 


43 


60 




67 


68 




75 


316.875 


12 




19 


20 




27 


44 


62 




69 


70 




77 


324.375 


14 




21 


22 




29 


45 


64 




71 


72 




79 


331.875 


16 




23 


24 




31 



5-16 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 5-3. Monitor Beam Formation, (Continued) 



J 


Beam Boresight, Band B 




Beam 
No. 


V7 Elements 


In Use 


Azimuth 
Degrees 


V8 Elements 


In Use 


46 
47 
48 


66 73 
68 75 
70 77 


74 81 
76 83 
78 85 


339.375 
346.875 
354.375 


18 25 
20 27 
22 29 


26 33 
28 35 
30 37 



5-17 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 5-4. Sector Beam Formation, Boresight, Band B (V7) 



Item 


Azimuth 


Elements 


Item 


Azimuth 


Elements 




Degrees 




In Use 




Degrees 


In Use 


1 





78 


79 


80 


49 


180 


30 31 32 


2 


3.75 


79 


80 


81 


50 


183.75 


31 32 33 


3 


7.5 


80 


81 


82 


51 


187.5 


32 33 34 


4 


11.25 


81 


82 


83 


52 


191.25 


33 34 35 


5 


15 


82 


83 


84 


53 


195 


34 35 36 


6 


18.75 


83 


84 


85 


54 


198.75 


35 36 37 


7 


22.5 


84 


85 


86 


55 


202.5 


36 37 38 


8 


26.25 


85 


86 


87 


56 


206.25 


37 38 39 


9 


30 


86 


87 


88 


57 


210 


38 39 40 


10 


33.75 


87 


88 


89 


58 


213.75 


39 40 41 


11 


37.5 


88 


89 


90 


59 


217.5 


40 41 42 


12 


41.25 


89 


90 


91 


60 


221 .25 


41 42 43 


13 


45 


90 


91 


92 


61 


225 


42 43 44 


14 


48.75 


91 


92 


93 


62 


228.75 


43 44 45 


15 


52.5 


92 


93 


94 


63 


232.5 


44 45 46 


16 


56.25 


93 


94 


95 


64 


236.25 


45 46 47 


17 


60 


94 


95 


96 


65 


240 


46 47 48 


18 


63.75 


95 


96 


1 


66 


243.75 


47 48 49 


19 


67.5 


96 


1 


2 


67 


247.5 


48 49 50 


20 


71.25 


1 


2 


3 


68 


251 .25 


49 50 51 


21 


75 


2 


3 


4 


69 


255 


50 51 52 


22 


78.75 


3 


4 


5 


70 


258.75 


51 52 53 


23 


82.5 


4 


5 


6 


71 


262.5 


52 53 54 


24 


86.25 


5 


6 


7 


72 


266.25 


53 54 55 


25 


90 


6 


7 


8 


73 


270 


54 55 56 


26 


93.75 


7 


8 


9 


74 


273.75 


55 56 57 


27 


97.5 


8 


9 


10 


75 


277.5 


56 57 58 


28 


101.25 


9 


10 


11 


76 


281 .25 


57 58 59 


29 


105 


10 


11 


12 


77 


285.75 


58 59 60 


30 


108.75 


11 


12 


13 


78 


288.75 


59 60 61 


31 


112.5 


12 


13 


14 


79 


292.5 


60 61 62 


32 


116.25 


13 


14 


15 


80 


296.25 


61 62 63 


33 


120 


14 


15 


16 


81 


300 


62 63 64 


34 


123.75 


15 


16 


17 


82 


303.75 


63 64 65 


35 


127.5 


16 


17 


18 


83 


307.5 


64 65 66 


36 


131.25 


17 


18 


19 


84 


311.25 


65 66 67 


37 


135 


18 


19 


20 


85 


315 


66 67 68 


38 


138.75 


19 


20 


21 


86 


318.75 


67 68 69 


39 


142.5 


20 


?1 


?? 


87 


322.5 


68 69 70 


40 


146.25 


21 


22 


23 


88 


326.25 


69 70 71 


41 


150 


22 


23 


24 


89 


330 


70 71 72 


42 


153.75 


23 


24 


25 


90 


333.75 


71 72 73 


43 


157.5 


24 


25 


26 


91 


337.5 


72 73 74 


44 


161.25 


25 


26 


27 


92 


341 .25 


73 74 75 


45 


165 


26 


27 


28 


93 


345 


74 75 76 


46 


168.75 


27 


28 


29 


94 


348.75 


75 76 77 


47 


172.5 


28 


29 


30 


95 


352.5 


76 77 78 


48 


1 76.25 


29 


30 


31 


96 


356.25 


77 78 79 



5-18 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 5-5. Sector Beam Formation, 
Boresight, Band B (V8) 



item 


A —7 i r"Vi i ■ + 1— * 


Elements 


Item 


A ~7 1 KYI 1 l + 


tiemenis 




ueyrees 




In Use 




uegrees 


In Use 


i 


u 


30 


31 


32 


AQ 

4y 


1 Rl~l 
I OU 


7R 7Q Rl~l 

lo /y ou 


o 
d 


O. 7R 
O./O 


31 


32 


33 


Rr\ 

DU 


1 RO 7R 
I Oo. / 


7Q Rl~l R1 

/y ou o i 


q 



7 C 
/ .0 


32 


33 


34 


RA 
I 


1 R7 R 
I 0/ .0 


Rn ri R9 

OU 1 Od 


A 


1 1 9C 
I I .dO 


33 


34 


35 


RO 
Od 


1 Q1 OR 

i y i .do 


R1 R9 RO 
O I Od Oo 


C 




I o 


34 


35 


36 


RO 
00 


1 OA 

i yo 


oo oq QA 
od Oo O'f 





1 R 7R 
I 0. / 


35 


36 


37 


RA 
O'f 


1 QR 7R 

i yo. / o 


DO RA RR 
Oo O'f 00 


7 


99 R 
dd.O 


36 


37 


38 


RR 


9D9 R 
dKJd.O 


RA RR RR 
O'f 00 00 


o 
O 


9R 9C 


37 


38 


39 


RR 
00 


9DR OR 
dKJO.dO 


DC OR R7 
00 OO Ol 


Q 


OU 


38 


39 


40 


R7 
0/ 


91 n 
d I u 


RR R7 RR 
00 ol OO 


1 n 


00 7R 
Jo./ O 


39 


40 


41 


RR 
Oo 


91 7R 
d I o. / O 


R7 RR RQ 

o / oo oy 


i i 


07 r 

/ .O 


40 


41 


42 


RQ 

oy 


91 7 R 
d I / .O 


PR RQ Q(~| 

oo oy yu 


I d 


A1 OR 


41 


42 


43 


RD 
OU 


991 OR 
dd I .dO 


RQ QD Q1 

oy yu y i 


A T 
I O 


AC 
'fO 


42 


43 


44 


R1 
D I 


00R 
ddO 


QD Q1 Q9 

yu y i od 


I ^ 


AR 7C. 
'fO. / O 


43 


44 


45 


R9 
Od 


009. 7R 
ddo.l 


Q1 Q9 QO 

y i yd yo 


1 r 

I 


C9 C. 
0£.0 


44 


45 


46 


RO 
Do 


000 R 
dod.O 


QO QO QA 

&d yo y'f 


1 R 
I D 


RR OR 


45 


46 


47 


RA 
O'f 


OOP. OR 
dou.dO 


QO QA QR 

yo y'f yo 


1 7 
1 / 


RD 
OU 


46 


47 


48 


RR 
00 


0AC\ 


QA Q^ QR 

y'f yo yo 


1 R 


RT 7R 
Do. / O 


47 


48 


49 


RR 
OO 


0A0 7R 


QR QR 1 

yo yo i 


1 Q 


R7 R 
/ .0 


48 


49 


50 


R7 
Ol 


0A7 R 
d°et .O 


QR 1 9 

yo i d 


d\J 


71 9C. 
/ I .dO 


49 


50 


51 


RR 
Oo 


0R-\ OR 
dO I .dO 


A 
I d o 


OA 

£1 1 


7R 
1 


50 


51 


52 


RQ 

oy 


ORR 
dOO 


9 A 

dot 


dd 


7R 7R 


51 


52 


53 


/ U 


ORR. 7R 
dOO.I 


OAR 
O 1 


oo 

dO 


R9 C. 


52 


53 


54 


71 
/ 1 


0P.0 R 
dod.O 


A R R 
1 o 


OA 

d°e 


RR OR 
OO.dO 


53 


54 


55 


79 
/ d 


ORR OR 
dOO.dO 


R R 7 
O 1 


OR 
dO 


yu 


54 


55 


56 


70 
1 O 


97D 
dl U 


R 7 R 
0/0 


OR 
do 


QT 7C. 

yo. / O 


55 


56 


57 


7A 


070 7R 
dlO.IO 


7 R Q 

/ o y 


0~7 

dl 


Q7 R 
y / .D 


56 


57 


58 


7R 

1 


077 R 
dl 1 .0 


R Q 1 n 

o y i u 


OR 

dO 


1 m 9R 

I U I .dO 


57 


58 


59 


7R 


9R1 OR 
do I .dO 


q 1 n 11 
y i u ii 


9Q 
iiy 


1 C\R 
I UD 


58 


59 


60 


77 
/ / 


ORR 
doO 


1 n 11 19 

I U II id 


OU 


1 f~IR 7R 
I UO. / O 


59 


60 


61 


7R 
/ O 


ORR 7R 
doo.l 


A A AO AO 
II \d I O 


T1 
O I 


1 1 9 C 
I I ^.O 


60 


61 


62 


7Q 

/y 


0Q0 R 
dyd.O 


19 AO AA 
\d I O I *t 


00 
od 


1 1 R OR 


61 


62 


63 


RD 
OU 


OQR OR 
dvO.dO 


AO AA AR 
I O I °e I O 


OO 
OO 


1 on 

I £iU 


62 


63 


64 


R1 
O I 


oUU 


1A AR AR 
I ^ I O ID 


T.A 
O'f 


1 9T 7R 
I £0. / O 


63 


64 


65 


R9 
od 


onq 7R 
oUo. / O 


AR AR 17 
I O I O I / 


00 


1 97 R 
\ dl .0 


64 


65 


66 


RO 
oo 


0CY7 R 
OU / .O 


1 R 17 1 R 
I O I / I O 


"3R 


1 T1 OR 
I O I .£3 


65 


66 


67 


RA 
O'f 


OA 1 OR 
o I I .dO 


17 1 R 1 Q 
I / I O I y 


07 
ol 


1 oa 

I 00 


66 


67 


68 


RR 
00 


OA R 
o I O 


1 R 1 Q 9I~I 
IO iy d\J 


OR 
OO 


1 OR 7R 
I JO. / O 


67 


RR 

DO 


RQ 


RR 
00 


OA R 7R 
o I 0. / O 


AQ 9D 91 
I y d\J d I 


"3Q 

oy 


1 A9 C 
I °ed.O 


68 


69 


70 


R7 
Ol 


^99 R 
odd.O 


on oa oo 

d\J d I dd 


'fU 


1 AR 9C 
I "tO.dO 


69 


70 


71 


RR 
00 


00R OR 
OdO.dO 


OA 00 00 
d I dd do 


41 


150 


70 


71 


72 


89 


330 


22 23 24 


42 


153.75 


71 


72 


73 


90 


333.75 


23 24 25 


43 


157.5 


72 


73 


74 


91 


337.5 


24 25 26 


44 


161.25 


73 


74 


75 


92 


341 .25 


25 26 27 


45 


165 


74 


75 


76 


93 


345 


26 27 28 


46 


168.75 


75 


76 


77 


94 


348.75 


27 28 29 


47 


172.5 


76 


77 


78 


95 


352.5 


28 29 30 


48 


176.25 


77 


78 


79 


96 


356.25 


29 30 31 



5-19 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



f. Band B Omnidirectional Beam Formation. (Se & figure 5-1 .)! The omnidirectional beam is formed from 96 band 



B antenna signals that are combined in six )6: 1 omnicombiner assemblies. These six outputs are further combined in a 
6:1 omnicombiner for the single omnidirectional beam output. 

g. Band C Monitor Beam Formation. (S ele figure 5-1 an ti table 5^ .) Twenty-four monitor beams are formed in 
band C using eight elements for each beam. Adjacent beams are separated by I antenna element so that a total of 24 
beams are formed. Each antenna signal goes through a 1: 4 power division making 192 signals available for 8: 1 
beamformers (24 total). The beam boresight exists between the two center elements. 



Table 5-6. Monitor Beam Formation, 



Boresight, Band C 



Beam No. 


V7 Elements in Use 


Azimuth Degrees 


V8 Elements in Use 


1 


37 


38 39 40 


41 42 43 


44 


7.5 


13 


14 15 16 


17 18 19 


20 


2 


39 


42 


43 


46 


22.5 


15 


18 


19 


22 


3 


41 


44 


45 


48 


37.5 


17 


20 


21 


24 


4 


43 


46 


47 


2 


52.5 


19 


22 


23 


26 


5 


45 


48 


1 


4 


67.5 


21 


24 


25 


28 


6 


47 


2 


3 


6 


82.5 


23 


26 


27 


30 


7 


1 


4 


5 


8 


997.5 


25 


28 


29 


32 


8 


3 


6 


7 


10 


112.5 


27 


30 


31 


34 


9 


5 


8 


9 


12 


127.5 


29 


32 


33 


36 


10 


7 


10 


11 


14 


142.5 


31 


34 


35 


38 


11 


9 


12 


13 


16 


157.5 


33 


36 


37 


40 


12 


11 


14 


15 


18 


172.5 


35 


38 


39 


42 


13 


13 


16 


17 


20 


187.5 


37 


40 


41 


44 


14 


15 


18 


19 


22 


202.5 


39 


42 


43 


46 


15 


17 


20 


21 


24 


217.5 


41 


44 


45 


48 


16 


19 


22 


23 


26 


232.5 


43 


46 


47 


2 


17 


21 


24 


25 


28 


247.5 


45 


48 


1 


4 


18 


23 


26 


27 


30 


262.5 


47 


2 


3 


6 


19 


25 


28 


29 


32 


277.5 


1 


4 


5 


8 


20 


27 


30 


31 


34 


292.5 


3 


6 


7 


10 


21 


29 


32 


33 


36 


307.5 


5 


8 


9 


12 


22 


31 


34 


35 


38 


322.5 


7 


10 


11 


14 


23 


33 


36 


37 


40 


337.5 


9 


12 


13 


16 


24 


35 


38 


39 


42 


352.5 


11 


14 


15 


18 



h. Band C Sector Beam Formation . (S ee figure 5-7 an d! table 5^7) .) Sector beams in band C are formed from only 
two antenna elements. Antenna signals from all 48 elements are terminated on the band C antenna patch panel. Three 
beamformers are *available so that a total of six sector beams may be in use at any one time. The beam boresight 
exists between the two beam elements. 



NOTE 

Se e 1 paragraph 4-4| for precautions in sector beam selection. 



Change 1 5-20 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




FRONT VIEW 



Hit I II CI 

INPUTS 
J ? II IMC) 



CIHIINEI 

( IN PHASE) 



OUTPUT 

lilt IMC) 



Figure 5-7. Block Diagram, Beamformer Assembly TD-1057/FLR-9(V) (Sector Beamformer C) 

Table 5-7. Sector Beam Formation, 
Boresight, Band C 



Beam No. 


V7 Elements in Use 


Azimuth Degrees 


V8 Elements in Use 


1 


40 


41 


7.5 


16 


17 


2 


41 


42 


15 


17 


18 


3 


42 


43 


22.5 


18 


19 


4 


43 


44 


30 


19 


20 


5 


44 


45 


37.5 


20 


21 


6 


45 


46 


45 


21 


22 


7 


46 


47 


52.5 


22 


23 


8 


47 


48 


60 


23 


24 


9 


48 


49 


67.5 


24 


25 


10 


1 


2 


75 


25 


26 


11 


2 


3 


82.5 


26 


27 


12 


3 


4 


90 


27 


28 


13 


4 


5 


97.5 


28 


29 


14 


5 


6 


105 


29 


30 


15 


6 


7 


112.5 


30 


31 


16 


7 


8 


120 


31 


32 


17 


8 


9 


127.5 


32 


33 


18 


9 


10 


135 


33 


34 


19 


10 


11 


142.5 


34 


35 



5-21 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 5-7. Sector Beam Formation, (Continued) 



Boresight, Band C 



□earn inu. 


V7 Elements in Use 


Mzimuin usgress 


V8 Elements in Use 


on 


1 1 


12 


1 rci 


JJ 


3fi 


91 
c. I 


12 


13 

1 O 


1 R7 R 


3fi 


37 


99 


13 

1 o 


14 


1 RR 
I DO 


37 


38 


oo. 


14 


15 


1 79 R 


33 


3°. 

JJ 


OA 


15 


16 


1 an 
i ou 


39 


40 


9R 


16 


17 


1 H7 R 


40 


41 


OP, 


17 


18 


1 QR 


41 


42 


01 


18 


19 


9D9 R 


42 


43 


09. 


19 


20 


91 n 


43 


44 


OQ 


20 


21 


91 7 R 


44 


45 


oU 


21 


22 


00G, 


45 


46 


T1 


22 


23 


0^0 R 


46 


47 


^9 


23 


24 




47 


48 


jj 


24 


25 


0A7 R 


48 


1 


^KA 


25 


26 


9RR 


1 


2 


^R 


26 


27 


0P.0 R 


2 


3 


oD 


27 


28 


97n 


3 


4 


^7 
0/ 


28 


29 


977 R 


4 


5 


oo 


29 


30 


9RR 


5 


6 


oy 


30 


31 


9Q9 R 


6 


7 


40 


31 


32 


300 


7 


8 


41 


32 


33 


307.5 


8 


9 


42 


33 


34 


315 


9 


10 


43 


34 


35 


322.5 


10 


11 


44 


35 


36 


330 


11 


12 


45 


36 


37 


337.5 


12 


13 


46 


37 


38 


345 


13 


14 


47 


38 


39 


352.5 


14 


15 


48 


39 


40 





15 


16 



i. Band C Omnibeam Formation. The omnidirectional beam in band C is formed in the same manner as the band 
A omnidirectional beam. 

Sector, omni-, and monitor beam signals for all bands are patched through the input maintenance patch panel in the rf 
matrix group to the used locations. At this point, signal lines may be opened for troubleshooting operations. Coverage of 
the input maintenance patch panel and signal flow beyond this point may be found in the rf matrix group instruction 
manual. 



SECTION II. FUNCTIONAL OPERATION OF ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 



5-5. Band A Antenna Elements (02-720246) and Band B Antenna Elements (02-720248). (Se d figure 5-8J) 

The band A and band B antenna elements receive vertically polarized rf signals in the ranges of 2 to 6 MHz (band A) and 
6 to 18 MHz (band B). Each antenna element 



5-22 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




35619 



Figure 5-8. Band A or Band B Antenna Element, Electrical Configuration Diagram 

is a sleeve monopole. This consists of a mast, a support sleeve, and an impedance matching network. The feed point of 
each element is on the mast near the top of the sleeve. The fixed impedance matching network matches the Impedance 
of the mast to the antenna feed cable. The impedance matching network consists of a shorted series stub, a phase 
rotation line, and a shorted shunt stub. The shorted series stub, formed by a shorting disc and a rod centered inside the 
mast, has an electrical length of less than 90 degrees throughout the operating frequency range. It acts as an inductance 
in series with the center conductor of the feed cable. A coaxial cable, located between the series inductance and one 
end of a coaxial tee connector, rotates the phase of the incoming signals to obtain the desired current and voltage 
relationship. The shorted shunt stub, attached to the center of the coaxial tee, lis one-quarter wavelength long (90- 
degrees) at a given frequency within the band 



5-23 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



of operation, but acts as a shunt inductance when less than one-quarter wavelength long. A coaxial jumper line conducts 
the signals from the remaining end of the tee connector to the antenna feed cable. 

5-6. Bands A and B Reflecting Screen (3300-31000) and Ground Screen (81-720001). 

The bands A and B reflecting screen provides some directional sensitivity to the individual antenna elements which is 
independent of the other beamforming processes. The ground screen provides a uniform ground plane for the bands A 
and B antenna elements. This results in more uniform characteristics between antenna elements 4 within a band. 

5-7. Band C Antenna Elements (02-720268). (Se e 1 figure 5^91 ) 

The band C antenna elements are horizontally polarized and receive signals in the 18to 30-MHz range. Each element 
consists of two dipoles, two dipole feed points, two sets of balun cables, two terminating points, two junction cables, a tee 
junction, and a length of cable which acts as a quarter-wave transformer. These components operate not only as a feed 
mechanism, but also as a matching network that matches the input of the dipole subelements (in parallel) to the 75-ohm 
feed cables. A balance-to-unbalanced match between the dipole subelements is provided by a balun at each dipole feed 
point. The balun consists of two parallel 75-ohm coaxial cables whose inner conductors form a twin-conductor 
transmission line, which is shorted one-quarter wavelength (at the center frequency) from the dipole feed points. One of 
these cables functions as the coaxial feed to the dipole feed point. A complete band C element consists of an upper and 
lower dipole subelement. The coaxial feed side from each dipole is connected with 75-ohm junction arms to the 
symmetrical arms of a coaxial tee junction. This tee is positioned half way between the upper and lower dipoles. The 
output of the tee passes through a quarter-wave transformer that matches the impedance to the 75-ohm feed cable. The 
matching section is a quarterwave length of 50-ohm cable (at the center frequency). 

5-8. Band C Reflecting Screen (02-720272). 

The band C reflecting screen provides each horizontally polarized antenna element with an appreciable forward gain. 
This gain is Independent of any that is obtained in subsequent beamforming processes. 

5-9. Transmission Line Tuners. (Se t figure 5-101 ) 

The transmission line tuner is a sliding coaxial line stretcher that compensates for variations in the electrical length of 
the antenna feed cable. Two closely machined transmission lines, one inside of the other and adjustable in length, 
provide a capability to change the electrical length of the cable. This capability provides a means to compensate for the 
effective electrical length changes due to cable aging or seasonal temperature variations. This is necessary to maintain 
the same transmission line delay from each antenna element within a band. Any cable length that deviates from others 
has an undesired phase shift that Is ultimately introduced into the affected beamformers and degrades beam formation. 



5-24 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



DIPOLE 




UPPER 
DIPOLE 



LOWER 
DIPOLE 



JUNCTION CABLE 




I . 


-6 


t3 


DIPOLE 
FEED 
POINTS 


BALUN CABLES 




— A 




I I 


1 



ANTENNA FEED 
CABLE 



JUNCTION CABLE 



3541 7 



TO 

REFLECTING 
SCREEN 



Figure 5-9. Band C Antenna and Feed Configuration 



5-25 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



FROM 

ANTENNA 

ELEMENT 



39223 



RF OUTPUT 



DECREASE 
LENGTH 



RF 

INPUT 



INCREASE LENGTH 



RF OUTPUT 



Figure 5-10. Transmission Line Tuner Functional Schematic 



> T0 

f PRE- 

AMPLIFIER 



5-10. Rf Amplifiers. (Se e! figure 5-11 1 ) 

Wideband antenna preamplifiers are provided in each antenna lead to amplify all signals before subsequent power 
divisions and beam formations. Each preamplifier has two outputs. Two preamplifiers, supplied from a common power 
supply, comprise an rf amplifier assembly. Each amplifier has a gas discharge tube lightning arrestor connected across 
the input for overload protection. An rf filter (A2) attenuates signals below 1 .5-MHz. Strong broadcast station signals are 
undesirable in the system because they could possibly cause intermodulation (im) distortion products. Refer to 
I paragraph 5-2. a . This signal is amplified by a nominal 16-dB by the basic amp module A3. Switch S1 and the 
associated resistor network provide a 2-dB attenuation for the preamplifier when used in bands A and B. In band C the 
full gain is utilized. A wideband transformer provides a center-tapped output so that two separate signals are available to 
drive separate emitter-follower isolator modules A4 and A6. These in turn drive basic amp modules A5 and A7. Outputs 
from A5 modules supply monitor beam channels. Outputs from A7 modules supply the df group and include the 
goniometers, and sector and omnibeam beamforming equipment. Each amplifier assembly (two separate rf amplifiers) is 
powered by one regulated power supply. The 60-Hz power input is filtered by filter FLI to exclude noise entering via the 
power lines. For additional information refer to CM 32-5895-236-14. 

NOTE 

I Figure 5^TT| contains the nominal signal levels at various places in the circuit. A reference level 
of dB equals 100 millivolts (rms) at the input to the amplifier. 



5-26 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




7ia 

Ovrftj T 



35838 



Figure 5-1 1 . Block Diagram, Amplifier, 
Radio Frequency AN-6533/ 
FLR-9(V) 



5-27/5-28 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



5-11. 



Power Dividers and Combiners. (Se le figures 5-12 t hroug h 5-20. 



Power dividers and combiners are used in the antenna group as shown in the block diagram ] figure 5-1 J A power divider 
and a transformer with multiple windings could perform the same function, except that the transformer does not provide 
significant isolation between output ports. Power dividers in the antenna group provide a minimum of 30-dB isolation 
between output ports. Note that these units are two-way devices; they may be used in reverse as power combiners. The 
basic circuit elements in these dividers/combiners are a splitter transformer and a step-down transformer. The splitter 
transformer divides an input signal into two equal parts which are approximately 3 dB lower than the input. Windings 1- 
1' and 2 - 2' are bifilar wound. The two windings are connected so that mutual inductance is aiding when a signal is 
applied as shown. The 75-ohm resistors shown represent terminations of ports A and B. The 150-ohm resistor assists in 
maintaining low vswr. Capacitor C helps maintain broadband operation as well as improving vswr. In order to match the 



impedance at the splitter transformer input, a step-down transformer is connected ahead of it as shown in | figure 5-13 



The step-down transformer connected to the splitter transformer forms an electrical subassembly which is in turn 
connected to two more subassemblies to form a 1:4 power divider. Various combinations of 1:4 power dividers are 
mounted on p rinted circuit boards to obtain the required power divisions for the various beams. Refer to l figures 5-141 



through 5-20 



SI GNU 
IN 




output 
terminals 




35R20 



OUTPUT TERMINATIONS 



Figure 5-12. Basic Power Splitter 
5-29 




Figure 5-13. Typical Schematic, Divider Assemblies 1 :4 



J|7» >— 




I i 

NOTE: Ml THMUCH PSIO IK 1:4 MtEH tlVlOE*: 

3M2J 




Figure 5-14. Schematic, Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2050/FLR-9(V) 
(Power Divider, 2:32, Band A) 



5-30 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



NOTE I 



PS1 



PCI 



NOTE 2 

-nr~ 



PS4 



pss 



— < 181 
— < I7» 

lit 

IS* 

— < n» 

— < I2» 
II* 



I 



I 



— <I!C 

;nc 

— < JSC 
' J 5C 



[IK 
— < IIC 



NOTES: I. PS I WO PSt ME TWO 1:2 01 VI OEttS. 
„,, 2. HI OTHE* 01 VI OERS ARE 1:4. 



r 



lot' 



iso ; 



NOTE I 



PS6 



L 



PC 2 



PSO 



-nr 



' 121 

' 138 
' 140 



I 

~\— < 151 
— ( 101 

— < 170 

— < 100 

I 

~\— < 

— < 120 

— < 130 

— < 140 

I 

— < ISO 

— < 100 

— < 170 

— <• 100 



PSIO 



J 



Figure 5-15. Schematic, Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2053/FLR-9(V) 
(Power Divider, 4:32, Band B) 





NOTE. PSI TNR0UCH PS 8 ««E l:4 PO»E» OmSEKS 

3J1J4 



Figure 5-16. Schematic, Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2051/FLR-9(V) 
(Power Divider, 6:24, Band C) 



5-31 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



he 

mu "i 



I 



is>_ 
'O- 



I PSI 

I 



3: 1 



PS2 



L 



rci 



OUTPUT 



PS3 



.-J 



MTE: J: I UK 1 1 FOMEI IT TEMilNATI NC ONE fORT £«CH OF I 4: 
II TK 4 IS WW UWtRtllM 1*1 MO «!) 



Figure 5-17. Schematic, Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2049/FLR-9(V) 
(Omnicombiner, 6: 1, Bands A. B. and C) 




NOTE. PSI rmiOUBI PS5 IKE 4: 1 POWER CMBINEIS 



Figure 5-18. Schematic, Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2055/FLR-9(V) 
(Omnicombiner 16: 1, Band B) 



5-32 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



i. ts\ nnm n* he 4:1 nnt« combineks. 

i. ms - nw 2:1 nm mmm. 




5-19. Schematic Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2054/FLR-9(V) 
(Omnicombiner, Bands A and C) 



r 








J 51 >- 











150 

mwr 



-<)3» 

-<ii» 



1 




-MT" 



Figure 5-20. Schematic, Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2052/FLR-9(V) 
(Power Divider, High Level 1 : 4 Bands A, B, and C 



5-33 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



5-12. Beamformers. (S de figures 5-2] an d 5-22. 



a. General . Simple beam formation has previo usly been de scribed. The beamformers consist of balanced 
delay lines with varying rates of delay and attenuation. In lfigure 5-21 a ntenna element signals from the power dividers 
are connected to the beamformer as indicated. The center element signals that are connected to inputs 1 and 2 are 
delayed the most, with the delay decreasing for pairs 3-4, 5-6, and 7-8, respectively. The attenuation increases in the 
same manner so that the outside antenna signals (7-8) are attenuated the most. This results in lower side lobes. 
Element pairs, as illustrated, are connected to a balanced input impedance matching network. Small variable capacitors 
and inductors provide fine adjustment of phasing of the individual delay lines based on extremely accurat e comparison 



standards during manufacture. These adjustments also optimize the isolation between signal pairs. I Figure 5-22 
illustrates a beamformer with 16 inputs that operates on the same principle, except that more signals form the desired 
beam. In each case the delayed signals are fed into impedance matching and combining networks so that a single 75- 
ohm beam output is obtained. Sector beamformers also operate on the same principle, except band C where only two 
antenna signals are used to form the beam. Because the electrical lengths of cable have been carefully controlled to this 
point, a 2: 1 power combiner is all that is necessary for band C sector beam formation. 

b. Power Divider and Beamformer Interco n nection . (Se e! figure 5-23.1 Inter connection between powe r dividers 
may be better understood by referring to l figure 5-23 l and the beam selection charts in |Chapter~6|| Figure 5-23; Illustrates 



antenna elements 72 through 89 connected through directional couplers to the rf amplifier assemblies and 1:8 power 
dividers. (Band B power divider assemblies consist of four each 1 :8 power dividers.) The fan-out of power divider signals 
is shown without regard to specific part connections. It illustrates the overlapping of antenna element signals from one 
beam to the next, so that in the band B example shown, a total of 768 signals are reguired for formation of 48 monitor 
beams. Bands A and C are formed in a similar manner, except that only 24 beams are formed in band C. 

5-13. Directional Coupler. (Se e 1 figure 5-24.11 

Direction al couplers a re used as points of test signal injection and retrieval In each rf signal path of the antenna group as 



shown in lfigure 5-1.1 Test signals are applied to the signal paths through the appropriate port of the 20-dB four-port 
directional couplers and retrieved through the output port of the 10-dB three-port directional couplers. The directional 
couplers enable conduct of the beamformer and antenna tests through use of short duration test signals under computer 



control as described in | paragraph 6-6 1 and | figure 6-1. | T he directional couplers consist of two identical wideband 



transformers T1 and T2 connected as shown In lfigure 5-24. 1 Note the winding polarities indicated by the dots adjacent to 



the windings. The normal rf signal path with minimum attenuation is from J1 to J2. This is because the reflected 
impedance into L1 from L2 (T2) is very low as L2 is effectively shunted by Z at J3. When a test signal (antenna 
element test) is injected at J3, a voltage appears at the J1 input through the transformer action of T1. However, a 
voltage of opposite polarity is induced onto the line by transformer T2 so that very little signal appears at J2. The output 
at J1 is approximately 20 dB lower than the signal applied at J3. A beamformer test signal applied at J4 appears at J2 in 
the signal path in the same manner and with the same attenuation through the directional coupler. It is necessary for all 
directional coupler ports to be properly terminated 



5-34 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



ANTENNA ELEMENT SIGNAL POSITIONS 
7 O O 8 



5 O 



O 6 



3 0, „ O 4 

I O O 2 



j ^ r»n~i mi^-^—irum- 
' I it J,l 



INCOMING SIGNAL WAVE FRONT 
ON BEAM BORE SI GNT 



OUTPUT 




Figure 5-21 . Simplified Schematic, Band C Monitor Beamformers 



18 >- 

3V30 




< OUTPUT 



Figure S-22. Simplified Schematic, Bands A and B Honitor Beamformers 



Figure 5-22. Simplified Schematic, Bands A and B Monitor Beamformers 



5-35 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




Figure 5-23. Simplified Pictorial Diagram, Monitor Beam Formation Band B 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



in 75 ohms to function correctly. The three-port directional couplers employed at the end of the antenna group are 
constructed in a similar manner, with the unused port terminated in 75 ohms. The loss through the cross path in this 
case is only 10 dB instead of 20 dB and results from different transformer characteristics. 



a. General . One blower assembly is used in each of the eight racks containing rf amplifiers. The blower 
assemblies are located in the bottom of each rack. Each assembly has a 200-cfm capacity and operates on 120 volts 
(+10 percent), 2 amperes, 48 to 63 Hz at a nominal 3200 rpm. Each is equipped with a permanent, washable metal 
mesh filter. These assemblies have permanently sealed bearings for extended life. Lubrication is not required. The only 
maintenance required is filter cleaning on a periodic basis. 

b. Blower Assembly Fault Indication . Each blower assembly is equipped with an air flow switch which closes in 
the event of blower failure. This is indicated on the some in the operations building. Grouped under the PREAMPLIFIER 
AIR FLOW panel nomenclature are the individual rf amplifier rack numbers and associated indicators (RH 401, RH 403, 
etc). A flashing indicator indicates a blower failure or severe air flow restriction suffi cient to allow the switch to close. 
Wiring between the rf amplifier ca binets and the monitor and test group is shown in l figure 5-25.I Ac wiring to blower 
assemblies is shown ir j figure 5^26 



5-14. 



Blower Assembly (3300-40015). 



U (COUPLED OUTPUT) 




Tl 




1 



T2 



HIGH LEVEL OUTPUT 




!3 

(DECOUPLED! 



Figure 5-24. Schematic, Directional Couplers (All) 



5-37 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



RF AMPLIFIER 
RACKS TB-l 



INPUTS, MONITOR 
& TEST GROUP 



(ALL) 


RACK 414A2 


J3 


l 


RH 


401 


ALARM 


A 


2 


RH 


401 


RETURN 

1 > w 1 w nil 


6 


l 


RH 


4DT 

*t U J 


ALARM 

nun nin 


D 


2 


DU 


a m 


GPTIIRM 


E 


l 


RH 
nn 




11 1RU 

nLnnM 


6 


2 . 


RH 






H 


I 


RH 

nn 




11 tcu 


K 


2 


RH 


408 


RETURN 


L 


l 


RH 


415 


ALARM 


N 


2 


RH 


415 


RETURN 


P 


I 


RH 


416 


ALARM 


S 


2 


RH 


416 


RETURN 


T 


1 


RH 


420 


ALARM 


V 


2 


RH 


420 


RETURN 


w 


1 


RH 


421 


ALARM 


Y 


2 


RH 


421 


RETURN 


Z 



13 ALL UNUSED PINS 



35790B 



JZ 





El 

E2 

E3 

E4 

E5 

E6 

E7 

EB 

E9 

ElO 

Ell 

El 2 

E13 

E14 

E15 

E16 






































































E23 






Jl 



OUTPUT TO SOMC 

3300-80003 
(W34029) 



Figure 5-25. Air Flow Alarm Wiring Interface to Monitor and Test Group 




Figure 5-26. Cabinet Blower Assembly Ac Wiring Schematic 



5-38 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



CHAPTER 6 
MAINTENANCE 
SECTION I 

ORGANIZATIONAL AND INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE 

6-1. Scope. 

This chapter presents detailed maintenance procedures necessary to maintain the AN/ FLR-9(V7)/(V8) Antenna Group 
equipment. The antenna group consists of the antenna array and 19 racks of electronic equipment in the central 
building. Additionally, approximately 2700 cables are used which cannot be arbitrarily replaced or exchanged with other 
random length cables. 

a. Maintenance Concept . The primary functions of the antenna group are to receive and amplify the rf signal, 
and form monitor, sector, and omni beams for the user. The only manual operation i nvolved is patch ing the antenna 
signal inputs to the sector beamformers as directed by mission requirements. Refer t d> paragraph 4-4I for precautions 
regarding sector beams. Verification of proper operation is normally accomplished by the monitor and test group on an 
as-requested basis. The direction finding group can also verify performance, up to the power dividers, by use of the 
goniometer test. Alarm indicators on the monitor and test group supervisory operation and maintenance console (some) 
will alert maintenance personnel In the event of an rf amplifier rack cooling blower failure. In the event of monitor and 
test group failure, the first Indication of possible antenna group malfunction would probably be an operator report. If it is 
determined that there is an antenna or beamformer problem, the performance test check procedures in this chapter may 
be used to isolate the failure. 

b. Interface Requirements . The antenna group interfaces with the df group (goniometers), rf matrix group 
(Input maintenance patch panel), and the monitor and test group (directional couplers). These are the signal boundaries 
for the antenna group. The input maintenance patch panel, in the operations building, makes possible opening of all 
monitor, sector, and omni beam signal paths for maintenance purposes. The following paragraphs explain the scope of 
performance test checks necessary to verify antenna group performance. 

1. Antenna Array . Two series of tests are necessary for the antenna array, single antenna Impedance 
and swept frequency vswr. The impedance test involves four groups of antenna elements: band A, band B, (behind band 
A), band B (between band A), and band C. Band B Is broken Into two groups because the physical arrangement places 
half of the elements between band A elements and the other half behind band A elements. As a result, each group will 
have different impedance characteristics. The impedance tests will verify uniform impedance of all elements in a group. 
The measurements are performed on each element individually, with the impedance measured at the feedpoint. Swept 
frequency vswr measurements are performed from inside the central building. 



6-1 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



2. Antenna Electronics . The equipment involved consists of transmission line tuners (including the 
transmission lines), directional couplers, rf amplifiers, power dividers and beamformers. The following are required tests: 

(a) Single channel amplitude and phase tracking 

(b) Input vswr 

(c) Single element swept frequency vswr 

(d) Single antenna impedance measurement 

(e) Transmission line phase tracking 

3. Cable Tests . The antenna group has approximately 2700 phase-matched cable assemblies for each 
site, V7 and V8. The cables are grouped into 12 different lengths from 18 inches to 52 feet. Phased cables are 
fabricated by alternately trimming and comparing to a standard electrical length cable. The new cable is checked for 
electrical characteristics that should duplicate the standard reference cable. 



6-2. Servicing. 



a. Non-Repairable Items . Power dividers/combiners are built from a basic 1:4 unit. The latter is in a metal 
case completely soldered around the seams. Repair of these units is not feasible. This also applies to directional 
couplers. Transmission line tuners are also non-repairable items, except that coaxial connectors can be replaced by 
standard procedures in the event of physical damage. 

b. Items Most Subject to Failure . The antenna group electronic equipment is passive except for rf amplifiers. It 
is probable that these units will require the most servicing. 



6-3. Maintenance Support Equipment. (Se 4 tablelPf 



Test equipment required for maintenance and performance test checks of the antenna group Is listed in table 6-1.1 This 
equipment is in addition to that included in the Analog Test Station for individual card/unit repair and checkout. 



6-4. Performance Test Standards and Tables. 



Performance test standards and tables are not i ncluded in this m anual because of system configuration and the on-line 
monitor and test (olm&t) procedures described in lparaqraph 6-6.1 Performance test checks are included in paragraphs 6- 
10 through 6-14. The performance test checks are to ensure that th e system is ope rating above the olm&t system 
performance standards. The transmission line phase tracking check (se b paragraph 6-1 1 ) must always be performed if a 
line tuner is replaced or adjusted. 





Table 6-1 . 


Maintenance Support Equipment 


Equipment Identification 


Characteristics 


HP 861 OA Generator/Sweeper 


Frequency Coverage: 1 .5 to 110 MHz1 1 MHz 
Frequency Accuracy: ±1 percent of frequency ±100 kHz 
Frequency Linearity: ± 0.5 percent of full sweep 



6-2 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 6-1 . Maintenance Support Equipment 



Equipment Identification 



Characteristics 



Frequency Stability: (0.005 percent ±500 Hz)/5 minutes 

Harmonic Suppression: (cw output level below +10 dBm).at 
least 35 dB below carrier; spurious signals at least 40 dB below 
carrier 

Rf output level: +20 to -100 dBm 

Flatness: ±0.1 dB over any 10-MHz portion of coverage 

Sweep: Manual sweep, continuous tuning over preset limits; 
sweep from low to high preset frequency 

Sweep Output: to 7 volts 

VTO Output: 200.1 to 310 MHz at -25 dBm minimum 
Blanking: -4-volt pulse concurrent with rf blanking 
Auxiliary Output: For frequency counter monitoring 



Direct: -10 to -90 dBm 

Attenuated: +20 to -50 dBm 

Impedance: 50 ohms 
Reference Input: 

Direct: level required is -10 to -60 dBm. 

Attenuated: level required is +20 to -30 dBm 

Impedance: 50 ohms 

Amplitude accuracy: 

Frequency response: ±0.3 dB, 0.1 to 116 MHz; ±0.1 dB 
over any 10-MHz portion 

Display reference: 0.05 dB/1-dB step, total error does not 
exceed 0.1 dB; 0.1-dB/10-dB step, total error does not 
exceed 0.25 dB 



HP8407A Network Analyzer and 
HP8412A Phase-Magnitude 
Display with Accessory Kit 
11652A 



Test Input: 



8407A 



6-3 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 6-1 . Maintenance Support Equipment (Continued) 



Equipment Identification 



Characteristics 



Reference channel level variation: 0.5 dB/10 dB over 30- 
dB operating range 

Phase accuracy (amplitude reading must be on-scale at the 10- 
dB/division setting): 

Frequency response: ± degrees 0.1 to 116 MHz; ±2 
degrees over any 10-MHz portion 

Display reference: 0.1 degree/1 -dB step, total error does 
not exceed 0.2 degree; 0.5 degree/ 10-dB step, total error 
does not exceed 1 percent 

Reference channel level variation: 0.4 degree/1 OdB, I 
degree total error over 40-dB operating range 

841 2A 

Amplitude accuracy: 

Display: 0.08 dB/dB 

Rear output: 0.03 dB/dB 
Phase accuracy: 
Display: 0.065 degree/degree 
Rear output: 0.015 degree/degree 

Phase offset: 0.3-degree/20-degree step, not to exceed total 
error of 3 degree for 360 degrees of change, positive or 
negative direction 

Phase versus displayed amplitude: 1 degree/10 dB, 4 degrees 
total error for 80 dB 

11652A 

General: Reflection-Transmission Kit, contains power splitter, 
directional bridge, two precision 50 ohm terminations, calibrating 
short, bnc adapters and matched, low-leakage cables 

Directional bridge: 6-dB coupling in main and auxiliary arm; 
frequency response ±0.5 dB, 0.1 to 110 MHz; directivity 40 dB, 1 
to 110 MHz 



6-4 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 6-1 . Maintenance Support Equipment (Continued) 



Equipment Identification 



Characteristics 



Power splitter: 6-dB loss through each arm 



50-ohm termination: return loss 43 dB 



HP8600A Digital Marker 



Frequency measurements: 



Range: 0.1 kHz to 15 MHz 

Gate time: 10 millisecond (100-Hz resolution) 

Accuracy: ±1 count ± time base accuracy 

Readout: 6 digit with automatic blanking of leading zeros; 
least significant digit may be suppressed. 

Input Sensitivity: 100 millivolts rms to 10 volts rms. (Do 
not exceed 10 volts rms.) 

Sample rate: 5/sec 

Reset: Automatic 



Range: dc coupled, to 50 MHz; ac coupled, 25 Hz to 50 
MHz 

Gate time: 1 microsecond to 10 seconds in decade steps 

Accuracy: ± 1 count ± time base accuracy 

Readout: kHz or MHz with positioned decimal point; units 
annunciator in line with digital display 

Display: 8 digits in-line with rectangular Nixie tubes; 99,999,999 
maximum display; including units annunciator and auto- 
positioned decimal point indication 

Display storage: holds reading between samples; rear panel 
switch overrides storage 

Attenuation: step attenuator (SENSITIVITY switch) provides 
nominal sensitivities of 0.1 , 1 , and 10 volts rms 



HP5245M Electronic Counter 



Frequency measurements: 



6-5 



Table 6-1 . Maintenance Support Equipment (Continued) 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Equipment Identification Characteristics 



Trigger level adjustment (minimum): front panel control has 
±0.3-volt trigger level range on 0.1 volt position, ±3-volt range on 
]-volt position, ±30-volt range on 10-volt position. A PRESET 
position automatically centers trigger level at volt 

Overload protection: diodes protect input circuit for up to 120 
volts rms (500 Hz) on 0.1 -volt range, 240 volts rms on 1 -volt 
range, 500 volts rms on 10-volt range 

Pulse measurement: front panel TRIGGER LEVEL adjustment 
allows counting positive or negative pulses 

HP7035B X-Y Recorder Input ranges: English: 1, 10, 100 millivolts/inch; I and 10 

volts/inch; Metric: 0.4, 4, 40, 400 millivolts/cm and 4 volts/cm; 
continuous vernier between ranges 

Type of inputs: floated and guarded signal pair; ,i rear input 
connector 

Accuracy: ±0.2 percent of full scale 
Linearity: ±0.1 percent of full scale 
Resettability: ±0.1 percent of full scale 

Zero set: zero may be set up to one full scale in any direction 
from zero index; lockable zero controls 

Paper holddown: Autogrip electric: will grip any chart up to size 
of platen 

Pen lift: Electric 

HP4815A Rf Vector Impedance Frequency range: 500 kHz to 108 MHz 

Meter 

Accuracy: ±2 percent of reading, ±1 percent of reading at 1.59 
and 15.92 MHz 

Impedance magnitude measurement range: 1 ohm to 10K ohms 
in 9 ranges 

Accuracy: ±4 percent of full scale ±[(f/30 MHz) + (Z/25 Kohms)] 
percent of reading 



6-6 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 6-1 . Maintenance Support Equipment (Continued) 



Equipment Identification 



Characteristics 



HP606B Hf Signal Generator 



SKTU Noise Generator 
BN41 51/2/75 



USVH Selective Microvoltmeter 
BN 1521/2 



Boonton 91 H Sensitive Rf 
Voltmeter 



Calibration: Linear meter scale with increments 2 percent of full 
scale 

Frequency range: 50 kHz to 65 MHz in 6 bands 
Accuracy: ±1 percent 

Output level: Adjustable from 0.1 microvolt to 3 volts. Direct 
reading rf output meter calibrated to 3 volts and -10 dBm to 
+30dBm 

Harmonic output: Minimum 30 dB below carrier frequency 
Frequency range: 1 to 1000 MHz 

Vswr: Less than 1.1 

Noise power: Continuously adjustable from to 16 dB 
Frequency range: 10 kHz to 30 MHz 



Frequency accurage: 10 kHz to 1 MHz, ± 2 percent ±2.5 kHz; 1 
MHz to 30 MHz ±2 percent ±50 kHz 

Voltage and level ranges: 0.2 microvolt to 1 volt or -134 dB to 
+2dB 

Image frequency rejection: Greater than 60 dB 

Voltage range: 100 microvolts to 3 volts in 8 
ranges 

Frequency range: 20 kHz to 1200 MHz 

Accuracy (full scale): 3 percent from 150 kHz to 100 MHz; 5 
percent from 50 kHz to 400 MHz; 10 percent from 20 kHz to 
1200 MHz 

Noise: Indicator un-rest less than 2 percent full scale on most 
sensitive range (0.001 volt); essentially zero on all other ranges 

dB range: 80 dB (70 dB in 10-dB steps plus 10 dB on meter 
scale) 



6-7 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 6-1 . Maintenance Support Equipment (Continued) 



Equipment Identification 


Characteristics 


Tektronics 453A 60-MHz Dual 
Trace Oscilloscope 


Bandwidth: 60 MHz at 20 millivolts/division 

Deflection: 20 millivolts/Division to 10 volts/ division at full 
bandwidth 

X-Y Display: 5 millivolts/Division to 10 volts/ division in 11 steps 
Trigger modes: Automatic or Normal on time base A; 
Normal triggering only on time base B 


Simpson 260-5 Multimeter 




Kings KA-99-69 


Rf feed through. 



6-5. Voltage Requirements and Sources. (Se e table 6-2I ) 

The majority of equipment in the antenna group is passive and requires no power. The rf amplifiers and cooling blowers 
in racks 401, 403, 404, 408, 415, 416, 420 an d 421 are supplied 120 volts ac via an individual convenience bus in each 
rack. Circuit breaker assignments are shown i h table 6-1 Power cord entry is through the top of the rack. 

Table 6-2. Antenna Group Circuit Breakers 



Circuit Breaker 
Number 


Power To 


Circuit Type 


CB1 


Rack 401 


3-wire, single phase, 15 amperes 


CB2 


Racks 403 and 404 


3-wire, single phase, 15 amperes 


CB3 


Rack 408 


3-wire, single phase, 15 amperes 


CB6 


Racks 41 5 and 41 6 


3-wire, single phase, 15 amperes 


CB7 


Racks 420 and 421 


3-wire, single phase, 15 amperes 



6-6. Checkout (Se b figure (PR ) 



Under normal operating conditions, the system is operating under the control of the system control group on-line 
computer. A major function of the computer is to control the on-line monitor and test subgroup (olm&t) in its routine 
monitoring of system performance and operator requested testing and troubleshooting of various portions of the system. 
In either case, teletype printouts identify the failure parameters. 



6-8 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



ANTENNA 



V 



DIRECTIONS 
COUPLER 




RF 

AMPLIFIER 



OSCILLATOR 
(TEST 
SIGNAL) 



POWER 
DIVIDER 



BEAMFORMER 



METER 

CIRCUIT 



FROM COMPITER TO COMPUTER 

BEAMFORMER TEST 



Dl RECT IONAI 
COUPLER 



FILTER 
CIRCUIT 



ANTENN A 



V 



DIRECTIONAL 
COUPLER 




OSCILLATOR 
(TEST 
SIGNAL) 



FROM COMPUTER 



> REFLECTED WAVE 



DIRECTIONAL 
COUPLER 





RF 

AMPLIFIER 


->* 


POWER 
DIVIDER 




BEAMFORMER 


















METER 

CIRCUIT 




FILTER 
CIRCUIT 




/ 

/ 

s 

DIRECTIONAL 
COUPLER 

















35465 



TO COMPUTER 
ANTENNA ELEMENT TEST 



Figure 6-1. Simplified Block Diagram Olm&t Test Signals Through Antenna Group 

6-9 



TM 32-5985-21 7-1 '5 



In most cases, the printout will also Identify the faulty equipment group and unit or assembly within the equipment group. 
The maintenance routines are performed by the monitor and test group equipment under the control of the system 
control group computer. As a general rule, the routines are conducted by routing a selected test oscillator signal through 
a selected path and comparing the resultant output signal to the original test oscillator signal for phase shift or amplitude 
difference or both where applicable. The tests are selected by the maintenance operator by initiating the required test 
message to the computer from the teletype (tty) keyboard or by the test switch indicators on the supervisory operation 
and maintenance console (some). The selected path and oscillator Is then automatically selected by the program and 
the two signals are compared in a vector voltmeter. The amplitude and phase comparison is made only in circuits with 
timed cables where this parameter affects system performance. The results of these comparisons are coupled to the 
computer. The computer then compares these figures to a tolerance level which has been previously established. Out- 
of-tolerance signals are output to the tty machine in a message format that defines the reference signal parameters as 
stored in memory the allowable tolerance as stored in memory, and the measured signal amplitude, phase, or frequency. 
The antenna group is checked on a go/no-go basis by the online monitor and test equipment (olm&t) in the monitor and 
test group. There are two tests performed: a check of all beamformer circuits (except nine sector beamformers), and an 
antenna continuity test. These tests are initiated by pressing the BEAM FORM or ANT TEST switch indicators on the 
some in the operations building. The computer controlled tests check the rf paths on a time shared basis with the other 
portions of the operational program. The beamformer test inserts a test signal via the directional coupler as shown In 



I figure 6-1.1 The outputs of the beamformers are sequentially measured and compared with programmed amplitude and 
phase reference and tolerance values. In the antenna continuity test, the oscillator test signal is transmitted through the 
input directional coupler to the antenna element under test. The reflected wave developed by this element is coupled 
back through the directional coupler to the monitor beamformer network and then to the vector voltmeter as indicated by 
the arrows. If the reflected wave amplitude as relayed to the computer is out of tolerance, the antenna or transmission 
line is defective. The antenna continuity test does not provide a close tolerance analysis of the antenna elements as 
changes in ground conductivity due to rain and other changing environmental factors precludes close limits. These tests, 
when initi ated will u se one of six test oscillator frequencies available in each band. The test frequencies available are 
shown in Itable 6-3~1 Each band (A,R,C) has six reference oscillators, one of which must be assigned for these tests In 
each band. Band A has 1 through 6; band B has 7 through 12; and band C, 13 through 18. In order to select an 
oscillator, the operator enters the following message via the tty keyboard: 

OSCILLATOR XX 

followed by pressing carriage return bar. 
Where: 

XX is number of oscillator. 

Until another oscillator is selected for this band either manually or as a result of the Interference test, all olm&t operations 
use this oscillator. 



Change 1 6-10 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 6-3. Test Frequencies 



Band A 


Band B 


Band C 


Test 


MHz 


Test 


MHz 


Test 


MHz 


Frequency 




Frequency 




Frequency 




1 


1.5 


7 


6.0 


13 


18.0 


2 


2.0 


8 


7.5 


14 


19.0 


3 


3.0 


9 


9.0 


15 


22.0 


4 


3.5 


10 


12.0 


16 


24.0 


5 


4.5 


11 


14.0 


17 


27.0 


6 


6.0 


12 


18.0 


18 


30.0 



a. Olm&t Test Select Operation . Three antenna group test routines can be selected from the four tests on the 
some panel. These are: BEAM FORM (beamformer delay verification), ANT TEST (antenna amplitude verification), and 
OSC TEST (oscillator frequency verification). T he following is general information applicable to sites V7 and V8. 
Detailed information is provided in paragraphs 6-6. b . through 6-6. g. 

1. If all test results are to be printed on the tty, press OLM&T PRINT switch on the some, otherwise only 
out-of-tolerance test results will be printed. 

2. Select the desired test by selecting the OLM&T TEST SELECT BEAM FORM, ANT TEST, or OSC 
TEST switch on the some. The test is repeated until the switch is reset. Two or more tests may be selected 
simultaneously, but this is not recommended. 

3. The tty prints the following message followed by the time and date to show acceptance of the test. 

OLMT XXXX TEST START 
DAY HH MM SS Z 

Where: 

X is name of test selected. (BMFR: ANT: OSC) 

4. After the test is complete, the tty prints the following message. 

OLMT XXXX TEST FINISHED 

Where: 

X is the name of the test. (BMFR: ANT: OSC) 

5. If a fault is located in the beamformer or antenna amplitude verification tests one of the following 
amplitude or phase messages is printed on the tty to identify the reference, tolerance, and actual levels involved in the 
test. 

REF XXX.X TOL Y.Y AMPZZZ.Z 
or 

REF +XXX.X TOL Y.Y PHS +ZZZ.Z 
An oscillator fault is identified by the following frequency message: REF YYYYYYYY TOL ZZ FREQ 
WWWWWWW 

6. To terminate these tests, again press the previously selected test switch. To momentarily suspend the 
beamformer or antenna amplitude verification test, press 



6-11 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

the OLM&T FAULT switch (switch-indicator lights). To resume these tests where halted, press the OLM&T FAULT switch 
again (switch extinguishes). 

b. General Olm&t Test Select Output Messages . The previous paragraph described in general terms three 
types of tests initiated at the some. The following information further correlates output messages and activities 
associated with these tests. 

1. General . Each time an olm&t test is requested from the some or the tty operator enters data or 
commands via the tty, the computer outputs the time in order to indicate that the input was valid and that the command 
was honored. The format is as follows: 

DAY HH MM SS Z 

For example: 

365 12 59 59 Z 

means day of year 365, 12 hour, 59 minutes, and 59 seconds Greenwich mean time. 

2. Commence Olm&t Tests . Each time the some operator initiates an olm&t test from the some console, 
the program identifies the test using the following format. 

OLMT XXX TEST START 

Where XXXX is: 

BMFR Beamformer delay verification test 
ANT Antenna amplitude verification test 

OSC Oscillator frequency test This message is followed by the time message. 

3. Completion of Olm&t Tests . When the olm&t test has completely cycled through its assignments, the 
computer outputs the teletype message. 

OLMT XXXX TEST FINISHED 

The value of X being the same as in paragraph c. above. 

4. Teletype Input Error Message . When the tty operator attempts to enter a command which does not 
agree with the format or data limits specified, an error output message results. Its format is as follows: 

ILLEGAL FORMAT 
In this case, input the command again being sure to use the proper format. 

c. Test Operation . Tests previously described, initiated from the some, perform programmed operational 
procedures described in the following paragraphs. 

1. Beamformer Test . To initiate the beamformer test, press the BEAM FORM switch on the some. The 
following messages are printed on the tty. 
OLMT BMFR TEST START 
DAY HH MM SS Z 

(a) Cable Test . At the beginning of the beamformer test, the program performs an olm&t system 
test (cable test). The cable test involves three reference paths (one per band) through the olm&t network only. The 
paths are checked with the selected test oscillator in each band. As a result of these tests the following message are 
printed: 

(1) TEST CABLES OK . This message is printed if the reference paths are satisfactory. It is an indication 
that olm&t is functioning properly. 

(2) TEST CABLE FAULT BAND W . 

Where: 

W is band A, B, orC. 



6-12 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



This message is printed when one of the reference cables is found to be out of tolerance. It will be followed immediately 
by one of the following two messages indicating the fault of the oscillator used in the test or the involved circuits in the 
monitor and test group. In this case the olm&t circuit is assumed to be faulty and the monitor and test group oscillator 
and measuring circuits are to be investigated for fault isolation and repair. 

(3) Amplitude Message . 

REF XXX.X TOL YY.Y AMP ZZZ.Z 

Where: 

X is reference amplitude in millivolts 

Y is tolerance allowed in millivolts 

Z is measured amplitude in millivolts. 

(4) Phase Message . 

REF ±XXX.X TOL Y.Y PHS ±ZZZ.Z 

Where: 

X is reference phase stored in memory 

Y is tolerance allowed in degrees 
Z is measured phase in degrees. 

These messages give the parameters of a failure. Low amplitude readings may be assumed to be O because the 
voltmeter measures noise. 

(5) Print Test Results . If test results are desired for each cable test, press the PRINT switch. The 
following message will appear if the PRINT switch is activated during cable test. 

CABLE X AMP YYY.Y PHS ±ZZZ.Z 

Where: 

X is band 

Y is amplitude millivolts 
Z is phase degrees. 

(b) Interference Test . The interference test is performed after the cable test and before testing the 
beamformers or antenna elements. The oscillators which pass the interference test will be used for all subsequent olm&t 
tests. The interference test connects the vector voltmeter through a frequency filter to an omni beamformer at the 
frequency of the selected test oscillator. If the measured signal exceeds the amplitude limit (interference limit) then the 
test oscillator number for that band will be incremented by one and the test repeated. If interference is excessive at all 
oscillator frequencies in a band, the originally selected oscillator is used. The following message will be output to the tty. 

INTOSCXX 

If interference is not excessive, the following message appears once for each band indicating oscillator in use. 

oscxx 

Where: 

X is oscillator number 1-18. 

(c) Beamformer Test Routines . After performing routines in paragraphs (a), and (b). described 
previously, the actual beamformer testing occurs. The test was initiated by pressing the BEAM FORM switch, which 
lights white when activated. The test runs until the switch is again pressed which extinguishes the indicator. If allowed, 
these tests continue and repeat unless terminated. With only the BEAM FORM switch pressed, only faulty conditions are 
printed by the tty. If all test results 



6-13 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



are desired, the PRINT switch must also be pressed. In this condition, all measurements taken are printed by the tty. In 
conducting the beamformer test, the program conducts the previously described cable test and interference test; 
additionally, monitor beamformer tests, omni beamformer tests and 9 sector beamformer tests are performed. In the 
cable test, the three in-use os cillator frequ encies are coupled directly to the olm&t measuring equipment through the A 



and B test select matrix (see I figure 6-1)1 The measured amplitude and phase of this signal is compared to values 
contained in the reference table of the program. If within tolerance, the cable test is considered good; a message 
indicating this is printed by the tty, and the test next sequences to the interference test. In the interference test, the 
vector voltmeter is connected to the omni beamformer in each band through a frequency filter at the-frequency of the 
test oscillator. The measured signal amplitude is compared to reference tables in the program. If the amplitude is 
excessive, it is assumed that an interfering signal at the same frequency of the test oscillator is being received by the 
antenna group. In this case the oscillator is incremented by one and the test repeated. When a test oscillator for each 
band has been selected, the test sequences to the monitor beamformer test. In this test the selected oscillator frequency 
is input to the antenna group amplifier/power divider and monitor beamformer circuit through the directional coupler on 
each antenna element. The injected test signal is monitored for amplitude and phase at the output of the monitor 
beamformer. If this test is out-of-tolerance, the program selects a different monitor beamformer attached to the same 
amplifier/power divider. The injected test signal through this path is monitored for amplitude and phase. If this test fails, 
the amplifier/power divider is considered faulty. If this test is good, the original beamformer is considered faulty. As a 
result, two fault message types may be printed by the tty. Each input port of every beamformer is tested. Therefore, a 
faulty amplifier/power divider or faulty monitor beamformer will cause a number of out-of-tolerance conditions. These 
numerous conditions are printed by the tty using shorthand messages. At the conclusion of this test, the program 
sequences to the omni beamformer test. In this test, the single output port of the three omni beamformers are monitored 
while the oscillator signal is injected into the directional coupler associated with each amplifier/power divider. The output 
is measured for both amplitude and phase. At the conclusion of this test, the program sequences to the sector 
beamformer test. In this test, the output of each of three sector beamformers In each band is monitored while the 
oscillator signal is injected Into the directional coupler associated with each amplifier/power divider connected to the 
sector beamformer under test. The output Is measured for both amplitude and phase. The beamformers are tested as 
described In the following paragraphs. 

(1) Amplifier/Power Divider Monitor Beamformer Test . Amplifiers, power dividers and monitor 
beamformers combine to provide the various monitor beams used In the set. A block diagram showing a simplified 



amplifier/power divider and monitor beamformer network is shown in | figure 6-2.| In this simplified block diagram, an eight 
antenna element array is shown with 1: 4 power dividers. The antenna elements drive the associated amplifier which 
provide the received signal to the power dividers. The power dividers route signals to beamformers as indicated. Note 
that if the diagram was completed for the full circle, all power divide ports would be connected to beamformers in the 
same scheme as illustrated. The beamformer provides the attenuation and delay necessary to form a typical beam. The 
monitor beam signal is then routed to the rf matrix group and to the olm&t monitoring equipment through the directional 
coupler. In testing the amplifier/power divider and beamformers, the test oscillator signal is injected into the circuit path 
at the directional coupler associated with the amplifier/power divider. This signal is routed to the amplifier and then to the 
power divider. The power divider in turn routes the test signal to the input ports of the associated beamformers. The 
directional coupler at the 



Change 1 6-14 



ANTENNA 
ELEMENTS 



RF 

DIRECTIONAL AMPLIFIER 
COUPLERS 



1:4 POWER 
DIVIDER 



-2|> — m— [> 



BORSIGHT 
ELEMENTS 



39466 



pn 




7 






5 
3 


PO 




1 BEAM- 






2 FORMER 


PD 




4 

6 
B 








7 




5 




3 




1 


BEAM- 


2 


FORMER 


4 




6 
8 







7 
5 
3 

1 BEAM 

2 FORMER 

4 

6 
8 



















INPUT OLM&T 
OSCILLATOR 



Figure 6-2. Beamforming Network Simplified Block Diagram 

6-15 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



output of the beamformer routes this test signal to the olm&t monitoring equipment. The beamformer output is measured 
and compared against the reference standard in the computer memory. The test begins by selecting the rf path through 
the amplifier/ power divider and outer channel of the beamformer under test. If this test measurement is within tolerance, 
the test sequences to the next input to the beamformer under test. In this test, the test signal is injected to the directional 
coupler associated with the amplifier which is the next input to the beamformer under test. This sequence continues until 
all inputs to the beamformer under test have been checked. The program then steps to the next beamformer and 
repeats the cycle. This cycle is repeated until all inputs to all monitor beamformers have been checked. When any 
measurement is out of tolerance, a fault isolation test is conducted to determine the faulty component. Note that the fault 
could be the beamformer under test, the power divider, or the amplifier. To localize the fault, a different beamformer 
associated with the same power divider is selected for a comparison test. This new beamformer uses the same antenna 
element as the original beamformer where the antenna element has approximately the same electrical displacement 
from boresight. This comparison test reveals one of two things, the two tested signals are both out of tolerance or the 
comparison test signal is within tolerance. If both test signals are out of tolerance, the amplifier/power divider circuit is 
assumed to be faulty. If the comparison test signal is within tolerance, the beamformer is assumed to be faulty. Note 
that an amplifier failure will cause a fault each time it is used as an input to a beamformer; a beamformer fault or a power 
divider fault may cause any number of faults to appear. This is due to the construction of these circuits. Therefore, in 
any one of these three circumstances a number of faults may be noted which are produced by a single faulty circuit 
amplifier, power divider, or beamformer. Note that the rf amplifier is the only active device in the circuit, and will likely 
be subject to the most failures. 

(2) Test Messages . The amplifier/power divider, beamformer tests develop several messages in defining 
a faulty circuit. As previously described, the test isolates a fault to either a beamformer or a combination of 
amplifier/power divider. In testing the amplifier/power divider beamformer path, the output of a beamformer is monitored 
while the input is sequenced from one antenna element directional coupler to the next. In this manner each input and 
associated path in the beamformer is monitored. In this testing procedure a number of fault messages may be generated 
due to a single malfunctioning circuit. 

(3) Beamformer Fault Sequence . When the fault isolation test identifies a beamformer fault, the program 
will print a tty message. The f irst fault messa ge during a test cycle associated with a particular beamformer is printed 
using the longhand message of lparagraph 6-6.b .1.(d^. Amplitude and phase are considered separately and may result in 
a longhand message for each type of fault. Subsequent faults during one test cycle associated with this beamformer 
may result in either longhand or shorthand messages. When the program determines that a subsequent fault is identified 
for this beamformer, the antenna element number associated with the input directional coupler used in the measurement 
is examined. If this element number is one greater than the element number found in the previous fault condition for this 
beamformer, the shorthand beamformer fault messages is printed. This identifies a fault sequence for one beamformer 
in which two or more sequential inputs to the beamformer result in faults. The beamformer identified in a l onghand or 
shor thand fault message should be investigated for problems using the special monitor beamformer test (see l paragraphl 



6-6.| f.1 .). If the element number for the current fault condition is more than one greater than the element number 



associated with the previous fault condition, another longhand message is output. 



6-16 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Thus, if a beamformer is marginal, shorthand or longhand output messages may result depending on whether the faults 
are associated with sequential inputs or not. Since all input ports to a beamformer are checked sequentially, a 
beamformer with a total failure results in one longhand amplitude fault message, one longhand phase fault message and 
a series of shorthand amplitude and phase beamformer fault messages. 

(4) Amplifier/Power Divider Fault Sequence . When the fault isolation test identifies power divider fault, an 
amplifier/power divider fault message is printed by the tty. The first fault m essage during a t est cycle associated with a 
particular amplifier/power divider is output using the longhand format of paragraph 6-6.d 1.(g) as follows. As with 
beamformer faults, amplitude and phase are considered separately and may each result in a longhand message. When 
the program determines that a subsequent fault is identified for this particular amplifier/power divider, the beamformer 
number used in the measurement is examined. If this beamformer number is one greater than the beamformer number 
found in the previous fault condition for this amplifier/power divider, the shorthand amplifier/power divider fault message 
is printed. This identifies a fault sequence for one amplifier/power divider in which the test fails each time the 
amplifier/power divider is used as input to a series of beamformers. Note that the beamformer test sequence tests all 
inputs to a single beamformer before proceding to the next beamformer. Thus, several paths will be tested between any 
two test measurements involving a particular amplifier/power divider. These path tests do not have any effect on the 
longhand/shorthand determination for a particular amplifier/power divider fault. The amplifier/power divider associated 
with the antenna element identified in a longhand or shorthand amplifier/ power divider fault message may be 
investigated by using the special monitor beamformer test on any beam in which the amplifier/power divider is used as 
an input. If the beamformer number associated with a fault condition for a particular amplifier/ power divider is more 
than one greater than the beamformer number associated with the previous fault condition for this amplifier/power 
divider, another longhand message is printed. The sequence of longhand and/or shorthand messages for either a 
beamformer or amplifier/power divider fault is not critical. Any fault message is sufficient to identify a component to be 
investigated further using the special beamformer test tty command. 

(d) Beamformer Longhand Messages . Beamformer failure message is defined as follows. 

(1) BMFR FAILURE BAND X BEAM YY 

(2) BAND X BEAM YY PORT ZZ FAULT 

(3) REF XXX.X TOL Y.Y AMP ZZZ.Z 

(4) REF ±XXX.X TOL Y.Y PHS ±ZZZ.Z 

The first message defines the band as A, B, or C and the monitor beam found to be out of tolerance; the second 
message again defines the band and monitor beam plus the input port of the monitor beamformer under test; the last two 
messages define the amplitude or phase measurement which was out of tolerance, the reference value, and the 
tolerance. Only one message, (3) or (4), will appear on the tty at any one time. 

(e) Beamformer Shorthand Amplitude Message . The beamformer amplitude shorthand message is 
the shorthand form of the data in the preceding paragraph (d) (1), (2), and (3). This message is as follows. 

BM XX AM 

Where: 

XX is the beamformer under test. 



6-17 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



(f) Beamformer Shorthand Phase Message . The beamformer phase shorthand message is the 
shorthand form of the data in the preceding paragraph (d)(4). This message is as follows. 

BMXXPH 

Where: 

XX is the beamformer under test. 

(g) Amplifier/Power Divider Longhand Messages . Amplifier/power divider failure message is 

defined as follows. 

(1) AMP/PWR DIV FAILURE BAND X ANT Z 

(2) BAND X BEAM YY PORT ZZ FAULT 

(3) REF XXX.X TOL Y.Y AMP ZZZ.Z 

(4) REF ±XXX.X TOL Y.Y AM P ±ZZZ.Z 

The first message defines the band as A, B, or C and the antenna element connected to the faulty amplifier; the second 
message again defines the band plus the monitor beam where the test signal is measured and the input port of the 
beamformer where the signal is injected; the last two messages, only one appearing at any one time, defines the 
amplitude or phase measurement which was out of tolerance, the reference value, and the tolerance. 

(h) Amplifier/Power Divider Shorthand Amplitude Message . The amplifier/power divider amplitude 
message is the shorthand form of the data in the preceding paragraph (g) (1), (2), and (3). This message is as follows. 

ANT XX AM 

Where: 

XX is the antenna element number connected to the amplifier under test. 

(i) Amplifier/Power Divider Shorthand Phase Message . The amplifier/power divider phase 
message is the shorthand form of the data in the preceding paragraph (g)(1), (2), and (4). This message is as follows. 

ANT XX PH 

Where: 

XX is the antenna element number connected to the amplifier under test. 

(j) Print Test Results . If test results are desired for each beamformer test press the PRINT switch. 
The following message results if the PRINT switch is activated during beamformer test. 

MONI BEAM XX BAND Y 

Where: 

X is beam under test Y is band under test 
It appears as each new beam is tested. It is followed by the following message. 

ANT XX AMP YYY.Y PHS ±ZZZ.Z 

Where: 

X is antenna number 

Y is measured amplitude in millivolts 

Z is measured phase in degrees. 
This message appears 16 times for each beam in bands A and B and 8 times for band C. 
(k) Omni Beamformer Test . 

(1) Omni Test . Immediately following the monitor beamformer test, the program tests the 
omni beamformers. In this test the output port of the omni beamformer is monitored while the test signal is injected in 
each applicable input port from the antenna element directional coupler. The following message is printed to denote a 
fault. 



6-18 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



BAND X OMNI PORT YY FAULT 

Where: 

X is band A, B, or C Y is antenna number for omni input. 
This message appears when an omni beamformer measurement is out of tolerance. No fault isolation is done. This 
message is followed by the amplitude or phase message previously described. The omni beamformer portion of the 
antenna group should be investigated for fault isolation and repair when this message appears. 

(2) Print Test Results . If test results are desired for each omni input port press the PRINT switch. The 
following message appears at the beginning of each omni beam tested if the PRINT switch is on. 

OMNI BEAM BAND X 

Where: 

X is band A, B, or C. 

This message is followed by the following message a total of 48 times for band A or C and 96 times for band B to define 
the measured values of each input port. 

ANT XX AMP YYY.Y PHS ± ZZZ. Z 

Where: 

X is antenna element input number Y is measured amplitude in millivolts Z is measured phase in degrees. 
(I) Sector Beamformer Tests . 

(1) Sector Tests . Immediately following the omni beamformer tests, the program tests sector 
beamformers Nos. 1 through 6 In each band. In this test the outputs of the sector beamformers are monitored while the 
test signal is injected in each applicable input port from the antenna element directional coupler. Four antenna elements 
are used per beam in band A, three in band B, and two in band C. The following message is printed to denote a fault. 

BAND X SECT Y ANT ZZ FAULT 

Where: 

X is band A, B, or C 

Y is sector beamformer 1,2,3, 4, 5, or 6 
Z is antenna number for sector input. 

This message appears when a sector beamformer is out of tolerance. No fault isolation is done. This message is 
followed by the amplitude or phase message previously described. The sector beamformer portion of the antenna group 
should be investigated for fault isolation and repair when this message appears. 

(2) Print Test Results . If test results are desired for each sector input port, press the PRINT 
switch. The following message appears at the beginning of a sector beamformer test when the PRINT switch is on. 

SECT BEAM X BAND Y 

Where: 

X is sector beam 1,2,3, 4, 5, or 6 

Y is band A, B, orC. 

This message is followed by the following message a total of four times for each beam in band A, three times for each 
beam in band B, and two times for each beam in band C to define the measured values of each input port. 

ANT XX AMP YYY.Y PHS ± ZZZ.Z 



Change 1 6-19 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Where: 

X, Y, and Z is the same as in preceding paragraph (k)(2). 
The following message appears at the end of each monitor, omni, or sector beam test result when the PRINT switch is on 
to specify the tolerance limits on which the tests are made. 

AMP TOL X.X PHS TOL Y.Y 

Where: 

X is amplitude tolerance in millivolts Y is phase tolerance in millivolts. 

(m) Beamformer Test Complete . At the conclusion of the beamformer test, the following message is 

printed by the tty. 

OLMT BMFR TEST FINISHED 

The program will cycle through another beamformer test if the BEAM FORM switch remains set (lamp lit). Reset the 
BEAM FORM switch (lamp extinguished) to terminate the test. 



NOTE 



After terminating some beamformer tests, tests of individu al monitor, se ctor, or omni 
beamformers may be accomplished using tty commands defined ir t paragraph 6-6l f. 



d. Antenna Element Tests. 



1. General . The antenna element test is controlled from the some. The test is initiated by pressing the 
ANT TEST switch, which lights when activated. The test runs until the switch is again pressed, repeating the antenna 
element test if allowed. If only the ANT TEST switch is pressed only faulty conditions are printed by the tty. If all test 
results are desired the PRINT switch must also be pressed. In conducting the antenna elem ent test, the test oscillator 
signal is coupled through the input directional coupler to the antenna element under test (see Ifiqure 6-1)1 The reflected 



wave developed by the element under test is coupled back through the same directional coupler to the antenna group 
monitor beamformer network. The signal is monitored at the beamformer which has the antenna element as a boresight 
element. The amplitude of this signal is compared to the reference amplitude as stored in memory. This procedure is 
repeated once for all elements in each band. 

2. Antenna Element Test Start . To initiate the antenna element test, press the ANT TEST switch on the 
some. The following messages are printed on the tty. 

OLMT ANT TEST START 
DAY HH MM SS Z 

3. Interference Tests . The same interference test used in the beamformer test is conducted prior to 
conducting the antenna element test. Note that the cable test is not conducted prior to this test. 

4. Element Tests . The antenna element test uses the same networks as the beamformer test except that 
the test signal is injected through the directional coupler to the antenna element rather than to the beamformer network. 
The reflected wave is then coupled back through the same directional coupler through the boresight input port of the 
beamformer for measurement. If a faulty antenna element is located, the following message is printed on the tty. 

ANT X YY FAULT 



6-20 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Where: 

X is band A, B, or C YY is antenna element number. 
This message is followed by the amplitude message previously described to further define the fault. In such cases the 
antenna group antenna elements and transmission lines are to be investigated for fault isolation and repair. 

5. Print Test Results . If test results are desired for each antenna element test, press the PRINT switch. 
The following message results when PRINT switch is on during antenna test. 

ANT TSTXYY AMP ZZZ.Z 

Where: 

X is band A, B, or C 

Y is antenna number 

Z is measured amplitude in millivolts. 

6. Antenna Element Test Complete . At the conclusion of the antenna element test, the following 
message is printed on the tty. 

OLMT ANT TEST FINISHED 

To terminate test, reset the ANT TEST switch (lamp extinguished). 

NOTE 

After terminating some antenn a tests, tests of individual antenna elements may be accomplished 
using tty commands defined in | paragraph 6-6[ f.2. 

e. Oscillator Test Procedures . The oscillator test is designed to test the frequency of each of the 18 olm&t 
oscillators. To initiate this test, momentarily press OSC TEST. The following messages are printed each time the 
oscillator test starts. 

OLMT OSC TEST START DAY 
HH MM SS Z 

The following message is printed for each oscillator with a frequency which is out of tolerance. 

OSC XX FREQ FAULT 
REF YYYYYYYY TOL ZZ FREQ WWWWWWWW 

Where: 

X is oscillator number 1-18 

Y is reference frequency in Hz 
Z is tolerance for oscillator XX 
W is measured frequency in Hz. 

1. Print Test Results . The following message is printed for each oscillator if the PRINT switch is 
activated at the some during the oscillator test. 

OSC XX FREQ YYYYYYYY 

Where: 

X is oscillator 1-18 

Y is measured frequency in Hz. 

2. Oscillator Test Complete . This message is printed each time the oscillator test cycle is 

completed. 

OLMT OSC TEST FINISHED 

To terminate the test, reset the OSC TEST switch (lamp extinguished). 



6-21 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



NOTE 

After terminating the some os cillator test, test s of individual oscillators may be accomplished 
using the commands defined in ! paragraphs 6-6| f.3. and 6-6.g.3. 

f. Teletype Test Select Operation . The previously described tests initiated from the some panel are relatively 
time consuming particularly if full printouts are desired when the some PRINT switch is activated. After a repair is 
completed, the affected circuit may be individually checked from the tty console by using the following described 
commands. The only circuit checked is the one specifically entered via the tty machine. If the operator makes an error, 
pressing the rubout key removes the last character input. Inputting a slash (/) deletes an entire input line. The tty inputs 
have the same basic format. It consists of a command followed by a carriage return which indicates the end of the input 
message. Each message is checked for format errors and indicated to the operator that the command is accepted by 
printing day of year and time of day or rejected by an ILLEGAL FORMAT message. Commas and spaces are used as 
field separators. The following paragraphs define applicable antenna group input messages. In each case, after the 
command is entered, the carriage return bar must be pressed to initiate the test. 

1. Special Beamformer Tests . To initiate a special beamformer test using the olm&t network, the 
operator enters the parameters specifying the network to be tested. The operator enters one of the following messages: 

(a) TEST OMNI X to test the omni beam for band X, where X is A, B, or C 

(b) TEST SECT X,Y to test a sector beam where X is band A, B, or C and Y is sector 1 , 2, or 3 

(c) TEST MONI X,YY to test a monitor beam where X is band A, B, or C and Y is the beam number 

2. Special Antenna Element Test . To initiate a special antenna element test, the operator enters the 
following message: TEST ANT X,YY Where: X is band A, B, or C YY is the antenna number. 

3. Special Oscillator Test . To initiate a special oscillator test using the olm&t network, the operator enters 
the following message: 

TEST OSC FREQ XX 

Where: 

X is oscillator 1-18. (Se a! table 6-31 ) 

g. Teletype Selected Test Output Messages . Special beamformer, antenna element, and oscillator tests use 
the same test routines used in the some olm&t tests; however, the cable and interference tests are not used in these 
tests. The tests are initiated by inputting one of the single element test messages defined in the previous subparagraphs. 
If the test measurements are within tolerance and if the PRINT switch is off, the single word message DONE is output. If 
the test measurements are not within tolerance, a fault message is output regardless of the PRINT switch setting to 
define the fault. These fault messages are identical to the fault messages output during the some olm&t tests. If the 
PRINT switch is ON, test results 



6-22 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



are output as defined in lparaqraph 6-6.| c.1.(i), (k)(2), (1)(2), 6-6. d. 5, and 6-6. e.1. The test is terminated in all cases with 
the message DONE. 

1. Beamformer Test Output Messages . The beamformer test printout is the format as described in 

paragraph 6-6. d . 1(d) through (m). Shorthand messages are obtained sequential when consecutive ports in a 



beamformer are proven to be defective. Only the beamformer circuit requested is checked. The some PRINT switch will 
initiate phase and amplitude printouts as previously described. 

2. Special Antenna Element Test Output Messages . The antenna element test will contain the format 
contained in paragraphs 6-6. d l. 4 and 5. Only the antenna element entered is tested. The some PRINT switch will 
activate amplitude printouts. 

3. Oscillator Test Output Messages . Refer lto paragraph 6l 6.e. for messages printed for each oscillator 
with a frequency which is out of tolerance. 

6-7. Troubleshooting. 

Antenna gr oup troubleshooting req uires rapid identification of circuits, their location, and the associated group 
components. ! Tables 6-4 through 6-2P provide quick identification of all rf paths. The tables present wiring information in 
a form that enables rapid identificat ion and location of all rf paths. The tables for the monitor, sector, and omni beam 
formation ( lables 6-4 through 6-1 3) I do not reference the associated line tuners with antenna elements. These tables can 
be read from the top (antenna element) down, and then to the left on the horizontal line for the beam of concern. The 
tables can also be read from the left (beam number) right to the vertical column for the antenna elemen t of concern. In 
either method, each component and port will be identified. Separate tables (tables 6-14 through |~6 I 20) | list-line tuners to 
antenna elements and goniometer inputs because these references are used the least. Due to the large number of signal 
paths, it is not considered feasible as a routine procedure to manually open a path, inject a signal, and look for it in 
another location for test purposes. Additionally, this procedure will degrade performance of receiving locations in the 
system as a result of disabling a signal path. These tables are useful in locating and identifying the to-from connections 
of cables without resorting to wire lists. 

a. Troubleshooting Cables . Visually inspect suspected defective cables, particularly for bent pins in connectors. 
The ti med cables that h ave been subjected to mechanical abuse may have to be rechecked for the correct electrical 
length {paragraph 6-1 1] , It is essential when disconnecting or connecting these cables that they are not forced, bent or 
subjected to any more strain than is absolutely necessary. The preferred continuity check for cables consists of the 
following: 

1. Insert a 200to 300-millivolt rf signal at one end of the cable. Use a low frequency that will not disturb 
receiving activities and is low enough to be accepted by the vertical amplifier of the oscilloscope (see next step). 

2. Terminate the cable in 75 ohms (noninductive resistor) at the other end. Connect the terminated end 
to a general-purpose oscilloscope and view amplitude. Use enough vertical gain so that small changes in display are 
visible. While viewing the oscilloscope, flex the cables at the connectors and at any other locations where damage is 
suspected. Any intermittent connections are easily observed on the oscilloscope waveform. This procedure is preferable 
to simple ohmmeter checks. 



6-23/6-24 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUMBER 


32 


33 


34 


35 


36 


37 


38 


39 


40 


41 


42 


43 


44 


45 


46 


47 


48 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 




8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


IS 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
RACK NUMBER 






■ 408 • 


„ . . ,-404 . : » 






DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


B 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 




8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


A6A 


ABB 


A7A 


A7B 


ASA 


ABB 


A9A 


A9B 


AI6A 


AIOB 


A11A 


At IB 


AI2A 


A126 


AIA 


AIB 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


A4 




A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


A6A 


A68 


A7A 


A7B 


ABA 


ABB 


A9A 


A9B 


AIOA 


AIOB 


Al 1 A 


Al t B 


POIER Ot VI DER 
RACK NUMBER 












)6 — • 


4 407 ■ ► 


« 406 ► 








*— 4C 


POME! 
ASSEM 


DIVIDER 
BLY NUMBER 


ADA 


A98 


A10B 


AI1B 


AI2B 


A13B 


A14B 


A15B 


A16B 


A16A 


A15A 


'AI4A 


A13A 


A13B 


AI4B 


AI5B 


A168 


A9A 


AIOA 


A11A 


A12A 


A12B 


AI1B 


Al 


8 


A9B 


A9A 


A16A 


Al 1 A 


A12A 


AI3A 


AI4A 


AI5A 


AIBA 


A16B 


A15B 


AI4B 


AI3B 


AI3A 


A14A 


BEAM 

NO. 


DIR 
COUPLER 


BEAM- 
FORMER 


















































































RACK 


NO. 


RACK 


NO 


_ u 


1 


412 


21 


407 


A18 


15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


1 


12 


U 


1G 
















1 

1 
































* 
l 


412 


22 


407 


A2B 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


6 


1 


1 2 


1 4 


16 


i 


412 


23 


407 


A3 8 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


B 


1 


12 


14 


1 6 




412 


24 


407 


A46 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


G 


□ 




1 U 




1 4 


IG 


s 


412 


25 


407 


A5B 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


G 


B 


ID 


12 


14 


16 


e 
D 


412 


26 


407 


A6B 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 


1 


412 


27 


407 


A7B 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


G 


6 


1 u 


12 


1 4 


16 


8 


412 


28 


407 


ABB 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


b 


a 



i n 


1 1 

1 1 


1 A 
1 4 


1 6 


9 


412 


28 


407 


ABA 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


g 


g 


i n 


1 2 


1 4 


IG 


IB 


412 


30 


407 


A7A 




15 


13 


II 


9 


; 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


g 


g 


10 


12 


14 


IG 


1 1 


412 


31 


407 


ASA 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


c 




Q 



1 


12 


1 4 


1 o . 


1 1 
ii 


412 


32 


407 


A5A 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


c 
tl 



D 


10 


1 9 
1 1 


1 1 


IK 
1 




412 


33 


406 


A5B 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


g 


B 


1 


1 2 


14 


16 


14 


412 


54 


406 


A6B 




15 


13 


11 


9 


1 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 


IS 


412 


55 


406 


A7B 




15 


13 


II 


9 


) 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


IG 


16 


412 


56 


408 


ABB 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 




6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


IG 


17 


412 


57 


406 


ABA 




15 


1 3 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 




4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 


IB 


412 


58 


406 


A7A 




15 


13 


II 


9 


) 


5 


3 




2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 


11 


412 


59 


406 


ABA 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 




1 


2 


4 


6 


9 


10 


12 


14 


IG 


20 


412 


88 


406 


A5A 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 




3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 


21 


412 


61 


405 


A5B 




15 


13 


II 


9 




5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 


22 


412 


62 


405 


A8B 




15 


13 


II 




7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


IG 


23 


412 


63 


405 


A7B 




lb 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


l 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 


24 


412 


64 


405 


ABB 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 



35742A 



Table 6-4. Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band, A, (V7) 



6-25/6-26 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUMBER 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


15 


17 


IB 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


31 




32 


33 


34 


35 


36 


37 


38 


39 


40 


41 


42 


43 


44 


45 


46 


niPfmntui coupifr 










RACK NUMBER 






4 ■ -i- 408 : * 




404 » 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


IB 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 




6 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


16 


17 


IB 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


A6A 


A6B 


A7A 


A7B 


ABA 


ABB 


A9A 


A9B 


A10A 


A10B 


AHA 


Al 1 B 


A12A 


AI2B 


A1A 


AIB 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


A4A 




A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


A6A 


A6B 


A7A 


A7B 


ASA 


A8B 


A9A 


A9B 


AIOA 


AIOB 


AHA 


ai i e 


POWER DIVIDER 
RACK NUMBER 




« 406 ► 




407 ■- 




405- * 








«■ 406 » 


POWER 
ASSEK 


DIVIDER 
BLY NUMBER 


A98 


A9A 


Al OA 


ADA 


A12A 


A13A 


A14A 


A15A. 


A16A 


A16B 


A15B 


A14B 


A13B 


A13A 


A14A 


A15A 


A16A 


A9B 


A10B 


A 1 1 B 


AI2B 


A12A 


Al 1 A 


A10A 




A9A 


A96 


A10B 


Al 1 B 


AI2B 


A13B 


A14B 


AI5B 


AI6B 


A16A 


A15A 


AI4A 


A13A 


AI3B 


AI4B 


BEAM 

NO. 


DIR 
COUPLER 


BEAM- 
FORMER 


















































































RACK 


NO. 


RACK 


NO 


















































































25 


412 


65 


405 


ABA 


15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


1 


12 


14 


1 6 


















































26 


412 


66 


405 


A7A 




15 


13 




9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


IB 
















































27 


412 


87 


405 


A6A 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


B 


1 


1 2 


1 i 


15 














































AO 


412 


68 


405 


A5A 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


1 


1 2 


1 4 


1 T, 












































29 


412 


69 


405 


A4A 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


C 


g 


1 9 


1 2 


1 4 


16 










































30 


412 


90 


405 


A3A 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


b 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


1 


1 2 


1 4 


1 G 








































31 


412 


91 


405 


A2A 




lb 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


1 


12 


14 


IG 






































32 


412 


92 


405 


A1A 




15 


13 


1 1 


3 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


i: 




































33 


412 


93 


405 


A1B 




lb 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


IG 
































34 


412 


94 


405 


A2B 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


in 


12 


14 


16 






























35 


412 


95 


405 


A3B 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


I'.: 


12 


14 


16 . 




























36 


412 


96 


405 


A4B 




15 


13 


1 ! 


9 


1 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


n 


8 


in 


12 


14 


16 


























37 


412 


97 


406 


A4A 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


E 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 
























38 


412 


98 


406 


A3A 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 






















39 


412 


99 


406 


A2A 




15 


13 


1 ! 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 




















40 


412 


120 


406 


A1A 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


ID 


















41 


412 


121 


406 


A1B 




15 


1 3 


1 1 


9 


7 


b 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 
















42 


412 


122 


406 


A2B 




1 5 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


IG 














43 


412 


123 


406 


A3B 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 

1— 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


6 


10 


12 


14 


16 












44 


412 


124 


406 


A4B 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 ; 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


E 


8 


10 


12 


14 


IE 










45 


412 


125 


407 


A4A 




15 


1 3 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 








46 


412 


126 


407 


A3A 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 






47 


412 


127 


407 


A2A 




lb 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


' 4 


6 


B 


10 


12 


14 


16 




48 


412 


126 


407 


A1A 




15 




,3 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 



35742B 



Table 6-4. Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band A, (V7) (Continued) 



6-27/6-28 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUMBER 


6 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


16 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


31 


32 


33 


34 


35 


36 


37 


38 


39 


40 


41 


42 


43 


44 


45 


46 


MRFCTIONIL COUPLER 






« i 404 » 


RICK NUMBER 






« > 




DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


IB 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 






e 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


IB 


19 


20 


21 


22 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


A6A 


A6B 


A7A 


A7B 


ABA 


ABB 


A9A 


A9B 


A10A 


A10B 


At 1 A 


A11B 


A12A 


A12B 


Al A 


Al B 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


A4A 




A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


A6A 


A6B 


A7A 


A7B 


ABA 


ABB 


A9A 


A9B 


A10A 


A10B 


Al t A 


Al IB 


POIER DIVIDER 
RACK NUMBER 




406 ► 


« 


405 ► 




407 ► 












POWER DIVIDER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


A9A 


A9B 


A10B 


A 1 1 B 


A12B 


AI3B 


A14B 


A15B 


AI6B 


A 16 A 


A15A 


A14A 


A13A 


A13B 


A14B 


Al 5B 


A16B 


A9A 


Al OA 


Al 1 A 


A12A 


A12B 


Al 1 B 


Al OB 




A9B 


A9A 


Al OA 


Al 1A 


A12A 


A13A 


A14A 


A15A 


A16A 


A16B 


A15B 


A14B 


A13B 


A13A 


AI4A 


BEAM 

NO . 


OIR 
COUPLER 


BEAM- 
FORMER 
















SEE 


NOTE 1 
































































RACK 


NO. 


RACK 


NO 


















































































1 


412 


21 


407 


A1B 


15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


IS 


SEE 


NOTE 2 














































2 


412 


22 


407 


A2B 




IS 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


IG 
















































3 


412 


23 


407 


A3B 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


a 


10 


12 


14 


16 














































4 


412 


24 


407 


A4B 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


ir, 












































S 


412 


25 


407 


A5B 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


3 


10 


12 


14 


IE 










































6 


412 


26 


407 


A6B 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 








































7 


412 


27 


407 


A7B 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


IS 






































8 


412 


28 


407 


ABB 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 




































9 


412 


29 


407 


ABA 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 
































10 


412 


30 


407 


A7A 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 






























It 


412 


31 


407 


ABA 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 




























12 


412 


32 


407 


A5A 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 


























13 


412 


33 


406 


A5B 


NOTES: 


15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 
























14 


412 


54 


406 


A6B 


1. THIS ENTRY IS THE FIRST ONE LISTED IN 
CARLF ASSFMRLY IIRE LIST 3300-67019 


15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


g 


1 


1 2 


1 4 


1 6 






















IS 


412 


95 


406 


A7B 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 




















IS 


412 


56 


406 


ABB 


•1 


. POIER DIVIDER OUTPUT PORTS CONNECT TD 
BEAMFORMER INPUT PORTS OF THE SANE NUMBER 
















15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 


















17 


412 


57 


406 


ABA 




(A OUTPUTS MAY CONNECT TO 
BUT NUMBER IS SAME) 


B INPUTS, 




















15 


1 3 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 




2 


4 


6 


a 


10 


12 


14 


16 
















11 


412 


51 


406 


A7A 


EXAMPLE: ANTENNA ELEMENT 15 TO POIER DIVIDER 407A15B. 
OUTPUT PORT JUJm (FROM HORIZONTAL COLUMN) 


15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 




1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


IG 














19 


412 


59 


406 


ASA 


CONNECTS TO BEAMFORMER 407A1B. 
INPUT PORT IS 1W11B1 


15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 




3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 












20 


412 


80 


406 


A5A 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 




5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 










21 


412 


61 


405 


I5B 




15 


13 




9 


7 


5 


. 3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 








22 


412 


12 


405 


m 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 






23 


412 


63 


405 


m 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 




24 


412 


64 


405 


ABB 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 



35739A 



Table 6-5. Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band A, (V8) 



6-29/6-30 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



ANTENNA ELEMENT 

MUIIBEH 


32 


33 


34 


35 


36 


37 


38 


38 


40 


41 


42 


43 


44 


45 


46 


47 


48 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


8 


7 




8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


13 


16 


17 


IS 


IS 


20 


21 


22 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
RACK NUMBER 


» : .-404 ► 




■ 408 




















DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


8 


7 




8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


IS 


IB 


17 


19 


IB 


20 


21 


22 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


A46 


ASA 


A5B 


ASA 


ABB 


A7A 


A 78 


A8A 


ABB 


ABA 


A 98 


AIOA 


At OB 


AHA 


A11B 


A12A 


A12B 


AIA 


A1B 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


A4A 




A4B 


A5A 


A58 


ABA 


A6B 


A7A 


A7B 


ABA 


ABB 


A9A 


A98 


AIOA 


A106 


A11A 


Al IB 


POIER DIVIOER 
RACK NUMBER 








m 406 • 




i dfl7 » 




m tua 


























POWER DIVIDER 
ICSFIHIV NIIM8FR 


A9B 


A9A 


AIOA 


AHA 


AI2A 


AI3A 


AI4A 


AI5A 


A1EA 


AtBB 


A15B 


A14B 


A1SB 


A13A 


AHA 


A15A 


A16A 


A9B 


A10B 


A118 


A12B 


A12A 


A11A 


AIOA 




A9A 


A9B 


A10B 


Al IB 


AI2B 


AI3B 


A14B 


AI5B 


A1SB 


A16A 


A15A 


A14A 


A13A 


A13B 


AI4B 


BEAM 

NO. 


DIR 
COUPLER 


BEAM- 
FORMER 


















































































RACK 


NO 


RACK 


NO 


















































































25 


412 


15 


405 


A8A 


15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


C 



g 



i n 
1 u 




| 4 


1 c 
1 D 


















































26 


412 


St 


405 


A7A 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


c 
D 






1 


1 2 


I 4 


1 6 
















































it 


412 


17 


405 


ASA 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


e 



a 



i n 
1 U 


I T 
1 t 


1 4 


1 5 














































2B 


412 


te 


405 


A5A 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


g ' 


g 


1 


1 2 


1 4 


IB 












































21 


412 


SB 


405 


A4A 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5. 


3 


1 


2 


4 


r 
U 


Q 



t fl 
i u 


i 1 


1 4 


I a 












































412 


BO 


405 


ASA 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


c 
b 


Q 


i n 
1 U 


1 1 


1 J 
1 4 


1 D 








































31 


412 


81 


405 


A2A 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 




6 


ID 


12 


14 


16 






































32 


412 


82 


405 


AIA 




15 


i 13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


E 


B 


10 


12 


14 


1G 




































33 


412 


93 


405 


A1B 




lb 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 


































412 


94 


405 


A2B 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


B 


10 


12 


14 


16 






























35 


412 


95 


405 


A3B 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


B 


ri 


12 


14 


16 . 




























38 


412 


98 


405 


A4B 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


B 


10 


12 


14 


16 


























37 


412 


97 


406 


A4A 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


B 


10 


12 


14 


IE 
























31 


412 


86 


406 


ASA 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 < 


12 


14 


IE 






















31 


412 


99 


406 


A2A 




15 


13 > 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


IE 




















40 


412 


120 


406 


AIA 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


B 


10 


12 


14 


16 


















41 


412 


121 


406 


A1B 




15 


1 3 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


E 


8 


10 


12 


14 


IE 
















42 


412 


122 


406 


A28 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


IE 














43 


412 


123 


406 


A3B 




IS 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 . 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 












44 


412 


124 


406 


A4B 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 : 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


6 


10 


12 


14 


IG 










45 


412 


125 


407 


A4A 




15 


13 


11 


9 ; 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


E 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 








4B 


412 


129 


407 


ASA 




15 


13 


11 

1_ 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


S 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 






47 


412 


127 


407 


A2A 




15 


13 1 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


IE 




41 


412 


128 


407 


AIA 




15 ! 

i u 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


B 


10 


12 


14 


IE 



35739B 



Table 6-5. Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band A, (V8) (Continued) 



6-31/6-32 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUMBER 


72 


73 


74 


75 


7B 


77 


78 


79 


80 


81 


B2 


83. 


84 


85 


86 


87 


88 


89 


90 


91 


92 


93 


94 




95 


96 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLED 
RACK NUMBER 


420 


» 421 






415 - 














DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 




23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


RF AMPLIFIER 

ASSEI8LT NUMBER 


A12B 


AlA 


AIB 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


A4A 


A4B 


ASA 


A SB 


A6A 


AGB 


A7A 


A78 


ABA 


A88 


A9A 


A9B 


A10A 


AIOB 


A 1 1 A 


All 


f 


A12A 


A12B 


AlA 


Ate 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A38 


A4A 


A4B 


ASA 


ASB 


A6A 


A6B 


A7A 




DEB 


418 


„ : 417 — 


_ 










418 - 






P01E 


» OIVIDER 
1*1 Y NUMBER 


A12B 


A12C 


A120 


AIIC 


A1I0 


A10C 


A 1 00 


A9C 


A9D 


A9A 


A9B 


A10A 


AIOB 


A11A 


A11B 


A12A 


A12B 


A13A 


A13B 


A14A 


A148 


A15A 


Al 5 


! 


A16A 


AI6B 


AI6C 


A16D 


AI5C 


AI5D 


A14C 


AI4D 


AI3C 


A13D 


AI3A 


AI3B 


A14A 


AI4B 


AISA 


BEAM 

NO. 


DIR 

COUPLER 


BEAM- 
FORMER 














SEE 


NOTE 1 
































































RACK 


NO. 


RACK 


NO. 


I 












B 


a 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 




POIER 
BEAMFO 


DIVIDER 
RHER IN 


OUTPUT 
J UT POR 


PORTS 

S 




































1 


412 


e 


417 


A1A 


15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


B 


e 


10 


12 


14 


16 














B 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


b 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


2 


412 


9 


417 


A2A 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 














8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


3 


412 


10 


417 


ASA 




IS 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


U 


16 














B 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


4 


412 


11 


417 


A4A 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


B 


10 


12 


14 


16 














B 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


5 


412 


12 


417 


A5A 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 














B 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


6 


412 


13 


417 


A6A 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


B 


10 


12 


14 


16 














B 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


7 


412 


14 


417 


A7A 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 














8 


a 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


8 


412 


15 


417 


ASA 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 














8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


9 


412 


16 


417 


ABB 




IS 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3| 


1 


2 


4 


6 


B 


10 


12 


14 


16 














8 


8 


7 


7 


6j 


8 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


10 


412 


17 


417 


A7B 




IS 


13 


11 


9 


7 1 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


B 


10 


12 


14 


16 












NOTES: 1 THIS ENTRY IS THE FIRST LISTING IN CABLE ASSEMBLY II RE LIST 3300-82034 


8 


B 


7' 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


11 


412 


It 


417 


A6B 




15 


13 


II 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 














ft! 


a 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


& 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


t2 


412 


19 


417 


A5B 






13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 



35743A 



Table 6-6. Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band B, (V7) 



6-33/6-34 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



NHH* EL " EMT 


96 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


IB 


19 


20 


21 


22! 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


2B 


29 


30 


31 


32 


33 


34 


35 


36 


37 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
RACK NUMBER 


421 




4 416 - 


<• — 415 — ► 




DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


6 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22| 


23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY MUIIER 


AI2B 


A1A 


A16 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A38 


A4A 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


A6A 


A6B 


ATA 


A7B 


ASA 


ABB 


A9A 


A9B 


AI0A 


AI0B 


At 1 A 


A11B 


AI2A 


AI2B 


AIA 


A1B 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A38 


A4A 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


A6A 


A6B 


A7A 








■m- — ■ T IO 







419 


POIE 

»S5£ 


R DIVIDER 
IBLY NUMBER 


AI6B 


A16C 


A160 


AI5C 


A15D 


A14C 


A14D 


A13C 


A130 


AI3A 


AI3B 


AI4A 


A14B 


A15A 


AI5B 


A16A 


A16B 


A9C 


A9D 


AI0C 


A10D 


AIIC 


A110 

h- 


AI2C 


A12D 


AI2A 


A12B 


A11A 


A1IB 


AI0A 


Al 0B 


A9A 


A9B 


A9C 


A9D 


A10C 


AI0D 


AIIC 


IE AM 

MO 


OIR 
COUPLER 


BEAM- 
FORMER 














































































RACK 


NO. 


RACK 


NO. 












6 


8 . 


7 


7 


6 


e 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 




rllWtn 

RtiUPfl 
DEAHTU 


Jl VI Utn 
men i n 


OUTPUT 
»UT P0R 


run 1 j 




































13 


412 


20 


418 


A5A 


15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


1 


1 2 


1 4 


1 6 














6 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


j 




L 


i 


1 


1 


14 


412 


41 


418 


A6A 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


e 



a 

a 




1 L 


1 4 


1 ft 














8 


6 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


•y 
I 


/ 


I 


1 


15 


412 


42 


418 


A7A 




• 15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 









1 fl 
1 U 


1 1 
i £ 


1 A 


16 














8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 




2 


2 


| 


1 


16 


412 


43 


418 


A6A 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


b 


3 


1 


2 


4 


c 







1 


12 


1 4 


1 G 














e 


8 


7 


7 


G 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 




1 


1 


17 


412 


44 


418 


A8B 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 




3 


1 


2 


4 


G 


8 


1 


12 


14 


16 














8 


6 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 




2 


2 


1 


1 


IB 


412 


45 


418 


A7 6 


1 

1 '5 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


g 




1 


1 2 


1 4 


16 














8 


6 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 




3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


19 


412 


46 


416 


A6B 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 




6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 














8 


6 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 




4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


20 


412 


47 


418 


A56 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 




2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 














8 


8 


7 


7 


6 




5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


21 


412 


46 


419 


A5A 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 




3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


6 


10 


12 


14 


16 














8 


8 


7 




6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


22 


412 


49 


419 


ASA 




!5 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


15 














e 


8 


7 


7 


S 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


23 


412 


50 


419 


A7A 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 














6 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


24 


412 


51 


419 


ABA 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


6 


10 


12 


14 


16 



35743B 



Table 6-6. Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band B, (V7) (Continued) 



6-35/6-36 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



nUnIeT ElEMENT 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


31 


32 


33 


34 


35 


36 


37 


38 


39 


40 


41 


42 


43 


44 


45 


46 


47 


48 


49 


50 


51 


52 


53 


54 


55 


56 


57 


58 


59 


60 


61 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
RACK NUMBER 


415 




420 • 


« 416 • 




DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 

1— 


23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


A12B 


A1A 


A1B 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


A4A 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


ABA 


A6B 


A7A 


A7B 


A8A 


ABB 


A9A 


A9B 


A10A 


AIOB 


AHA 


All 8 


A12A 


A12B 


At A 


AIB 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


A4A 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


A6A 


A6B 


A7A 


RSUUll" 


418 












418 * 


POKE 


R DIVtOER 
MBLY NUMBER 


AI2D 


A12A 


A12B 


AHA 


A11B 


A10A 


A10B 


A9A 


A9B 


A9C 


- A9D 


A10C 


A10D 


At 1 C 


A11D 


A12C 


A12D 


AI3C 


AI3D 


A14C 


AMD 


A15C 


AI5I) 


A16C 


A16D 


AI6A 


AI6B 


A15A 


AI5B 


A14A 


AI4B 


AI3A 


A13B 


A13C 


AI3D 


AI4C 


AMD 


A15C 


BEAM 

NO. 


DIR 
COUPLER 


BEAM- 
FORMER 














































— r 

i 
































RACK 


NO. 


RACK 


NO. 












8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 




POWER 
BEAMFO 


1IVIDER 
<MER IN 


OUTPUT! PORTS 

»UT PORTS 

i 

i 




































25 


412 


52 


419 


ABB 


15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


1 


12 


14 


IG 














3 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


26 


412 


53 


419 


A7B 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


1 
/ 


4 


6 


8 


i n 
1 U 


1 2 


1 4 


1 6 


















8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


27 


4)2 


74 


419 


A6B 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


G 


8 


1 


12 


1 4 


16 














8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


Si 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


l 


1 


28 


412 


75 


419 


A5B 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


1 


12 


14 


1 6 


i 
i 














B 


B 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


j 


3 


2 


2 


i 


I 






la 


412 


76 


419 


A4B 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 




3 


1 


2 


4 


Q 


6 


10 


1 2 


1 4 


1 6 














8 


6 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 





L 


2 


| 


| 


in 


412 


77 


419 


A3B 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 





\ fl 
1 U 


1 2 


1 A 
1 4 


1 














B 


8 


7 


7 


G 


G 


5 


5 


4 


4 


J 


2 


L 


7 
L 


1 
1 


1 
1 


31 


412 


78 


419 


A28 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 














8 


8 


7 . 


7 


G 




5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


l 


1 


32 


412 


79 


419 


A1B 




15 


13 


! 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


G 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 














B 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


33 


412 


80 


419 


A1A 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 




5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


G 


6 


10 


12 


14 


IG 














8 


8 


7 


7 


t-y 


G 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


34 


412 


81 


419 


A2A 




15 


13 


■' 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 














B 


6 


7 


7 


6 


G 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


35 


412 


82 


419 


A3A 




15 


i :< 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 
















8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


36 


412 


83 


419 


A4A 




n 


13 


1 1 


9 


1 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


G 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 



3574 3C 



Table 6-6. Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band B, (V7) (Continued) 



6-37/6-38 



TM 32-5985-217 



-15 



ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUMBER 


48 


49 


50 


51 


52 


53 


54 


55 


56 


57 


58 


5& 


60 


81 


62 


63 


64 


65 


66 


67 


68 


69 


i 

ii 


71 


72 


73 


74 


75 


76 


77 


78 


79 


80 


81 


82 


83 


84 


B5 


hikctimiu coupler 




416 


* 420 ' ► 


« 421 - 


RACK NUMIER 










DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


IB 


19 


20 


21 


22, 


23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


AI2B 


A1A 


AIB 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


»3B 


A4A 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


A6A 


A6B 


A7A 


A7B 


ASA 


A8B 


A9A 


A9B 


At OA 


A10B 


AHA 


AI^B 


A12A 


A12B 


AIA 


AIB 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


A4A 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


A6A 


A68 


A7A 


RtfJUH" 






AIT 


« 419 - 


* 418 j ► 








POfE 

, . *SSE 


R DIVIDES 
<BLY NUMBER 


AI6D 


A16A 


A16B 


A15A 


AI58 


AI4A 


AI4B 


AI3A 


AI3B 


A13C 


At 3D 


AI4C 


AMD 


A15C 


AI5D 


A1BC 


AI6D 


A9A 


A9B 


At OA 


AIOB 


A1IA 


Al IB 


A12A 


A12B 


AI2C 


AI2D 


Al 1 C 


AI10 


A10C 


AIOD 


A9C 


A9D 


A9A 


A9B 


AIOA 


AIOB 


At 1 A 


BEAM 


OIR 
COUPLER 


BEAM- 
FORMER 














































[ 
































NO. 


RACK 


NO. 


RACK 


NO. 














































1 — 










































8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


1 
J 


J 


i 
i 


9 


i 
i 


1 




POIER 


DIVIDER 

Jill Uln 


OUTPUT 


PORTS 




































37 


412 


84 


418 


A4B 


15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


C 



a 




1 


1? 

■ L 


1 4 


1 6 




BEAMFt 


RMER IN 


»UT POR 


rs 
















































8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 










































JO 


412 


85 


418 


A3B 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


5 


g 


1 


12 


1 4 


1 6 






















































8 


8 


7 


7 


E 


E 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


] 


] 






































39 


412 


86 


418 


A2B 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


g 


g 


1 


1 L 




1 6 


















































B 


8 


7 


7 


6 


B 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 




2 




1 


































in 


412 


107 


418 


A1B 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


g 




1 


1 2 


| 4 


16 














































8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


E 


5 


5 


4 


4 




3 




2 


1 


1 






























41 


412 


108 


418 


A1A 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


B 


10 


12 


14 


16 










































B 


B 


7 


7 


6 


B 


5 


5 




4 




3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


























42 


412 


109 


418 


A2A 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 




4 




8 


10 


12 


14 


16 






































6 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 




5 




4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 






















43 


412 


110 


418 


A3A 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 




1 




4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 


































8 


8 


7 


7 




6 




5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


















44 


412 


111 


418 


A4A 




15 


13 


II 


9 




5 




1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 






























8 


8 




7 




6 


i 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 




2 


1 


1 














45 


412 


112 


417 


A48 




15 


13 


11 


9 




5 


31 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 


























8 


8 




7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 




3 


2 




1 


1 










46 


412 


113 


417 


A3A 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 1 , 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 




8 


10 


12 


14 


IB 






















B 


8 


7' 

i 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 




4 


3 




2 




1 


1 






47 


412 


114 


417 


A2B 




15 


13 


llj 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 




' 4 


6 




10 


12 


14 


16 


















8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 




5 


4 




3 




2 


2 


1 


1 


48 


412 


115 


417 


A1B 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 




1 


2 




S 




10 


12 


14 


16 



357430 



Table 6-6. Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band B, (V7) (Continued) 



6-39/6-40 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



! 



ANTE 
NlllR 


|NA ELEMENT 






24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


31 


32 


33 


34 


35. 


36 


37 


38 


39 


40 


41 


42 


43 


44 


45 


46 

^ 




47 


48 


49 


50 


51 


52 


53 


54 


55 


56 


57 


58 


59 


60 


61 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
RACK NUMBER 


415 








_ . _ 40(1 _ m 


4 . — _ 1 >tio 






















DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 




23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


B 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


RF AMPLIFIER 

iHtFMRlY MUMRFR 


A12B 


A1A 


A1B 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


A4A 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


A6A 


A6B 


A7A 


A7B 


ABA 


ABB 


A9A 


A 98 


A10A 


AIOB 


A1IA 


All 




A12A 


A12B 


AIA 


A1B 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3 B 


A4A 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


A6A 


A66 


A7A 






DER 
















a in — 


„ A\a » 


SWF 

RACK 


r mAUI 






^ 1 1 f — 




-riu 

1 — , , r 
















POME 
. ASSE 


R DIVIDER 

mi NltMRFR 


AI2B 


A13A 


A13B 


AI4B 


A14A 


A1SA 


A15B 


A16A 


A16B 


A16C 


A1ED 


A15C 


A15D 


A14C 


A14D 


A13C 


A13D 


A13A 


A138 


A14A 


AI4B 


A15A 


AI5 


I 


AI6A 


A16B 


A9C 


A9D 


AI0C 


A100 


A 1 1 C 


A1ID 


AI2C 


A12D 


AI2A 


A128 


AHA 


Al IB 


AIOA 


BEAM 


DIR 
COUPLER 


BEAM- 
FORMER 
















































































■in 


RACK 


NO. 


RACK 


NO. 


























































































8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


S 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 




POWER 


DIVIDER 


OUTPUT 


PORTS 






































i 


412 


8 


417 


A1A 


IS 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


6 


10 


12 


14 


16 




BEAMFI 


RMER IN 


PUT POR 


rs 


















































6 


8 


T 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 












































2 


412 


9 


417 


A2A 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


1 


12 


1 4 


16 
























































8 


B 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


b 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 








































3 


412 


10 


417 


ASA 




IS 


13 


11 


9 


7 


S 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


1 4 


1 6 




















































6 


B 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


i 


1 




































4 


412 


11 


417 


A4A 




IS 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


1 


1 2 


1 4 


16 
















































8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


j 


i 


i 


L 


1 
































5 


412 


12 


417 


ASA 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


b 


o 



i n 
1 u 


1 1 
1 L 


14 


1 R 
1 










































B 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


J 


J 


2 


L 


1 




























6 


412 


13 


417 


A6A 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


1 9 
1 i 


1 1 

1 4 


t c 






































8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


S 


5 


4 


4 


3 


J 




i 


1 

1 


| 






















7 


412 


14 


417 


A7A 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 


































8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


















8 


412 


15 


417 


ABA 




15 


13 


It 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


S 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 






























6 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


S 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 














9 


412 


16 


417 


ABB 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3i 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 


























B 


8 


7 


7 


— h- 

6! 

1 — 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 












to 


412 


17 


417 


A7B 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 j 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 






















B 


8 


7 

1 — 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 




1 


1 






11 


4-12 


IB 


417 


A8B 




15 


13 




9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 




















8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 




2 


2 


1 


1 


12 


412 


19 


417 


ASB 






13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 




10 


12 


14 


16 



35740A 



Table 6-7. Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band B, (V8) 



6-41/6-42 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUMBER 


48 


49 


50 


51 


52 


53 


54 


55 


56 


57 


56 


59 


60 


61 


62 


63 


64 


65 


66 


67 


68 


69 


70 ! 


71 


72 


73 


74 


75 


76 


77 


78 


79 


80 


81 


82 


83 


84 


85 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
RACK NUMBER 


„ , 420 ■ • ► 


• 421 ► 


. . . i 




DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY NUIBER 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


16 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


RF AMPLIFIER ' 
ASSFM8LY NUIBER 


A12B 


A1A 


A1B 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


A4A 


A4B 


ASA 


A58 


A6A 


A6B 


A7A 


A7B 


ASA 


ABB 


A9A 


A9B 


A10A 


A10B 


A11A 


A11E 




AI2A 


A12B 


AIA 


A1B 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


A4A 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


ASA 


A68 


A7A 


RACK 






« i 419 


418 - 




POME 
ASSi 


R OIVIDER 
IBLY NUMBER 


A16B 


ASC 


A9D 


A10C 


A10D 


A1 1C 


A1ID 


AI2C 


A12D 


A12A 


A12"B 


ADA 


All 8 


A10A 


A10B 


A9A 


A9B 


A9C 


A9D 


A10C 


AI00 


A11C 


A110 


A12C 


A12D 


A13C 


A13D 


AI4C 


AMD 


A15C 


A15D 


AI6C 


A16D 


A 1 6 A 


AI6B 


A15A 


A15B 


A14A 


BEAM 

NO. 


OIR 
COUPLER 


BEAM- 
FORMER 














































































RACK 


NO. 


RACK 


NO. 












8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


i 
j 


3 


/ 


t 
i 


< 
( 


i 
i 




row tK 
BEAMFt 


n i u i nco 
J 1 V 1 Lien 

3VCO IU 

iuln In 


nilTDIIT 

MIT DflD 
U 1 rUK 


DflDTC 

run 1 o 




































13 


412 


20 


418 


A5A 


15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


7 


4 


6 


8 


t n 
) U 


1 2 


1 4 


1 6 














8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


J 


•t 


L 


•t 
i 


i 

i 


i 


14 


412 


41 


418 


ABA 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 




B 


10 


12 


1 4 


1 6 














B 


8 


7 


7 


G 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 




1 


15 


412 


42 


418 


A7A 




IS 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


e 
□ 


3 


1 


1? 

1 L 


1 4 


1 6 














e 


8 


7 


7 


6 


B 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


| 


1 


1 C 

ID 


412 


43 


418 


A8A 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


g 


g 


1 


12 


| 4 


16 














a 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


17 


412 


44 


418 


A8B 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 














8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 




2 


1 


1 


18 


412 


45 


418 


A7B 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


g 




10 


1 2 


|4 


16 














8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


S 


5 


5 


4 


4 




3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


1 9 


412 


46 


418 


A6B 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 




8 


10 


\1 


14 


16 














8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 




4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


20 


412 


47 


418 


A5B 




15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 




4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 














8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 






5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


21 


412 


48 


419 


A5A 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 






1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 














8 


8 


7 


7 






6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


22 


412 


49 


419 


A6A 




15 


13 


II 


9 




5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 














8 


8 




7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


23 


412 


SO 


419 


A7A 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 














8 


8 


7 


7 


E 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


24 


412 


51 


419 


A8A 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


E 


8 


10 


12 


14 


IE 



357408 



Table 6-7. Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band B, (V8) (Continued) 



6-43/6-44 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUMBER 


72 


73 


74 


75 


76 




78 


79 


80 


81 


82 


83 


84 


85 


86 


B7 


88 


B9 


90 


91 


92 


93 

i 


94 




95 


96 


1 


2 


3 


4 


r 

5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


1 1 


12 


13 


ni«FrTinNii rniiPiFR 




























421 - 
























A I E 


RACK 


NUMBER 


























































DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


1 


Q 



a 
9 


1 


1 1 


1 Z 




14 


1 5 


16 


1 7 


18 


- 

19 


20 


21 


Li 




23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


I 

4 ! 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


A12B 


AIA 


A1B 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


A4A 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


A6A 


A6B 


A7A 


--- 
A7B 


A8A 


A8B 


t 

A9A : 

r - i 


A9B 


A10A 


AIOB 


ADA 


All 


1 


A12A 


AI2B 


AIA 


AIB 


A 2 A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


A4A 


A 4 B 


A 5 A 


A5B 


A 6 A 


ABB 


A7A 


POWER OIVI 
RACK NUMBI 


r 




















































418 — — . » 
























-419 — 




























AI5C 

1 










POKER OIVIDER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


A120 


A13C 


A13D 


A14C 


AMD 


A15C 


A15D 


AI6C 


A16D 


AI6A 


A16B 


AI5A 


AI5B 


AI4A 


A14B 


A13A 


A13B 


A13C ! 

1 | 


A13D 


A14C 




AMD 

■ 


A15 


1 


A16C 


AI6D 


A9A 


A9B 


AIOA 


tioe 


A11A 


A 1 1 B 


A 1 2 A 


A 1 2 B 


AI2C 


AI2D 


A 1 1 C 


AIIO 


AI0C 


8EAM 


DIR 
COUPLER 


BEAM- 
FORMER 
















































































NO 


RACK 


NO 


RACK 


NO. 


























































































8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


C 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 




POWER 'DIVIDER 


OUTPUT 


PORTS 






































25 


412 


52 


419 


ABB 


15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


C 


B 


10 


12 


14 


ir, 




beamf()rmer i Mput por 


fS 


















































8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


) 


2 


1 


1 

1 1 












































26 


412 


53 


419 


A7B 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 1 14 


16 




1 




















































8 


6 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 




1 

1 


1 








































27 


412 


74 


419 


A6B 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


3 


n 


— -1 


14 


1G 




















































8 


8 


1 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 

1 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


• 1 

2 


! 

1 : 1 




































28 


412 


75 


419 


A58 




15 


13 


11 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


C 


8 


10 


12 


14 

i 1 


16 
















































8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 




5 


4 


< 


3 




' 1 


2 





! 






























29 


412 


76 


419 


A4B 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


1 1 

4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 

1 


18 










































e 


6 


7 


7 


6 





5 


5 


4 


4 


3 

f 1 


3 

! 


2 


2 


l 


1 


























30 


J 1 9 
4 1 1 


/ / 


419 


A3B 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


c 
J 


3 




2 


4 


6 


8 


I 

10 


12 


14 


>6 






































8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 




3 


2 


2 


1 


1 






















31 


412 


7B 


419 


A2B 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


\~r 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 


































8 


8 ! J 




6 


6 


5 




D 


< 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


i 


1 


















32 


412 


79 


419 


A1B 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 




i 

i 2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 






























8 


8 


7 


7 


5 


-tit 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 














33 


412 


80 


419 


AIA 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


i 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


IE 


























8 


8 


7 


7 


1 — i — 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 










34 


412 


81 


419 


A2A 




15 


13 


' 1 


9 


i 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


ID 


12 


14 


16 






















8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 




2 


2 


1 


1 






35 


412 


82 


419 


A3A 




15 


13 


III 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


1 4 


16 














! 




8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


36 


412 


63 

i 


419 


A4A 


_ y 

! I 




13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 



35740C 



Table 6-7. Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band B, (V8) (Continued) 



6-45/6-46 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



ANTENNA ELEMENT 

NUMBER , 


96 


1 


2 


3 


4 


4 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


IB 


19 


20 


21 1 


22 




23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


■29 


30 


31 


32 


33 


34 


35 | 


36 


37 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLED 
RACK NUMBER 


421 


„ _ . 4 |5 












416 — 














DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 




1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


II 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 




23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 

1 


13 


Rf AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


A12B 


AIA 


AIB 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A38 


A4A 


A4B 


A5A 


ASB 


A6A 


A6B 


A7A 


A7B 


A8A 


ABB 


A9A 


A9B 


AIOA 


AIOB 


AHA 


All 




AI2A 
• 417 - 


A12B 


AIA 


AIB 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


A A A 
A4A 


tip 


A 5A 


A JD 


A6A 


AC D 
ADD 


A7 A 


POWER DIVIDER 
i cecum v uiiyRFfl 


A160 


A9A 


A9B 


AIOA 


-418 - 
A10B 


aha 


AI1B 


A12A 


A12B 


A12C 


AI2D 


AIIC 1 


A11D 


A10C 


AIOD 


A9C 


A90 


A9A 


A9B 


AIOA 


A10B 


A11A 


All 


) 


A12A 


A12B 


AI3A 


AI3B 


AI4A 


A14B 


Al 5A 


Al 5B 


A 1 6 A 


A16B 


A 1 6 C 


A16D 


A 1 5C 


Al 50 


A I 4L 


SJUU 

BEAM 


OIR 
COUPLER 


BEAM- 
FORMER 
















































































NO. 


RACK 


NO 


RACK 


NO 


























































































8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 

1 , 


2 


— : — 


1 


I 




POWER 


DIVIDER 


OUTPUT 


PORTS 






































J / 


412 


84 


418 


A46 


15 


13 


II 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 




1 i 


, r 




BEAMFO 


RMER IN 


>UT POR 


S 


















































6 


6 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 

1 


3 


3 






l 


1 












































JO 


412 


85 


418 


A3 B 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


7 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


1 4 


16 
























































8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


? 1 1 








































J 3 


412 


86 


418 


A2B 




. 15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


G 


8 


10 


12 


1 4 


IG 












































! 

1 








8 


8 


7 


7 


G 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 




































40 


412 


107 


418 


AIB 




15 


13 


II 


9 


1 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 

















































B 


8 


1 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


j 


2 


1 


1 






























41 


412 


108 


416 


AIA 




15 


. 13 


1-1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 










































e 


B 


7 


7 


6 


G 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


























42 


412 


109 


418 


A2A 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


; 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 




8 


10 


12 


14 


16 






































6 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 






















43 


412 


110 


418 


A3A 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


a 


10 


12 


14 


16 


































8 


8 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


















44 


412 




418 


A4A 




15 


13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 




1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 






























8 


8 


7 


7 




6 


3 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 




1 










45 


412 


112 


417 


A4B 




15 


13 


II 


9 




5 


j 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 


























8 


8 




7 


a 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


I 




1 






46 


412 


113 


417 


A3B 




15 


13 


II 


9 




] 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


6 


1 


12 


14 


16 






















a 


8 






7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 






47 


412 


114 


417 


A2B 




15 


13 


i 




9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 






















B 


7 


7 


6 


6 


5 


5 


4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


I 


48 


412 


115 


417 


AIB 




i 




13 


1 1 


9 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


10 


12 


14 


16 



35740D 



Table 6-7. Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band B, (V8) (Continued) 

6-47/6-48 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUMBFR 


37 


38 


39 


40 


41 


42 


43 


44 


45 


46 


47 


48 


1 


2 




3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


a 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


DIRECT lANAL COUPLER 








403 - 


RACK NUMRER 






401 - 






DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


IB 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


1 


2 




3 


4 


5 


S 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


IB 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMRLY NUMBER 


A7A 


A7B 


ABA 


ABB 


A9A 


A98 


AIOA 


A10B 


A1 1 A 


A1IB 


A12A 


A12B 


A) A 


A1B 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


A4A 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


A6A 


A6B 


A7A 


A7B 


A8A 


ABB 


A9A 


A9B 


POWER DIVIDER 
RACK NUMBER 




«, . 402— — ■ • 


POVE 

*S5E 


\ DIVIDER 
(BLY NUMBER 


A7F 


A7E 


A7D 


A8F 


ABE 


ABD 


A9F 


A9E 


A9D 


A10F 


A10E 


A10D 


A11F 


A11E 


AI10 


AI2F 


A12E 


A12D 


AI3F 


A13E 


A13D 


A14F 


A14E 


AMD 


AI4C 


AI4B 


A14A 


AI3C 


AI3B 


A13A 


BEAM 
NO. 


DIR 
COUPLER 


BEAN- 
FORMER 
































































RACK 


no; 


RACK 


NO 






























— 1 












































4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


t 


1 




POWER 


JIVIDER 


OUTPUT 


PORTS 






































I 


412 


1 


402 


AID 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


B 




BEAMFO 


IMER IN 


hit n n n 1 

UT POR 


S 


















































4 


4 


' 3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 












































2 


412 


2 


402 


A1C 




7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


G 


8 
























































4 


4 


3 


3 




2 


1 


1 








































3 


412 


3 


402 


A2D 




7 


5 


3 


1 




4 


6 


8 




















































4 


4 




3 


2 


2 


1 


1 




































4 


412 


4 


402 


A2C 




7 


5 




1 


2 


4 


6 


8 


















































4 


3 


3 




2 


1 


1 






























u 


412 


5 


402 


A3D 






5 


3 


1 




4 


6 


8 






























' i 












4 


4 




3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


























e 
D 


412 


6 


402 


A3C 




7 


b 




1 


2 


4 


6 


8 








































4 


3 


3 


2 


2 




1 






















7 


412 


7 


402 


A4D 






5 


3 


1 


2 


4 




8 


































4 


4 


3 


3 




2 


1 


1 


















B 


412 


34 


402 


A4C 




7 


5 


3 


1 




4 


6 


B 






























4 


4 




3 


2 


2 


1 


1 














9 


412 


35 


402 


A5D 




7 


5 




1 


2 


4 


6 


8 




























4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 










10 


412 


36 


402 


A5C 






5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


B 






















4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 






! 11 


412 


37 


402 


A6D 




7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


8 


6 




















4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


12 


412 


3B 


402 


ABC 






7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 



35744A 



Table 6-8. Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band C, (V7) 

6-49/6-50 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUHSFR '• 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


2 \ 


28 


29 


30 


31 


32 


33 


34 


35 


36 


37 


3B 


39 


40 


41 


42 


OIRECtl«NAL COUPUH 






4 — . 1 401 — » 


RACK 


NUN RE R 






<• 403 »■ 




DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


IB 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


E 


7 


a 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMRI Y NUMBER 


A7A 


A7B 


ASA 


A8B 


A9A 


A9B 


A10A 


A10B 


AHA 


Al 1 B 


A12A 


A126 


AIA 


AIB 


A2jA 

1 


A2B 


A3 A 


A3B 


A4A 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


ABA 


ABB 


A7A 


A7B 


ABA 


A8B 


A9A 


A9B 


POWER OIVIOER 








. JtACK NUMBER . 










POWER OIVIOER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


AI4C 


A14B 


AI4A 


AI3C 


Al 38 


A13A 


AI2C 


A12B 


AI2A 


A11C 


Al I B 


AHA 


AI0C 


AI06 


Al C 


A 


A9C 


A9B 


A9A 


ABC 


ABB 


ABA 


A7C 


A7B 


A7A 


A7F 


A7E 


A7D 


A8F 


ABE 


A8C 


SEAN 

NO 


DIR 
COUPLER 


BEAK- 
FORMER 
































































RACK 


NO 


RACK 


NO 










































































4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 




POWER 


DIVIDES 


OUTPUT 

MVP" V * 


PORTS 






































1 1 
i j 


412 


39 


402 


AG B 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


E 


8 




BEAMFI 


RMER Ih 


PUT POR 


TS 


















































4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 












































i ^ 


412 


40 


402 


A6A 




7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


G 


8 
























































4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 








































1 R 
1 3 


412 


67 


402 


A5B 




7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


B 


8 




















































4 


4 


3 


3 




2 


1 


1 




































16 


412 


6B 


402 


ASA 




7 


5 


3 


1 




4 


6 


B 
















































4 


4 




3 


2 




1 


1 






























17 


412 


69 


402 


A4B 




7 


5 




1 


2 




6 


8 












































4 


3 




2 


2 


1 


1 


























18 


412 


70 


402 


A4A 






5 


3 




2 


4 




8 






































4 




3 


3 




2 




1 






















19 


412 


71 


402 


A3B 




7 




3 


1 




4 




8 


































4 


4 




3 




2 


1 


1 


















20 


412 


72 


402 


A3A 




7 


5 




1 




4 


6 


8 
































4 




3 




2 


1 


1 














21 


412 


73 


402 


A2B 






5 




1 




4 


6 


8 




























4 




3 




2 


1 


1 










22 


412 


100 


402 


A2A 






5 




1 




4 


B 


8 
























4 




3 


2 


2 


1 


1 






23 


412 


101 


402 


A1B 






5 




1 


2 


4 


6 


B 




















4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


24 


412 


102 


402 


AIA 


.... 




5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


B 



3574 4 5 



Table 6-8. Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band C, (V7) (Continued) 

6-51/6-52 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUMRFR 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


2 




2B 


29 


30 


31 


32 


33 


34 


35 


36 


37 


38 


39 


40 


41 


42 


OIRECTtlONAL COUHLtH 








401 » 


RACK MUMRER 






— . 403 ► 






OIRECTj] ONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


IB 


19 


20 


.21 


22 


23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


a 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


A7A 


A7B 


ABA 


ABB 


A9A 


A9B 


A10A 


AIOB 


AHA 


A 1 1 B 


AI2A 


A12B 


AIA 


Al B 


AJA 


A28 


A3 A 


A3B 


A4A 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


A6A 


A6B 


A7A 


A7B 


ABA 


ABB 


A9A 


A9B 


POWER DIVIDER 
RACK NUMBER 




: j 402 » 


POWER DIVIDER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


A7F 


A7E 


A70 


A8F 


A8E 


A8D 


A9F- 


A9E 


A9D 


Al OF 


A10E 


A10D 


A11F 


A11E 


AMD 


A12F 


A12E 


A120 


A13F 


AI3E 


A 1 3D 


A14F 


AI4E 


AI4D 


A14C 


AI4B 


AI4A 


AI3C 


AI3B 


A13A 


BEAM 
NO 


OIR 
COUPLER 


BEAM- 
FORMER 
































































RACK 


NO 


RACK 


NO 










































































4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 




POWER 


I1VI0ER 


OUTPUT 


PORTS 






































| 


412 


1 


402 


AID 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


B 




BEAMFO 


tMER INI 


UT POR' 


S 


















































4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 












































2 


412 


2 


402 


A1C 




7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 
























































4 


4 


3 


' 3 


2 


2 


1 


1 








































3 


412 


3 


402 


AZD 




7 


5 


3 


1 


1 


4 


G 


B 




















































4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 




































4 


412 


4 


402 


A2C 




7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 
















































4 


4 


3 


3 




2 


1 


1 






























5 


412 


5 


402 


A3D 




7 


5 


3 


1 




4 


6 


B 










































4 


4 




3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


























G 


412 


6 


inn 

4UZ 






7 


5 




1 


2 


4 


6 


B 








































4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 






















7 


412 


7 


402 


A4D 






5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


E 


8 


































4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


















8 


412 


34 


402 


A4C 




7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 
































4 


4 


3 


3 




2 


1 


1 














9 


412 


35 


402 


A5D 






7 


5 


3 


1 




4 


6 


B 


























4 


4 




3 




2 


1 


1 










10 


412 


36 


402 


A5C 




7 


5 




1 




4 


6 


B 
























4 




3 


2 


2 


1 


1 






11 


412 


37 


402 


A6D 






5 




1 


2 


i 


6 


B 




















4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


12 


412 


38 


402 


A6C 






5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


B 



3574 1 A 



Table 6-9. Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band C, (V8) 



6-53/6-54 



TM 32-5985 



-217-15 



ANTENNU t LEMEMT 
OIREcftONAL COUPLER 


37 


3B 


38 


40 


41 


42 


43 


44 


45 


46 


47 


48 


1 


2 


1 


4 


5 


6 


7 


e 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


y 

■<* 


18 


RACK NUMBER 


1 401 * 


403 














DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


1 


2 


1 

— 1 


4 


5 


6 


7 


B 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


A7A 


A7B 


ABA 


A8B 


A9A 


A9B 


A10A 


A10B 


A11A 


AI1B 


A12A 


A12B 


A1A 


A1B 


a|a 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


A4A 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


A6A 


A6B 


A7A 


A7B 


A8A 


A8B 


A9A 


A9B 


POWER DIVIOER 
RACK NUMBER 


4 f-402 














POWER DIVIDER 
l^VFUni V MUM RF R 


A14C 


A14B 


AHA 


A13C 


A13B 


A13A 


A lib 


A17R 


A15A 


A1 1C 


A11B 


AHA 


A1 OC 


AIOB 


A j OA 


A9C 


A9B 


A9A 


A8C 


A8B 


ASA 


A7C 


A7B 


A7A 


A7F 


A7E 


A70 


ABF 


ABE 


A8D 


BEAM 

un 


OIR 
COUPLER 


BEAM- 
FORMER 






























































NU 


n r \> i\ 


NO 


RACK 


NO. 












4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 




POWER 
BEAMFO 


HVIOER 
IMER IN! 


OUTPUT 
UT POR' 


PORTS 

S 




j 
































13 


41 2 


39 


402 


A6B 


7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 














4 


4 


3 


3 




2 


1 


1 


14 


412 


40 


402 


A6A 




7 


5 


3 


1 




4 


G 


a 
















4 


4 




3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


15 


412 


67 


402 


A5B 




7 


5 




1 


2 


4 


G 


B 
















4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


16 


412 


6B 


402 


A5A 






5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 














4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


17 


412 


69 


402 


A4B 




7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 


8 














4 


4 


2 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


IB 


412 


70 


402 


A4A 




7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


S 


8 














4 


4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


1 Q 


412 


71 


402 


A3B 




7 


5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


6 . 


B 














4 


4 


3 


3 




2 


1 


1 


20 


412 


72 


402 


A3A 




7 


5 


3 


1 




4 


S 


8 














4 


4 




3 


2 


2 


1 


1 




21 


412 


73 


402 


A2B 




7 


5 




1 


2 


4 


G 


8 


















4 


3 


3 




2 


1 


1 




22 


412 


100 


402 


A2A 






5 


3 


1 




- 4 


G 


B 


















4 


4 




3 


2 


2 


1 


1 




23 


412 


101 


402 


A1B 




7 


5 




1 


2 


4 


B 


8 


















4 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


24 


412 


102 


402 


A1A 






5 


3 


1 


2 


4 


G 


8 



35741 B 



Table 6-9. Monitor Beam Formation Chart, Band C, (V8) (Continued) 

6-55/6-56 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

I 
i 

BAND A 



ANTENNA ELEKHT 
N4JHER 




2 


i 


4 


5 


B 


7 


B 


B 


IB 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


IB 


17 


IB 


IB ■ 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


. 21 


27 


21 


29 


30 




32 


33 


34 


35 


36 


37 


31 


3B 


40 


41 


42 


43 


44 


45 


46 


47 


4B 


ANTENNA ELEIENT 
NUIIEI 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLED 
I RACK NUNIER 


- Ann 


• — 404 ■ 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
RACK NUNBER 












i DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
! ASSEIBLT (OC) NUIKR 


1 


2 


i 


4 


S 


B 


7 


R 


1 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


It 


17 


II 


IS 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


S 


S 


7 


a 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


1 4 


IS 


16 


17 


IS 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEIBLT (DC) NUNBER 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEHDLT NWRER 


Al 
A 


Al 
B 


A3 
A 


A2 
B 


A3 
A 


A3 

a 


A4 
A 


A4 
B 


AS 
A 


AS 
B 


A8 
A 


AS 
B 


A7 
A 


AT 
B 


AB 

A 


AB 
B 


AS 
A 


AB 
1 


AIB 
A 


AIO 
B 


All 

. A 


All 
B 


AI2 
A 


AI2 
B 


Al 
A 


Al 
B 


A2 
A 


A2 
B 


A3 
A 


A3 
8 


A4 
A 


A4 
B 


AS 
A 


AS 
B 


AB 
A 


A6 
B 


A7 
A 


»7 
B 


AS 
A 


•1 
B 


AB 
A 


AS 
B 


AIO 
A 


AIO 
B 


All 
A 


Al 1 
B 


AI2 
A 


AI2 
B 


RF ARPLIFIER 
ASSERBLT NUIBEI 


H I CM LEVEL DIVIDER 
INPUT RACK 410 


Al 
J5 
A 


Al 


Al 


Al 


A2 


A2 


A2 


A2 


A4 


A4 


A4 


A4 


AS 


AS 


AS 


AS 


AS 


AB 


AS 


A9 


AID 


AIO 


AID 


AID 


A12 


A12 


AI2 


AI2 


AI3 


AI3 


All - 


AI3 


A14 


AI4 


AI4 


AM 


AIS 


AI5 


Al 5 


AI5 


AI7 


AI7 


AI7 


Al 7 


AIB 


All 


All 


All 

JS 
D 


HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 
INPUT RACK 410 


1 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 








A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 


HICK LEVEL DIVIDER 
OUTPUT 


Al 
17 
A 


Al 


Al 


At 


A2 


A2 


A2 


A2 


A4 


A4 


A4 


A4 


A5 


AS 


A5 


AS 


A9 


All 


AS 


AS 


AID 


AIO 


Aid 


AIO 


* 12 


AI2 


AI2 


AI2 


AI3 


AI3 


TiS- 


AI3 


AM 


AI4 


AI4 


AI4 


Al5 


115 


AI5 


115 


AIT 


117 


Al 7 


117 


111 


111 


AIB 


AIB 
< 2 


HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 
OUTPUT 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 





A 


I 


C 





A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


a 


c 





A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


6 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


1 


C 


SECTOR BEAIFOMER 
PATCH PANEL RACK 410 


A7 

Jl 






























































































A7 
J41 


SECTOR IEANFORNER 
PATCH PANEL RACK 410 


i: 


J3 


J4 


JS 


JB 


J7 


Jl 


JB 


J 10 


JI1 


JI2 


J 13 


JI4 


J IS 


JI6 


JI7 


JIB 


J 19 


J2D 


J2I 


J 22 


J23 


124 


J25 


12$ 


J27 


J 21 


J29 


J30 


J 31 


J32 


J 33 


J 34 


J3S 


J3S 


J37 


J 30 


J 39 


J 40 


141 


J42 


J 43 


J44 


J45 


J 4$ 


147 








































































































THREE SECTOR BE MS, EACH USIHC 4 SIGNALS. RAT BV PATCHED TO THE SECTOR BEAIFOMER <4I0AS). REAIS CHOSEN ARE USER— ETER* IHEO REFER TO FIGURE 5-5 AND TABLE 5-2 





OUTPUTS FROi EACH BEABFDRRER ARE J5A. J5B AND ISC 
THESE OUTPUTS ARE CONNECTED TO DIRECTIONAL COUPLERS 
4IJDCI2»JI , 4110CI30JI AND 4I20CI3IJI RESP 
(BAND A SECTOR BEANS I. 2 ANO 3 RESPECTIVELT) 



BAND C 



ANTENNA ELEIENT 
NUIKR 


1 


2 


3 


4 


S 


B 


7 


B 


S 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


IB 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


31 


32 


33 


34 


35 


36 


37 


3B 


39 


40 


41 


42 


43 


44 


45 


4B 


47 


48 


ANTENNA ELEIENT 
NUIBER 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 


« 403 » 


•- 401 •> 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 


RACK NUIBER 






RACK NUNBER 




Jl 
1 

n 






























































































Jl 
24 
12 




DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEIBLT (DC) NUNBER 


2 


3 


4 


S 


B 


7 


8 


B 


IB 


11 


12 


13 


14 


IS 


IB 


17 


IB 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 




12 


13 


14 


IS 


IE 


17 


IB 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEIBLT (DC) NUNBER 






























































































RF UBPL If IE*) 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


Al A 


AIB 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


AAA 


A4B 


ASA 


A5B 


ABA 


ABB 


A7A 


A7B 


ABA 


ABB 


ABA 


ASB 


A10A 


AIOB 


AHA 


A 1 IB 


AI2A 


AI2B 


AIA 


AIB 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


A4IA 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


I6A 


ABB 


ATA 


A7B 


ABA 


ABB 


ASA 


A9B 


AlOA 


AIOB 


AHA 


Al 1 B 


AI2A 


A12B 


RF ARPLIFIER 
ASSEIBLT NUIBER 


HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 


Al 
JS 
A 


Al 


Al 


Al 


A2 


A2 


A2 


A2 


A4 


A4 


A4 


A4 


AS 


A5 


AS 


A5 


A9 


AS 


A9 


AS 


AIO 


AIO 


AIO 


AIB 


AI2 


AI2 


AI2 


AI2 


AI3 


AI3 


A13 


A13 


AM 


AM 


AM 


AI4 


AIS 


A15 


AIS 


»I5 


AI7 


AIT 


AI7 


A17 


All 


AIB 


AIB 


AIB 

J5 



HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 


INPUT RACK AOS 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 


B 


A 


B 


C 


D 


A 




C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


INPUT RACK 4BS 


HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 
OUTPUT 


J2 
A 


























r 




































































J2 



HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 
. OUTPUT 


1 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


c 


D 


A 


B 


c 





A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


D 


A 




C 


D 


A 


B 


c 


D 


A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 




A7 
CI 






























































































»7 
C4| 




SECTOR BEAIFOMER 
PATCH PANEL RACK AOS 


C2 


C3 


C4 


CS 


CB 


C7 


CS 


eg 


C10 


CI 1 


C12 


CI 3 


CM 


CIS 


CIS 


C17 


C1B 


CI9 


C20 


C21 


C22 


C23 


C24 


C2S 


C2B 


C27 


C2B 


C29 


C30 


C3I 


C32 


C33 


C34 


C35 


C36 


C37 


C38 


C39 


C40 


C4I 


C42 


C43 


C44 


CAS 


CAE 


C47 


SECTOR BEAIFOMER 
PATCH PANEL RACK 401 




THREE SECTOR BEAIS, 


EACH USING 2 SIGNALS. BAY BE PATCHED TO THE SECTOR BEANFORJIER (4D9AI). 


BEAIS CHOSEN ARE USER-OETERHNEO 


REFER TO Fit 


AIRE $-7 ANO 


TABLE 


5-7 













































35735 



OUTPUTS FROM EACH BEAR FORMER ARE J3A. J3B. AND J3C. 
THESE OUTPUTS ARE CONNECTED TO DIRECTIONAL COUPLERS 
412DCID3JI. 4I20CID4JI. ANO 4I2DCI0SJ1 RESPECTIVELT. 
(BAND C SECTOR BEAIS I. 2. AND 3 RESPECTIVELY). 



Table 6-10. Sector Beam Formation Charts, Bands A and C, (V7 and V8) 



6-57/6-58 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



ANTENNA ELEMENT ! 
NUMBER 




2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


S 


10 


II 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


16 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


31 


32 


33 


34 


35 


36 


37 


3B 


39 


40 


41 


42 


43 


44 


45 


46 


47 


4B 


ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUMBER 


OIRECTIONAl COUPLER 
RACK NUMBER 




























: -. 4ik „ *■ 


OIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
RACK NUMBER 


m — — lis — — 




i ^ ■ ~ 
















OIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY (OC) NUMBER 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


B 


9 


io 


II 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


IB 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


II 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


iq 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY (OV) NUMBER 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


AIA 


Al B 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


A4A 


A4B 


ASA 


A5B 


A6A 


ASB 


A7A 


A7B 


ABA 


ASB 


A9A 


A9B 


AIOA 


Al OB 


AHA 


Al IB 


AI2A 


AI2B 


AIA 


A1B 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


A4A 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


AEA 


A6B 


A7A 


A7B 


ABA 


ABB 


A9A 


A1B 


AIO* 


AIOB 


All* 


AI1B 


A 1 2* 


AI2B 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 
RACK NUMBER 














* 1 1 




HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 
RACK NUMBER 


^ - . . ■ — -■ -r c £ 












HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 
INPUT 


Al 
J5 
A 


Al 


Al 


Al 


AJ 




A2 


A2 


A4 


A4 


A4 


A4 


AS 


AS 


AS 


A5 


A9 


AB 


A9 


A9 


AIO 


AIO 


AIO 


AIO 


AI2 


AI2 


AI2 


A12 


AI3 


»13 


AI3 


AI3 


AI4 


AI4 


AI4 


AI4 


A15 


AI5 


AI5 


AI5 


A'? 


AI7 


A17 


AI7 


AI8 


AI6 


Aie 


AI8 

J5 
D 


HIGH LEVEL 01 VI OER 
INPUT 


B 


f 


P 


A 


B 


c 





A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


6 


C 


D 


A 


B 


c 


D 


A 


B 


c 


3 


A 


B 


c 





A 


B 


c 


HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 
OUTPUT 


J2 
A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


c 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


6 


C 





A 


B 


C 

-t 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 





k 


B 


c 


J2 



HI GH LEVEL IVI DER 

output 


SECTOR BEAMFORMER 
PATCH PANEL 
RACK 422 


A7 

II 


J2 


J3 


J4 


15 


JS 


J7 


IB 


19 


J 1 


III 


112 


JI3 


JI4 


JI5 


JIE 


JI7 


JIB 


JI9 


J20 


J21 


J22 


J23 


J 24 


J25 


I2G 


J27 


J2B 


J 29 


J30 


J3I 

■J 


J32 


J33 


J34 


J35 


J36 


J37 


J38 


J39 


J40 


J4I 


J42 


J43 


J44 


J 45 


J46 


J47 


A7 
J 48 


SECTOR 9EANF0RMER 
PATCH PANEL 
RACK 422 


SECTOR BEAMFORMER 
PATCH PANEL FRONT 
PANEL NOMENCLATURE 


Bl 


B2 


B3 


B4 


B5 


16 


B7 


BB 


89 


BID 


Bll 


BI2 


BI3 


BI4 


SI 5 


BI6 


817 


BIB 


Bl 9 


B20 


B2I 


B22 


B23 


B24 


B25 


B2G 


B27 


B28 


B29 


B30 


! B3I 


B32 


B33 


B34 


B35 


836 


837 


B3S 


B39 


B40 


B4I 


B42 


B43 


844 


B45 


B46 


B47 


MB 


SECTOR BEAMFORMER 
PATCH PANEL FRONT 
PANEL NOMENCLATURE 






THREE 


SECTOR 


BEAMS 


EACH 


USING 


3 SIGNALS. MAT BE PATCHED TO THE SECTOR BEAMFORMER ( 422AB ). BEANS CHOSEN ARE USER-OE TEFmi HED REFER TO 


FIGURE 5-6 AND TABLES 5-4 AND 5-5. 





OUTPUTS FROM EACH BEAMFORMER ARE J4A. 740. AND J4C 
THESE OUTPUTS ARE CONNECTED TO DIRECTIONAL COUPLERS 
4I2DCII6JI. 4I20CII7JI AND 41 20CI 1BJI RESPECTIVELY 
( DAND 8 SECTOR BEANS I 2 AND 3 RESPECTIVELY) 



ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUMBER 


49 


50 


51 


52 


53 


54 


55 


56 


57 


5B 


59 


60 


61 


62 


63 


64 


65 


66 


67 


68 


61 


70 


71 


72 


73 


74 


75 


76 


77 


78 


79 


80 


Bl 


62 


B3 


84 


85 


86 


87 


88 


89 


90 


91 


02 


93 


94 


95 


96 


ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUMBER 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
RACK NUMBER 


















OIRECTIONAL COUPLER 


« 4ZU 
























RACK NUNBER 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY (DC) NUMBER 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


1 1 


12 


13 


14 


15 


IS 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


e 


9 


10 


1 1 


12 


13^ 


14 


15 


16 


17 


IB 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY (DC) NUNBER 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


AIA 


A1B 


A2A 


A2B 


ASA 


A38 


A4A 


A4B 


ASA 


A5B 


A6A 


A6B 


ATA 


A7B 


ABA 


ABB 


19 A 


A9B 


AIOA 


AIOB 


AHA 


AIIFJ 


AI2A 


AI2B 


AIA 


AIB 


A2A 


A2B 


ASA 


ASB 


AAA 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


AC A 


AG 8 


A7A 


A7B 


ABA 


AIB 


A9A 


A9B 


AIOA 


AIOB 


ADA 


AI1B 


A12A 


AI2B 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER 


HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 
RACK HUMMER 






















HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 
RACK NUMBER 


1 


















HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 


Al 
J5 
A 


Al 


Al 


Al 


A2 


A2 


A2 


A2 


At 


A4 


A4 


A4 


A5 


AS 


AS 


AS 


A9 


A9 


A9 


A9 


AIO 


AIO 


AIO 


AIO 


A12 


AI2 


AI2 


A12 


Al 3 


AI3 


| AI3 


AI3 


AI4 


AI4 


AI4 


AI4 


A15 


At 5 


AI5 


415 


AI7 


AI7 


AI7 


A17 


A18 


AIB 


AIB 


All 

JS 



HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 
INPUT 


INPUT 


e 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


c 





A 


B 


: c 


D 


A 


B 


c 


P. 


A 


B 


C 





A 


6 


C 





A 


8 


C 


HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 
OUTPUT 


J2 
A 






























































































J> 



HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 


M 


C 





A 


8 


C 





A 


S 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


8 


C 


D 


A 


B 


c 





A 


B 


c 





A 


B 


: c 


D 


A 


B 


c 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 


OUTPUT 


SECTOR BEAMFORMER 
PATCH PANEL (MEM) 
RACK 423 


A7 

Jl 






























































































A7 
J 41 


Sector beamformer 
patch panel (rear) 

RACK 423 


J2 


)3 


J4 


J5 


16 


J7 


JB 


J9 


J 10 


J 1 1 


JI2 


JI3 


JI4 


J 1 5 


J16 


JI7 


JIB 


JIB 


J20 


J2I 


J 22 


J 23 


J 24 


J25 


J 26 


J 27 


J 20 


J29 


JSO 


J 3 1 


J 32 


J 33 


J34 


J35 


136 


J37 


J38 


J3B 


J 40 


J4I 


J 42 


J43 


144 


J 45 


J 46 


J47 


SECTOR BEAMFORMER 
PATCH PANEL 

fMHT mm maa 


149 


ISO 


BSI 


DS2 


153 


154 


B55 


B5B 


B57 


B5B 


BS9 


B6B 


B61 


BG2 


B63 


BG4 


BBS 


BG6 


B67 


D6B 


069 


B70 


871 


87 2 


B73 


B74 


875 


B76 


B77 


B7B 


B79 


BBO 


BBI 


BB2 


Bin 


BB4 


B8S 


B86 


B87 


BBS 


B89 


B90 


B9I 


B92 


893 


194 


B95 


BOB 


SECTOR BEAMFORMER 
PATCH PANEL 
FRONT PANEL NOMEN 



35736 

Table 6-11. Sector Beam Formation Chart, Band B, (V7 and V8) 



6-59/6-60 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



BAND A 



ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUMBER 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


C 


7 


S 


9 


10 


II 


12 


13 


14 


IS 


IB 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


20 


27 


28 


29 


30 


31 


32 


33 


34 


35 


36 


37 


3B 


39 


40 


41 


42 


43 


44 


45 


46 


47 


4! 


ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUMBER 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
RACK NUIHtn 
































- — AAA : » 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
RACK NUMBER 


« ■ ■ ■»»_! O 
















DIRECTIONAL COURIER 
ASSEMBLY (OC) NUMBER 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


E 


7 


B 


9 


10 


II 


12 


13 


14 


15 


IB 


IT 


IB 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


It 


12 


13 


14 


IS 


16 


17 


IB 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY (DC) NUMBER 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER M 


Al 
A 


Al 
B 


A2 
A 


A2 
B 


A3 
A 


A3 
8 


A4 
A 


A4 
B 


A5 
A 


AS 
B 


A6 
A 


AG 
8 


AT 
A 


AT 
B 


At 
A 


A8 
B 


A9 
A 


A9 
8 


AI0 
A 


AID 
B 


All 
A 


All 
B 


AI2 
A 


AI2 
8 


Al 
A 


Al 
B 


A2 
A 


A2 
8 


A3 
A 


A3 
B 


A4 
A 


A4 
B 


A5 
A 


AS 
B 


A6 
A 


A6 
B 


A7 

A 


47 
B 


AS 
A 


AB 
B 


A9 
A 


A9 
B 


AlO 
A 


AlO 
8 


All 
A 


Al 1 
B 


AI2 
A 


112 
B 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER * 


HICH LEVEL OIVIOER 

INPUT 

RACK 410 


Al 
15 
A 


Al 


Al 


Al 


A2 


A2 


A2 


A2 


A4 


A4 


A4 


A4 


AS 


AS 


A5 


AS 


A9 


A9 


A9 


A9 


Alt 


110 


All 


AlO 


Al! 


l\i 


Al! 


AI2 


AI3 


AI3 


AI3 


113 


AI4 


AI4 


AI4 


AI4 


AI5 


AI5 


AIS 


AIS 


AI7 


A! 7 


AI7 


AIT 


a i a 


Al B 


AI8 


AI8 

J5 



HIGH LEVEL 01 YlDER 

INPUT 

RACK 410 




C 





A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


8 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


c 





A 


e 


C 





A 


i 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


6 


C 


D 


A 


3 


c 





A 


9 


c 


HIGH LEVEL OIVIOER 
OUTPUT 


II 
A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


c 





A 


8 


c 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 





A 


6 


i C 





A 


8 


c 





A 


8 


c 





A 


9 


c 





A 


B 


C 


Jl 



HIGH LEVEL 01 YlDER 
OUTPUT 


OMNI COMBINERS (1:1) 
INPUT RACK 410 


A3 
J 1 A 


J2A 


J3A 


I4A 


J5A 


I6A 


J7A 


J8A 


JIB 


I2B 


138 


JAB 


I5B 


J68 


JIB 


A3 
J SB 


All 
tIA 


J!A 


J3A 


J4A 


J5A 


J6A 


J7A 


JiA 


J IB 


J 26 


J3B 


J48 


J5B 


J68 


J7B 


Al 1 
JIB 


AI6 
JIA 


J2A 


)3A 


J4A 


J5A 


JEA 


I7A 


JBA 


JIB 


I2B 


J3B 


JAB 


ISB 


J6B 


JIB 


116 
JBB 


OMNI COMBINERS 18:1 ) 
INPUT RACK 410 


OMNICONBINER 

OUTPUTS 






J9A 






















J9B 






J9A 




J9B 






J9A 




J9B 




OMNICONBINER 

OUTPUTS 



si/ 
Jl 



12 



MV Si/ \JV S|/ 



Y Y Y Y Y Y 



6:1 OMNI COMBINER 4I0A6 



X 

J7 

T 



OMNI BEAM OUT 14 I DAG J 7 ) 
TO OIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
(4120CI32JI) BAND A 

SAND C 



ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUMBER 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


9 


9 


1 


II 


12 


13 


14 


15 


IB 


17 


IB 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


2B 


29 


30 


31 


32 


33 


34 


35 


36 


37 


36 


39 


AO 


41 


12 


A3 


A4 


45 


46 


47 


41 


ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUMBER 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
RACK NUMBER 








am — — . » 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 














— «t\. 


J 3 








































































RACK NUMBER 


OIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY (DC) NUMBER 


Jl 

1 

J2 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


a 


9 


10 


II 


12 


13 


14 


15 


IE 


17 


IB 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


6 


9 


10 


II 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


Jl 
24 
12 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY (OC) NUMBER 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER * 


111 


AID 


A2A 


A28 


A3A 


A3B 


AAA 


A43 


ASA 


A56 


A6A 


A6B 


ATA 


ATB 


ABA 


A8B 


A9A 


A98 


A10A 


AIOB 


llll 


1116 


AI2A 


A12B 


AIA 


Al B 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


AAA 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


ASA 


ABB 


A7A 


ATB 


A8A 


ABB 


A9A 


A9B 


AIOA 


AIOB 


Al 1 A 


A 1 1 B 


AI2A 


AI2B 


RF ANPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER * 


HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 
INPUT RACK 409 


Al 


Al 


Al 


Al 


A2 


A2 


A2 


A2 


A4 


A4 


A4 


A4 


A5 


A5 


A5 


A5 


A9 


AS 


A9 


A9 


AlO 


AlO 


AlO 


AlO 


AI2 


AI2 


AI2 


AI2 


AI3 


A13 


AI3 


113 


AIA 


AIA 


A14 


AIA 


AI5 


AI5 


AI5 


AI5 


AIT 


AI7 


A17 


AI7 


AI9 


AI6 


AIS 


A1B 

J5 


HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 


JS 
A 


B 


C 


D 


A 




C 





A 


B 


c 





A 


6 


c 





A 


8 


C 





A 


6 


C 





A 


9 


c 





A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 





A 




C 





A 


8 


C 





INPUT RACK 409 


HIGH LEVEL OIVIOER 
OUTPUT 


Jl 
A 


6 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


c 





A 


B 


C 


D 


A 





c 


D 


A 


B 


c 





A 




C 


D 


A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


Jl 



HIGH LEVEL D IVIDER 
OUTPUT 


OMNICONBINER (16:2) 
RACK 409 


A3 
JIA 


J2A 


J3A 


J4A 


J5A 


JBA 


HA 


J8A 


JIB 


J2B 


133 


JAB 


J5B 


J6B 


J7B 


A3 
JB8 


Al 1 
JIA 


J2A 


J3A 


JAA 


J5A 


J6A 


J7A 


J8A 


JIB 


J29 


J3B 


JAB 


J5B 


J6B 


J 78 


All 
JBB 


AI6 
JIA 


J2A 


J3A 


JAA 


ISA 


J6A 


J7A 


JBA 


JIB 


J2B 


J3B 


JAB 


J5B 


JGB 


J7B 


AI6 
J9B 


OMNICONBINER (16:2) 
RACK 109 


OMNICONBINER (16:2) 
OUTPUTS 
















I9A 




J96 




J9A 




J9B 




J9A 




J9B 


OMNICONBINER (16:2) 
OOTPUTS 



* J2 OUTPUTS FROM ALL RF AMPLIFIERS 
GO TO HI GH LEVEL DIVIDERS. 
(0MN18EAM ANO ASSOCIATED SISNALS) 



35737 



sj/ si/ si/ sly s|/ s|/ 

HULLS 



6: I OMNICONBINER 409MB 



OMNI BE 1H OUT (4 09 4 6 ) 7) 
TO OIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
(412DCI06JI) BAHO C 



Table 6-12. Omni Beam Formation Charts, Bands A and C, (V7 and V8) 

6-61/6-62 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUMBER 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


B 


1 


10 


H 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


31 


32 


33 


34 


35 


3S 


37 


3 E 


33 


41 


41 


42 


43 


44 


45 


46 


I 

47 | 46 


ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUMBER 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
RACK NUMBER 






































. . AIR ■ 


OlRECTiOML COUPLER 
RACK NU*BER 


— — — — — - — ■ 






















DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 

AdltHDLI (UUJ nun D L Fi 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


C 


7 


B 


9 


10 


II 


12 


13 


14 


15 


IB 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


G 


7 


8 


3 


10 


1 1 


12 


13 


14 


15 


i: 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 i 23 
i 1 


24 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY DC . NUMBER 


RF AMPLIFIER 


AIA 


AIB 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A3B 


AAA 


A4S 


ASA 


A5S 


ABA 


ABB 


A7A 


A7B 


ABA 


ABB 


A9A 


A9B 


AIOA 


Al OB 


AHA 


A113 


AI2A 


AI2B 


AIA 


AIB 


A2A 


A2B 


A3A 


A38 


AAA 


A48 


A5A 


A58 


AEA 


A6B 


A7A 


A7S 


ABA 


48 B 


A9i 


A9B 


A 1 OA 


Al OB 


Al It 


Al 1 B ■ A 1 2 A ,1129 


RF AMPLIFIER 

ASSEMBLY NUMBER * 


MICH LEVEL DIVIDER 
RACK NUMBER 


























— »■ 


HIGh LEVEL DIVIDER 
RACK NUMBER 
























HIGH LEVEL DIVIOER 
I NPUT 


Al 

15 
A 


Al 


Al 


Al 


A2 


A2 


A2 


A2 


A4 


A4 


A4 


A4 


A5 


A5 


A5 


A5 


Al 


Al 


AO 


AO 


AIO 


AIO 


At 


Aid 


AI2 


AI2 


AI2 


AI2 


AI3 


AI3 


AI3 


413 


A14 


AIA 


A 1 4 


AI4 


* 1 5 


AI5 


AIO 


A15 


AI7 


A17 


ai 7 


117 


Aia 


A18 


AlB^ 


AIB 


HIGH LE VE L 01 v 1 DER 
INPUT 


s 


C 





A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 





A 


D 


C 


D 


A 


D 


C 


D 


A 





c 


D 


A 


n 


n 


n 


A 


B 


c 





A 


8 


C 


HICK LEVEL DIVIDER 
OUTPUT 


1 1 
A 


e 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 





A 





c 


D 


A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 





A 


a 


c 


D 


A 


3 




3 


A 


B 


C 





A 


■ 

B 


c 


J 1 
3 


HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 
OUTPUT 


0MNICOM8INERS (16:1). 
RACK 422 


A3 

1 1 


J2 


J3 


J4 


15 


)6 


J7 


JB 


J9 


JIO 


Jl 1 


JI2 


JI3 


lit 




115 


A3 

IIC 


Al 1 

II 


J2 


13 


J4 


15 


JO 


J7 


J p 


19 


JIO 


111 


112 


H3 


114 


JI5 


Al 1 
lis 


AI6 
Jl 


J2 


13 


J4 


15 


IE 


17 


it 


19 


JIO 


1 1 1 


112 


JI3 


JI4 


« JI5 

115 j JI6 


OMNlCOMBINERS . 15 1 ■ 
RACK 422 


OMNI COMBINERS (16: 1 ) 
OUTPUTS 














A3JI7 
















AIEI 


1) 




OMNI COMB 1 NERS i 16 1 i 
OUTPUTS 










12 

Y 

^jiV- — <w 





4"M 



6: I COMBINER 
423A8 



AAA 



OMNI BEAM OUT (423A8J7) 
TO DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
(4I20CI 10 J I ) 



FROM 423A3J17 
FROM 423AIIJI7 
FROM 423A16JI7 



ANTENNA ELEMENT 
NUMBER 


49 


50 


51 


52 


53 


54 


55 


56 


57 


5B 


59 


60 


CI 


62 


C3 


E4 


65 


6C 


67 


68 


69 


70 


71 


72 


73 


74 


75 


76 


77 


78 


79 


80 


81 


32 


83 


B4 


85 


86 


B7 


88 


81 


1(1 


91 


92 


93 


,4 


95 


9E 


iNTEv.s element 

VJ'.'BER 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
RACK NUMOER 




























. 471 ■ — ■ » 


Dl RECTI O'.Ai. COUPLER 
BACK VJ"3ER 


■ «»£<J 
























DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSEMBLY (DC) NUMOER 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


a 


9 


10 


II 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


IP 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


R 




8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


IE 


17 


IP 


n 


2D 


21 


22 


23 


24 


DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 
ASSE U BL> DC NU"OER 


RF AMPLIFIER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER * 


AIA 


AIB 


A2A 


A23 


ASA 


A3B 


AAA 


A4B 


A5A 


A5B 


AG A 


ABB 


A7A 


A7D 


ASA 


ABB 


A OA 


AIB 


AIOA 


Al OB 


AHA 


AIIB 


AI2A 


AI2B 


AIA 


AIB 


A2A 


A29 


A3A 


A3B 


AAA 


A4B 


A5A 


A56 


A6A 


ATB 


A7 A 


A7B 


ABA 


AOS 


AIA 


AID 


not 


11118 


AIM 


AIIB 


AI2A 


AI2C 


RF SMPLIF1ER 
ASSEMBLY NUMBER * 


HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 
RACK NUMBER 
























Ani . .. — — *" 


HIGH LEVEL DIVIDER 
RACK NUMBER 
























HIGH LEVEL DIVIOER 
INPUT 


Al 


Al 


Al 


Al 


a5 


■»} 


A! 


Aj 


JM 


A4 


U 


A4 


A5 


A5 


A5 


A5 


A9 


A9 


At 


A9 


AIO 


AIO 


AIO 


AIO 


Al 2 


AI2 


AI2 


AI2 


AI3 


A13 


AI3 


AI3 


AI4 


AI4 


AIA 


AI4 


AI5 


AI5 


Ala 


115 


Al 7 


A17 


Al 7 


AI7 


418 


AI8 


tip 


AIB 

15 


HIGH LEVEL C 1 VI DER 
1 HP JT 


J5 
A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 





A 


G 


C 





A 


3 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 


D 


A 





C 





A 


8 


C 





A 


P 


C 





A 


B 


C 


D 


A 


B 


c 


D 


HIGH LEVEL 1 VI DER 
OUTPUT 


II 
A 


B 


C 





A 


3 


C 


P 


A 


B 


C 





A 


B 


C 





A 


S 


C 


D 


A 


B 


C 


P 


A 





C 





A 




C 





A 


e 


c 


D 


A 


9 


C 


C 


A 





C 


D 


A 


3 


C 


J 1 



III GH LEVEL DIVIOER 
OUTPUT 


OMNICONBINERS (16; 1) 
RACK 423 


A3 

Jl 


12 


J3 


J4 


15 


— ( 

. E 


J7 


IP 


1» 


JIO 


III 


JI2 


113 


JI4 


JI5 


A3 
IIR 


Al 1 

Jl 


12 


J3 


14 


J5 


J8 


17 


18 


J9 


11(1 


111 


JI2 


J 13 


JI4 


JI5 


All 

J IB 


Alt 

11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


J6 


J7 


in 


J» 


11(1 


J 1 1 


112 


113 


JI4 


115 


AIB 

1 11 


OMN 1 CT1M3 1 NERS i IB' 1 i 
RACK 423 


OMNICOMBINERS (16:1) 
OUTPUTS 


















A3JI7 














AI1JI7 




AIEJ 17 




0«MI COMBINERS i 16 1 i 
OUTPUTS 



ft J2 OUTPUTS FROM ALL RF AMPLIFIES 
GO TO HIGH LEVEL DIVIDERS jjf 
(OMNI BEAM ANO ASSOCIATED SIGNALS} 



35738 



TO 423ABJ4 



TO 423ABJ5 



TO 423ABI8 



Table 6-13. Omni Beam Formation Chart, Band B, (V7 and V8) 



6-63/6-64 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



b. Routine Troubleshooting . Routine troubleshooting consists of a daily checkout of the monitor, sector and 
omnibeam circuits via the tty. Individual tests can be requested when trouble is suspected. Complete antenna group 
checkout may be scheduled when least likely to interfere with other activities involving the tty. 



c. Emergency Troubleshooting . There are no specific emergency proced ures. Logical inte rpretati on of o lm&t 
printouts will isolate most failures to the component level. Performance test checks fTparagraphs 6-1 d througl T6^14)1 mav 
be used as required. 



Table 6-14. Antenna Elements To Transmission Line Tuners Band A, V7 and V8 



Ml I LfcJl ll ia 


1 l at lot 1 1 1 oolUI t 


Ml I IfcM II Id 


1 l at lol 1 1 1 oolUI 1 


Element No. 


Line Tuner 


Element No. 


Line Tuner 


501 A1 


424A1A4 


501 A1 8 


424A3A21 


501 A2 


424A1A8 


501 A1 9 


424A4A4 


501 A3 


424A1A10 


501 A20 


424A4A8 


501 A4 


424A1A15 


501 A21 


424A4A1 


501 A5 


424A1A19 


501 A22 


424A4A1 5 


501 A6 


424A1A21 


501 A23 


424A4A1 9 


501 A7 


424A2A4 


501 A24 


424A4A21 


501 A8 


424A2A8 


501 A25 


424A5A4 


501 A9 


424A2A10 


501 A26 


424A5A8 


501 A10 


424A2A15 


501 A27 


424A5A1 


501 A11 


424A2A19 


501 A28 


424A5A1 5 


501 A1 2 


424A2A21 


501 A29 


424A5A1 9 


501 A1 3 


424A3A4 


501 A30 


424A5A21 


501 A1 4 


424A3A8 


501 A31 


424A6A4 


501 A1 5 


424A3A10 


501 A32 


525A6A8 


501 A1 6 


424A3A15 


501 A33 


424A6A1 


501 A1 7 


424A3A19 


501 A34 


424A6A1 5 



6-65 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 6-14. Antenna Elements To Transmission Line Tuners Band A, V7 and V8 (Continued) 



Antenna 


Transmission 


Antenna 


Transmission 


Liement No. 


Line Tuner 


Liement No. 


Line Tuner 


501 A35 


424A6A19 


501 A42 


424A7A21 


501 A36 


424A6A21 


501 A43 


424A8A4 


501 A37 


424A7A 


501 A44 


424A8A8 


501 A38 


424A7A8 


501 A45 


424A8A1 


501 A39 


424A7A10 


501 A46 


424A8A1 5 


501 A40 


424A7A15 


501 A47 


424A8A1 9 


501 A41 


424A7A19 


501 A48 


424A8A21 


Table 6-15. Antenna Elements To Transmission Line Tuners Band B, V7 and V8 


Antenna 


Transmission 


Antenna 


Transmission 


Element No. 


Line Tuner 


Element No. 


Line Tuner 


0\J^r\ I 


AO Ah 1 AT 




AOA A9A1 R 


502A2 


424A1A5 


502 A21 


424A2A1 7 


502A3 


424A1A6 


502A22 


424A2A1 8 


502A4 


424A1A7 


502A23 


424A2A20 


502A5 


424A1A9 


502A24 


424A2A22 


502A6 


424A1A1I 


502A25 


424A3A3 


502A7 


424A1A14 


502A26 


424A3A5 


502A8 


424A1A16 


502A27 


424A3A6 


502A9 


424A1A17 


502A28 


424A3A7 


502A10 


424AA1 18 


502A29 


424A3A9 


502A1 1 


424A1A20 


502A30 


424A3A1 1 


502A12 


424A1A22 


502 A3 1 


424A3A14 


502A13 


424A2A3 


502A32 


424A3A1 6 


502A14 


424A2A5 


502A33 


424A3A1 7 


502A15 


424A2A6 


502A34 


424A3A1 8 


502A16 


424A2A7 


502A35 


424A3A20 


502A17 


424A2A9 


502A36 


424A3A22 


502A18 


424A2A1 1 


502A37 


424A4A3 


502A19 


424A2A14 


502A38 


424A4A5 



6-66 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 6-15. Antenna Elements To Transmission Line Tuners Band B, V7 and V8 (Continued) 



Antenna 


Transmission 


Antenna 


Transmission 


Element No. 


Line Tuner 


Element No. 


Line Tuner 


502A39 


424A4A6 


502A69 


424A6A1 7 


502A40 


424A4A7 


502A70 


424A6A1 8 


502A41 


424A4A9 


502A71 


424A6A20 


502A42 


424A4A1 1 


502A72 


424A6A22 


502A43 


424A4A14 


502A73 


424A7A3 


502A44 


424A4A16 


502A74 


424A7A5 


502A45 


424A4A17 


502A75 


424A7A6 


502A46 


424A4A18 


502A76 


424A7A7 


502A47 


424A4A20 


502A77 


424A7A9 


502A48 


424A4A22 


502A78 


424A7A1 1 


502A49 


424A5A3 


502A79 


424A7A14 


502A50 


424A5A5 


502A80 


424A7A1 6 


502A51 


424A5A6 


502A81 


424A7A1 7 


502A52 


424A5A7 


502A82 


424A7A1 8 


502A53 


424A5A9 


502A83 


424A7A20 


502A54 


424A5A1 1 


502A84 


424A7A22 


502A55 


424A5A14 


502A85 


424A8A3 


502A56 


424A5A16 


502A86 


424A8A5 


502A57 


424A5A17 


502A87 


424A8A6 


502A58 


424A5A18 


502A88 


424A8A7 


502A59 


424A5A20 


502A89 


424A8A9 


502A60 


424A5A22 


502A90 


424A8A1 1 


502A61 


424A6A3 


502 A91 


424A8A14 


502A62 


424A6A5 


502A92 


424A8A1 6 


502A63 


424A6A6 


502A93 


424A8A1 7 


502A64 


424A6A7 


502A94 


424A8A18 


502A65 


424A6A9 


502A95 


424A8A20 


502A66 


424A6A1 1 


502A96 


424A8A22 


502A67 


424A6A14 






502A68 


424A6A16 







6-67 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 6-16. Antenna Elements To Transmission Line Tuners Band C, V7 and V8 



Antenna 


Transmission 


Antenna 


Transmission 


Element No. 


Line Tuner 


Element No. 


Line Tuner 


503A1 


424A1A1 


503A25 


424A5A1 


503A2 


424A1A2 


503A26 


424A5A2 


503A3 


424A1A12 


503A27 


424A5A12 


503A4 


424A1A13 


503A28 


424A5A13 


503A5 


424A1A23 


503A29 


424A5A23 


503A6 


424A1A24 


503A30 


424A5A24 


503A7 


424A2A1 


503 A3 1 


424A6A1 


503A8 


424A2A2 


503A32 


424A6A2 


503A9 


424A2A12 


503A33 


424A6A12 


503A10 


424A2A13 


503A34 


424A6A13 


503A1 1 


424A2A23 


503A35 


424A6A23 


503A12 


424A2A24 


503A36 


424A6A24 


503A13 


424A3A1 


503A37 


424A7A1 


503A14 


424A3A2 


503A38 


424A7A2 


503A15 


424A3A12 


503A39 


424A7A12 


503A16 


424A3A13 


503A40 


424A7A13 


503A17 


424A3A23 


503A41 


424A7A23 


503A18 


424A3A24 


503A42 


424A7A24 


503A19 


424A4A1 


503A43 


424A8A1 


503A20 


424A4A2 


503A44 


424A8A2 


503 A21 


424A4AI2 


503A45 


424A8A12 


503A22 


424A4A13 


503A46 


424A8A13 


503A23 


424A4A23 


503A47 


424A8A23 


503A24 


424A4A24 


503A48 


424A8A24 



6-68 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 6-17. Goniometer Signals, Band A 



High Level Power 
Divider Rack 410 


Signal From 
Antenna No. 


Site V7 


Site V8 


Goniometer Input 105A2 


Goniometer Input 105A2 


A1J3A 


1 


J10 


J34 


A1J3B 


2 


J11 


J35 


A1J3C 


3 


J12 


J36 


A1J3D 


4 


J13 


J37 


A2J3A 


5 


J14 


J38 


A2J3B 


6 


J15 


J39 


A2J3C 


7 


J16 


J40 


A2J3D 


8 


J17 


J41 


A4J3A 


9 


J18 


J42 


A4J3B 


10 


J19 


J43 


A4J3C 


11 


J20 


J44 


J4J3D 


12 


J21 


J45 


A5J3A 


13 


J22 


J46 


A5J3B 


14 


J23 


J47 


A5J3C 


15 


J24 


J48 


A5J3D 


16 


J25 


J1 


A9J3A 


17 


J26 


J2 


A9J3B 


18 


J27 


J3 


A9J3C 


19 


J28 


J4 


A9J3D 


20 


J29 


J5 


A10J3A 


21 


J30 


J6 


A10J3B 


22 


J31 


J7 


A10J3C 


23 


J32 


J8 


A10J3D 


24 


J33 


J9 


A12J3A 


25 


J34 


J10 


A12J3B 


26 


J35 


J11 


A12J3C 


27 


J36 


J12 


A12J3D 


28 


J37 


J13 



6-69 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 6-17. Goniometer Signals, Band A (Continued) 



High Level Power 
Divider Rack 410 


Signal From 
Antenna No. 


Site V7 


Site V8 


Goniometer Input 105A2 


Goniometer Input 105A2 


A13J3A 


29 


J38 


J14 


A13J3B 


30 


J39 


J15 


A13J3C 


31 


J40 


J16 


A13J3D 


32 


J41 


J17 


A14J3A 


33 


J42 


J18 


A14J3B 


34 


J43 


J19 


A14J3C 


35 


J 44 


J20 


A14J3D 


36 


J45 


J21 


A15J3A 


37 


J46 


J22 


A15J3B 


38 


J47 


J23 


A15J3C 


39 


J48 


J24 


A15J3D 


40 


J1 


J25 


A17J3A 


41 


J2 


J26 


A17J3B 


42 


J3 


J27 


A17J3C 


43 


J4 


J28 


A17J3D 


44 


J5 


J29 


A18J3A 


45 


J6 


J30 


A18J3B 


46 


J7 


J31 


A18J3C 


47 


J8 


J32 


A18J3D 


48 


J9 


J32 


Table 6-18. Goniometer Signals, Band B (Rack 422) 


High Level Power 
Divider Rack 422 


Signal From 
Antenna to. 


Site V7 


Site V8 


Goniometer Input 105A3 


Goniometer Input 105A3 


A1J3A 


1 


J19 


J67 


A1J3B 


2 


J20 


J68 


A1J3C 


3 


J21 


J69 


A1J3D 


4 


J22 


J70 


A2J3A 


5 


J23 


J71 


A2J3B 


6 


J24 


J72 



6-70 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 6-18. Goniometer Signals, Band B (Rack 422) (Continued) 



High Level Power 
Divider Rack 422 


Signal From 
Antenna No. 


Site V7 


Site V8 


Goniometer Input 105A3 


Goniometer Input 105A3 


A2J3C 


7 


J25 


J 73 


A2J3D 


8 


J26 


J74 


A4J3A 


9 


J27 


J75 


A4J3B 


10 


J28 


J76 


A4J3C 


11 


J29 


J77 


A4J3D 


12 


J30 


J78 


A5J3A 


13 


J31 


J79 


A5J3B 


14 


J32 


J80 


A5J3C 


15 


J33 


J81 


A5J3D 


16 


J 34 


J82 


A9J3A 


17 


J35 


J83 


A9J3B 


18 


J36 


J84 


A9J3C 


19 


J37 


J85 


A9J3D 


20 


J38 


J86 


A10J3A 


21 


J39 


J87 


A10J3B 


22 


J40 


J88 


A10J3C 


23 


J41 


J89 


A10J3D 


24 


J42 


J90 


A12J3A 


25 


J43 


J91 


A12J3B 


26 


J44 


J92 


A12J3C 


27 


J45 


J93 


A12J3D 


28 


J46 


J94 


A13J3A 


29 


J47 


J95 


A13J3B 


30 


J48 


J96 


A13J3C 


31 


J49 


J1 


A13J3D 


32 


J 50 


J2 


A14J3A 


33 


J51 


J3 


J14J3B 


34 


J 52 


J4 


A14J3C 


35 


J 53 


J5 


A14J3D 


36 


J54 


J6 


A15J3A 


37 


J 55 


J7 


A15J3B 


38 


J 56 


J8 



6-71 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 6-18. Goniometer Signals, Band B (Rack 422) (Continued) 



High Level Power 
Divider Rack 422 


Signal From 
Antenna No. 


Site V7 


Site V8 


Goniometer Input 105A3 


Goniometer Input 105A3 


A15J3C 


39 


J 57 


J9 


A15J3D 


40 


J58 


J10 


A17J3A 


41 


J 59 


J11 


A17J3B 


42 


J 60 


J12 


A17J3C 


43 


J61 


J13 


A17J3D 


44 


J 62 


J14 


A18J3A 


45 


J 63 


J15 


A18J3B 


46 


J 64 


J16 


A18J3C 


47 


J 65 


J17 


A18J3D 


48 


J 66 


J18 


Table 6-19. Goniometer Signals, Band B (Rack 423) 


High Level Power 
Divider Rack 423 


Signal From 
Antenna No. 


Ci+/^ \/"7 

oite V/ 


Ci+/^ \/Q 

oite vo 


Goniometer Input 105A3 


Goniometer Input 105A3 


A1J3A 


49 


J 67 


J19 


A1J3B 


50 


J 68 


J20 


A1J3C 


51 


J 69 


J21 


A1J3D 


52 


J 70 


J22 


A2J3A 


53 


J71 


J23 


A2J3B 


54 


J 72 


J24 


A2J3C 


55 


J 73 


J25 


A2J3D 


56 


J 74 


J26 


A4J3A 


57 


J 75 


J27 


A4J3B 


58 


J 76 


J28 


A4J3C 


59 


J 77 


J29 


A4J3D 


60 


J 78 


J30 


A5J3A 


61 


J 79 


J31 


A5J3B 


62 


J 80 


J32 


A5J3C 


63 


J81 


J33 


A5J3D 


64 


J 82 


J34 


A9J3A 


65 


J 83 


J35 



6-72 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 6-19. Goniometer Signals, Band B (Rack 423) (Continued) 



High Level Power 
Divider Rack 423 


Signal From 
Antenna No. 


Site V7 


Site V8 


Goniometer Input 105A3 


Goniometer Input 105A3 


A9J3B 


66 


J84 


J36 


A9J3C 


67 


J 85 


J37 


A9J3D 


68 


J86 


J38 


A10J3A 


69 


J87 


J39 


A10J3B 


70 


J 88 


J40 


A10J3C 


71 


J 89 


J41 


A10J3D 


72 


J90 


J42 


A12J3A 


73 


J91 


J43 


A12J3B 


74 


J 92 


J44 


A12J3C 


75 


J 93 


J45 


A12J3D 


76 


J 94 


J46 


A13J3A 


77 


J95 


J47 


A13J3B 


78 


J96 


J48 


A13J3C 


79 


J1 


J49 


A13J3D 


80 


J2 


J50 


A14J3A 


81 


J3 


J51 


A14J3B 


82 


J4 


J52 


A14J3C 


83 


J5 


J53 


A14J3D 


84 


J6 


J54 


A15J3A 


85 


J7 


J55 


A15J3B 


86 


J8 


J56 


A15J3C 


87 


J9 


J57 


A15J3D 


88 


J10 


J58 


A17J3A 


89 


J11 


J59 


A17J3B 


90 


J12 


J60 


ai 7 

M I / JOU 


zJ I 


in 

J 1 o 


IR1 

JO I 


A17J3D 


92 


J14 


J62 


A18J3A 


93 


J15 


J63 


A18J3B 


94 


J16 


J64 


A18J3C 


95 


J17 


J65 


A18J3D 


96 


J18 


J66 



6-73 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 6-20. Goniometer Signals, Band C 



High Level Power 
Divider Rack 409 


Signal From 
Antenna No. 


Site V7 


Site V8 


Goniometer Input 105A4 


Goniometer Input 105A4 


A1J3A 


1 


J10 


J34 


A1J3B 


2 


J11 


J35 


A1J3C 


3 


J12 


J36 


A1J3D 


4 


J13 


J37 


A2J3A 


5 


J14 


J38 


A2J3B 


6 


J15 


J39 


A2J3C 


7 


J16 


J40 


A2J3D 


8 


J17 


J41 


A4J3A 


9 


J18 


J42 


A4J3B 


10 


J19 


J43 


A4J3C 


11 


J20 


J44 


A4J3D 


12 


J21 


J45 


A5J3A 


13 


J22 


J46 


A5J3B 


14 


J23 


J47 


A5J3C 


15 


J24 


J48 


A5J3D 


16 


J25 


J1 


A9J3A 


17 


J26 


J2 


A9J3B 


18 


J27 


J3 


A9J3C 


19 


J28 


J4 


A9J3D 


20 


J29 


J5 


A10J3A 


21 


J30 


J6 


A10J3B 


22 


J31 


J7 


A10J3C 


23 


J32 


J8 


A10J3D 


24 


J33 


J9 


A12J3A 


25 


J34 


J10 


A12J3B 


26 


J35 


J11 


A12J3C 


27 


J36 


J12 


A12J3D 


28 


J37 


J13 



6-74 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 6-20. Goniometer Signals, Band C (Continued) 



High Level Power 
Divider Rack 409 


Signal From 
Antenna No. 


Site V7 


Site V8 


Goniometer Input 105A4 


Goniometer Input 105A4 


A13J3A 


29 


J38 


J14 


A13J3B 


30 


J39 


J15 


A13J3C 


31 


J40 


J16 


A13J3D 


32 


J41 


J17 


A14J3A 


33 


J42 


J18 


A14J3B 


34 


J43 


J19 


A14J3C 


35 


J 44 


J20 


A14J3D 


36 


J45 


J21 


A15J3A 


37 


J46 


J22 


A15J38 


38 


J47 


J23 


A15J3C 


39 


J48 


J24 


A15J3D 


40 


J1 


J25 


A17J3A 


41 


J2 


J26 


A17J3B 


42 


J3 


J27 


A17J3C 


43 


J4 


J28 


A17J3D 


44 


J5 


J29 


A18J3A 


45 


J6 


J30 


A18J3B 


46 


J7 


J31 


A18J3C 


47 


J8 


J32 


A18J3D 


48 


J9 


J33 



6-8. Alignment and Adjustment. 

There are no in- system alignments or adjustments required, except for the line tuners. Procedures for this adjustment 
are contained in fparagraph 6-14. | Out-of-tolerance components are removed and bench repaired or discarded (1: 4 
power dividers/combiners and directional couplers). 



6-9. Preventive Maintenance. (Se $ table 6-21 



Preventive maintenance is the systematic care, servicing, and ins 
reduce downtime, and ensure that the equipment is serviceable 
and recommended periods when this maintenance should be performed. 



jecting of eq uipment to prevent occurrence of trouble, 
Table 6-2TI lists the preventive maintenance routines 



6-75 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 6-21 . Preventive Maintenance Schedule 



Period 


Procedure 


Daily 


1. 


Visually inspect ac power cords and sense 
leads in racks 401, 403, 404, 408, 415, 
416, 420 and 421 for: 

a. Firm physical connection. 

b. Signs of overheating, blistering, discoloration, 
fraying, etc. 




2. 


Cycle Beamformer and Antenna tests from some (do not 
press PRINT button). 




3. 


Visually check sector beam patch panels to ensure all 
ports are terminated with 75-ohm terminators and sector 
beam patch cables are secure. 




4. 


Visually check that all aircraft warning lights are 
illuminated (if installed). 


Weekly 


1. 


Clean air filters in racks 401, 403, 404, 408, 415, 416, 420 
and 421 . 




2. 


Visually inspect antenna ground connections, ground 
screen, and reflecting screens for loose connections or 
wires. 


Quarterly 


Visually inspect the rubber strip between the weather cap and 
the head seal gasket on the intermediate mast (A and B band 
antennas) for sealing in both places. Check that upper portions 
of the weather cap are concentric about the mast, providing 
uniform space between the mast and weather cap. 


Annually (or as 
required) 


1. 


Perform Input Vswr Performance Test Check (paraqraph 
1 6-10}. 




2. 


Perform Sinqle Channel Amplitude and Phase trackinq 
Performance Test Check (paraqraph 6-1 1|. 



6-76 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 6-21 . Preventive Maintenance Schedule (Continued) 



Period 


Procedure 


Annually (Cont) 


3. 


Perform Transmission Line Phase Tracking Performance 
Test Check (paragraph 6-1 2k. 




4. 


Perform Swept Frequency Vswr Performance Test Check 
(Singly driven elements) Kparagraph 6-13 . 




5. 


Perform Single Antenna Impedance Performance Test 
Check Kparagraph 6-14). 




6. 


Perform operational check of Aiken Rf Amplifier (See CM 
32-5895-236-14). 



NOTE 



The following paragraphs, 6-10 to 6-14 inclusive, contain antenna group test procedures used to 
isolate a particular problem not identified by any other method. In general, performance of these 
procedures will either degrade system performance or suspend operations within an affected 
band. The nature of antenna elements, transmission lines, and associated components, along 
with available testing techniques, makes these tests time consuming. The accuracy of 
measurements at rf frequencies generally is less than those made at lower frequencies or dc with 
comparable equipment. Data evaluation from several measurements over a long period of time 
may be necessary to observe long term performance characteristics. 



6-10. Antenna Electronics Input Vswr Check 

a. Purpose . The purpose of this check is to verify that the input vswr of the antenna electronics does not 
exceed 2:1 for in-band frequencies as measured at the input directional couplers. The in-band frequencies are: 

Band A 2-6 MHz 

Band B 6-18 MHz 

Band C 18-30 MHz 



6-77 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



NOTE 



The input being checked will degrade the associated beams which this input normally supplies. 
Coordination is required in accordance with local procedures. 

This test may prove useful in determining if a path fault exists since an unsatisfactory vswr will affect phase relationships 
and amplitudes at various frequencies in the pass band. The tests will provide an indication of problems that may exist 
from the directional coupler input up to and including the rf amplifier input. 



1. Procedure 



(a) Connect the equipment as shown in | figure 6^1 Apply power and allow at least 30 minutes for 

warm up. 

(b) Set 8601 A generator/sweeper as follows: 

(1 ) Set OUTPUT LEVEL range switch to -1 dB. 

(2) Set level to zero as shown on the meter using OUTPUT LEVEL VERNIER. 

(3) Set SWEEP to VIDEO. 

(4) Set SWEEP MODE to MANUAL. 

(5) Turn manual sweep control fully clockwise. 

(c) While observing the 5245M frequency counter, set the upper frequency of the 8601 A 
generator/sweeper. The frequency is 6 MHz band A, 18 MHz band B, and 30 MHz band C. 

(d) Place a TNC female short circuit at POINT A. 

(e) Set MODE switch on the 8407A to AMPL. Use DISPLAY REFERENCE switch and AMPL 
VERNIER to set the beam on the center horizontal line. Using the HORIZONTAL CENTERING and GAIN controls, 
move the beam on the extreme right vertical line of the graticule. (When testing band C, the 30-MHz point is to the left 
of this point due to the horizontal gain of the 8407A.) 

(f) Set the lower frequency of the 8601 sweep by turning the MANUAL SWEEP control 
counterclockwise until the lower frequency is displayed on the frequency counter as follows: 

Band A 1.5 MHz 

Band B 6.0 MHz 

Band C 18.0 MHz 

(g) Use the HORIZONTAL centering control on the 841 2A and place the beam on the extreme left 
vertical line of the scope graticule. 

(h) Repeat steps c. through 9. until the beam tracks with the MANUAL SWEEP control. The sweep 
is properly adjusted when the beam travels from the left vertical line to the right vertical line on the scope graticule as the 
MANUAL SWEEP control varies the frequency from the low to upper end of the frequency band of interest. 

(i) On the 8407A, set MODE to PHASE and PHASE DEG/DIV to 90. Adjust PHASE VERNIER to 
move trace to center line. 

(j) Set PHASE DEG/DIV to 1 .0 and adjust PHASE VERNIER to center trace. 

(k) Set MODE to AMP and AMP db/DIV to 0.25 adjust AMPL VERNIER and DISPLAY 
REFERENCE as necessary to center sweep. 

(I) Remove short circuit from point A and connect cable at point A to the input directional coupler 
for the channel being tested. 

(m) Observe the amplitude display on the 841 2A. The display should never indicate less than 9.5 db 
(2:1 vswr) for the in-band frequencies. An indication between 15 dB and 30 dB can be expected. 



6-78 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



SWEEP 



BLANKING 



GEN SWPR 
HP860IA 



3FT I IN. 



COUNTER 
HP5245M 



REF 



TEST 




NETWORK 

ANALYZER 

HP8407A 


DISPLAY 
UNIT 
HP8412A 







PART OF 1 1 65 2 A 
ACCESSORY KIT 



PART OF 
I I652A 

ACCESSORY KIT 




POINT A 
-O 



50-75 OHM XFMR 
33U0-48 185-1 
OR EQUIVALENT 



"1 



L 



DIRECTIONAL 
COUPLER 



L 



POWER 
DIVIDER 



UG-49IB U 
DIRECTIONAL BRIDGE 



AMPLIFIER 
|_ ANTENNA JLECTROMICS 



-J MON I TOR - ' 



MON I TOR 
BEAMFORMER 



J 



UNLESS NOTED ALL CABLES ARE RG58 OR EQUIVALENT 
COAXIAL ADAPTERS MAY BE REPLACED BY EQUIVALENTS 



35509 



Figure 6-3. Input Vswr Test Setup 



6-79 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



2. Repair Procedures . If the vswr exceeds 2:1, replace the associated rf amplifier and repeat steps 1. 
and m. above. If the vswr remains excessive, change the test input to the individual units in the antenna electronic 
circuits. Isolation to an individual unit may be accomplished in this manner. 



6-1 1 . Antenna Electronics Phase and Amplitude Tracking Test Check. 



a. Purpose . The purpose of the phase and amplitude tracking checks is to verify that rf signals reach the 
beamformers and goniometers through paths having the same phase delay and attenuation (within tolerance), thus 
allowing the beamformers to form an undistorted beam. 



NOTE 



The band being checked will be degraded while the check is in progress. Coordination is 
required in accordance with local procedures. 

Phase and amplitude tracking measurements are made from input directional couplers to the monitor beamformer 
outputs. Paths will also be checked from input directional couplers to the inputs of the goniometers. Relative 
measurements are made between identical paths, i.e., a reference path is chosen for each type of path and other paths 
of the same type compared to it. 



NOTE 



The reference channel should always be in a path like the one being checked. For example, 
assume that an outer channel is being checked, then the reference path must be in an outer 
channel. If a center channel is being checked then the reference path must be a center channel. 
In addition, the test path and the reference path must not feed the same beamformer. The phase 
and amplitude tracking test equipment should be left ON at all times. Changing the signal 
insertion and measuring points for both the reference and test paths will allow rapid isolation of 
faults in any component from the input directional coupler through the antenna electronics. Use 
of the X-Y recorder is optional under these conditions. 

1. Procedures. 



warmup. 



(a) Connect equipment as shown in | figure 6-4. | Apply power and allow at least 30 minutes for 



(b) Set the 8601 A Generator/Sweeper as follows: 



(1 ) Set OUTPUT LEVEL range switch to dB. 

(2) Use OUTPUT RANGE vernier to set output level to dB as shown on the meter. 

(3) Set SWEEP selector to VIDEO. 

(4) Set SWEEP MODE to MANUAL 

(5) Turn MANUAL SWEEP control fully clockwise. 



(c) While observing the 5245M Frequency Counter, set the upper frequency of the 8601 A 
Generator/Sweeper. The frequency is as follows: 

Band A 6 MHz 
Band B 18 MHz 
Band C 30 MHz 



6-80 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



SWEEP 



BLANKING 



UG-374 



It 



VTO 



GEN/SWPR 
HP860U 

AUX RF 
OUT OUT 



75 OHM PHASE 
MATCHED COAX 

UG-914BA) 



POWER 
SPLITTER 




PART OF 
11652A 
ACCESS KIT 



COUNTER 
HP5245M 



UG-9 14B/U 





UG-9I48/U^75 50 
[zM57 



L 



AMPL OUT 
1 — 



REF IN 
ANALYZER 
HP8407A 

TST IN 



DISPLAY 

UNIT 
HP8412A 



I j 

fpHASE 
j OUT 



UG-491B/U 



j OPTIONAL 



DIRECTIONAL 




AMPLIFIER 




POWER 




MONITOR 


COUPLER 






DIVIDER 




BEAMFORMER 



DIRECTIONAL 




AMPLIFIER 




POWER 




MONITOR 


COUPLER 






DIVIDER 




BEAMFORMER 



75 OHM PHASE 
MATCHED COAX 



UNLESS NOTED ALL CABLES ARE RG58 OR EQUIVALENT 
COAXIAL ADAPTERS MAY BE REPLACED BY EQUIVALENTS 

35510 

Figure 6-4. Phase/ Amplitude Test Setup. 



1 



Y 
IN 

X-Y RCRDR 
HP7035B 



X 

IN 



J 



6-81 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

(d) Use two Kings KA-99-69 feedthroughs to connect POINT A to POINT B and POINT C to POINT 

D. 

(e) Set the MODE switch on the 841 2A Display to AMPL. Use the DISPLAY REFERENCE switches 
and AMPL VERNIER to set the beam on the 841 2A Display on the center horizontal line. With the display unit's 
HORIZONTAL CENTERING and HORIZONTAL GAIN controls, move the beam to the extreme right vertical line of the 
scope graticule. (When testing Band C, the 30-MHz point is to the left of this point due to the horizontal gain of the 
841 2A.) 

(f) While observing the 5245M, slowly turn the 8601 A MANUAL SWEEP control counterclockwise 
until the frequency is displayed on the frequency counter as follows: 

Band A 1.5 MHz 

Band B 6.0 MHz 

BandC 18.0 MHz 

(g) Use the 841 2A HORIZONTAL CENTERING control to place the beam on the extreme left 
vertical line of the scope graticule. 

(h) Repeat steps (c) through (g) until the beam tracks with the MANUAL SWEEP control. The 
sweep is properly adjusted when the beam travels from the left vertical line to the right vertical line on the scope graticule 
as the MANUAL SWEEP control is rotated from the low frequency to the upper frequency of the band of interest. 

(i) On the 8407A set MODE to PHASE and PHAZE DEG/DIV to 90. Adjust PHASE VERNIER to 
move trace to center line. 

(j) Set PHASE DEG/DIV to 1 .0 and adjust PHASE VERNIER to center trace. 

(k) Set MODE to AMPL and AMPL dB/DIV to 0.25. Adjust AMPL VERNIER and DISPLAY 
REFERENCE as necessary to center sweep. 

NOTE 

If recorder is not used, proceed to step t. 

(I) Place a data sheet on the 7035B X-Y Recorder. Move the chart HOLD/ RELEASE switch to the 
HOLD position. Set the MANUAL SWEEP control of the 8601 A so that the frequency counter indicates near the center 
frequency between those frequencies set in steps (c) and (f). Set the OFF/ON/SERVO switch to SERVO. Change the X 
and Y RANGE switches until the pen is near the center of the data sheet. 

(m) Slowly turn the MANUAL SWEEP control of the 8601 A fully clockwise. Adjust the X RANGE and 
VERNIER gain controls until the pen stops at the upper frequency end of the data sheet. 

(n) Turn the 8601 A MANUAL SWEEP control counterclockwise until the frequency counter indicates 
the low frequency of the band of interest. Turn the X ZERO control of the X-Y recorder until the pen stops on the low 
frequency end of the data sheet. 

(o) Repeat steps (j) and (k) until the pen of the X-Y recorder tracks precisely with 841 2A Scope. 

(p) With the beam of the 841 2A resting on the zero line of the graticule, adjust the Y RANGE and 
GAIN controls until the pen rests over the zero line of the data sheet. With the AMPL dB/DIV switch of the 841 2A in the 
.25 dB/DIV position, move the 8407A DISPLAY REFERENCE 1 dB/step switch down on step, introducing 1 dB of 
attenuation into the circuit. The beam should move down exactly 4 cm on the scope graticule; if not, adjust the 8407A 
AMPL VERNIER to place the beam on the bottom line of the scope graticule. With the beam of the 8412A at this 
position, the pen of the S-Y recorder should be resting over the -l-dB line of the data sheet. If not, adjust the Y RANGE 
and GAIN VERNIER controls to position the pen. 



6-82 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



(q) Move the 8407A DISPLAY REFERENCE 1 dB/step switch up two steps, removing 2-dB 
attenuation from the circuit. The recorder pen should move past the O-dB line of the data sheet and stop on the +]-dB 
line. 

(r) Repeat steps (m) and (n) until the pen of the X-Y recorder tracks with the beam of the 841 2A 

Scope. 

(s) Set COAXIAL switch SI to the PHASE position. Move the 841 2A MODE switch to the PHASE 
position. Adjust the 8407A PHASE VERNIER control to place the beam of the 841 2A Scope on the center horizontal line 
of the scope. The pen of the X-Y recorder should rest on the zero line of the data sheet. Turn the 8407A PHASE 
VERNIER control clockwise to introduce 4 degrees positive phase shift on the face of the 841 2A Scope. The pen of the 
X-Y recorder should shift to the +4-degree line of the data sheet. Move the PHASE VERNIER control counterclockwise 
past zero to the -4degree line on the 841 2A. The X-Y recorder pen should stop on the -4-degree line of the data sheet. If 
necessary, adjust the Y VERNIER gain and ZERO controls until the recorder tracks the scope. Place OFF/ON/SERVO 
switch in the OFF position. 

(t) Sele ct a reference path fro tn table 6-2E . This must be a path identical to the path to be tested. 
See tables 6-4 througl|j5^T3]to determine the input/output jacks. 



Table 6-22. Reference Beam Numbers 



Band A 
20 
36 
2 



Band B 
10 
23 
44 



Band C 
9 
18 
1 



NOTE 



When testing paths routed through the beamformer, the two beamformers containing the test 
path and reference path must not be fed by a common power divider. 



(u) Connect POINT A of the test setup to the input of the device or devices in the reference path. 

(v) Connect POINT C to the input of the d evice o r devices under test. Connect POINT D to the 
output of the device or devices under test. See tables 6-4 throughGOHto determine input/output jacks. 

(w) The 8407A display (with MODE switch set to AM PL or PHASE) is the difference between the two 
chambers. The difference should never exceed values shown i n 1 table 6-231 



NOTE 



If X-Y recorder is used, perform the following steps. 



(x) Rotate the MANUAL SWEEP control of the 8601 A fully clockwise. Place a fresh data sheet on 
the X-Y recorder and place CHART HOLD/RELEASE switch in the HOLD position. Switch OFF/ON/SERVO switch on 
recorder to SERVO. Rotate MANUAL SWEEP control counterclockwise until pen rests over the low frequency end line 
of the chart. Move PEN UP/DOWN switch to DOWN. Slowly rotate MANUAL SWEEP control fully clockwise Move 
PEN UP/DOWN switch to UP. Mark the trace just recorded with a for phase. Phase tracking is listed in l table 6-231 

(y) Set SI to the AMPLITUDE position and the 8412A MODE to AMP. Rotate MANUAL SWEEP 
control on 8601 A counterclockwise until pen rests over the low frequency 



6-83 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 6-23. Amplitude and Phase Tracking Limits 



Unit 


Amplitude (±dB) 


Phase (±Degrees) 


Total Path 


0.5 


3.0 


Directional Coupler ^ 







Rf Amplifier ■ See tables of Capabilitie s and 

^ Limitations in lChapteTH for 

^ Specifications. 



Monitor Beamformer ■ 




Sector Beamformer J 





end line of the chart. Place pen in the DOWN position. Slowly rotate the MANUAL SWEEP control fully clockwise to 
record swe pt frequency amplitude. Mark this trace with an A, denoting amplitude. Amplitude tracking limits are listed in 
I table 6-23 J 

(z) Repeat steps (v) through (y) for remaining tests of the same type, changing only POINTS C and 
D of the test setup as required. 

NOTE 

Ensure that all rf paths not being tested are terminated in the system configuration. 

2. Isolation Procedure . If the total path is out of tolerance, change both reference and test paths to a 
partial path and repeat the test. This can be repeated, following the rf path, until the faulty unit is isolated. 

6-12. Transmission Line Phase Tracking Measurement Test Check. 

a. Purpose . The purpose of these measurements is to verify that all transmission lines (from antenna element 
to input directional coupler, including the transmission line tuner) phase track within the required tolerance. The relative 
electrical length of all transmission lines within each band will be determined at one frequency and adjustments made as 
required to meet tolerance specifications. These measurements must be performed if a line tuner is replaced for any 
reason. 

NOTE 

One antenna line is selected as a reference to adjust the line under consideration. The band 
being checked will be degraded while the check is in progress. Coordination is required in 
accordance with local procedures. 

1. Procedures . 

(a) Disconnect all transmission lines to be measured from the antennas at the point of connection of 
the foamflex cable to antenna. 

(b) Select one transmission line as a reference and terminate it with a short circuit at the antenna. 
Set up the test equipment (allow at least one hour for 



6-84 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



warmup) at the input directional couplers, for the band being measured, as shown in If iqure 6^5[ use cable lengths as 
shown) connect cable at POINT A to the reference transmission line to be measured using KA-99-69 Kings connector. 

(c) While observing the HP5245, set the HP8601 FREQUENCY control to the highest in-band 
frequency (6 MHz for band A, 18 MHz for band B, 30 MHz for band C). 

(d) Set CW/SWEEP switch to CW. 

(e) Set OUTPUT LEVEL control to -1 dBm . 

(f) On the 841 2A, set MODE to PHASE, PHASE DEG/DIV to 1 .0. 

(g) Using the PHASE VERNIER control on the HP8407A and the PHASE OFFSET control on the 
HP8412A, adjust the phase reading for a O-degree reference. 

(h) Disconnect POINT A from the reference transmission line and connect to the transmission line to 
be tested. Connect a short circuit termination (at the antenna) on the transmission line to be tested. 

(i) Read and record the transmission line phase tracking error. 



NOTE 



The transmission line phase tracking error is one-half of the phase reading. 



(j) Repeat steps (h) and (i) for the remaining transmission lines in the band being measured. 



NOTE 



The O-degree reference should be rechecked occasionally to determine whether or not 
measuring equipment has drifted. If drift has occurred, those measurements affected should be 
rechecked. 



2. Repair Procedure . The maximum allowable phase tracking deviation from the mean is +0.5 degree. 
After all cables are measured on a given band, determine the mean phase error and check to see that no cable deviates 
from the mean by more than +0.5 degree. If any transmission line is out of tolerance, adjust the transmission line tuner 
to correct it. 



6-13. Swept-Frequency Vswr (Singly Driven Elements) Test Check. 



a. Purpose . The purpose of this test is to determine the input vswr of each antenna element as measured at 
the point of connection between the transmission line and the input directional coupler. All antenna elements are 
measured. Swept frequency plots will be recorded over the following frequency ranges for each band: 

Band A 1.5- 12 MHz 

Band B 4 - 24 MHz 

Band C 12 - 30 MHz 



NOTE 



The band being checked will be degraded while the check is in progress. Coordination is 
required in accordance with local procedures. 



6-85 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



SWEEP 



BLANKING 



VTO 



GEN. SWPR 
HP860IA 



3FT 1 1N. 



COUNTER 
HP5245M 



PART OF 
1I652A 

ACCESSORY KIT 



PART OF H652A 
ACCESSORY KIT 




NETWORK 
ANALYZER 
HP8407A 




DISPLAY 
UNIT 
HP8412A 







OHM XFMR 
3300-481 85-1 
OR EQUIVALENT 

UG-491B U 
ADAPTER 

DIRECTIONAL BRIDGE 



POINT A 



KINGS 
ADAPTER 

O [m 99-69' 



75 OHM COAX 
(LENGTH AS 
REQUIRED) 



UNLESS NOTED ALL CABLES ARE RG58 OR EQUIVALENT 
COAXIAL ADAPTERS MAY BE REPLACED BY EQUIVALENTS 



35509A 



Figure 6-5. Phase Tracking and Swept Frequency 

6-86 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



1. Procedures . 

NOTE 

For this test, all transmission lines and antenna elements, except for the one under test, will be 
connected in the system configuration. Do not conduct these measurements during rain. 

(a) Connect the equipment as shown i n figure 6-51 (Use cable lengths as shown.) 

(b) Set 8601 A Generator/Sweeper as follows: 

(1 ) Set OUTPUT LEVEL range switch to -1 dB. 

(2) Set level to zero as shown on the meter using OUTPUT LEVEL vernier. 

(3) Set SWEEP to VIDEO (4) Set SWEEP MODE to MANUAL. 
(5) Turn MANUAL SWEEP control fully clockwise. 

(c) While observing the 5245M Frequency Counter, set the frequency of the 8601 A 
Generator/Sweeper to the highest frequency on the band of interest. 

(d) Place a tnc female short circuit at POINT A o lf figure 6-5l Next, set MODE switch on the 8407A 
to AMPL. Use AMPLITUDE RANGE switch and AMPLITUDE VERNIER to set the beam on the center horizontal line. 
Using the HORIZONTAL POSITION and GAIN controls, set the beam on the extreme right vertical line of the graticule. 

(e) Set the lower frequency of the band of interest by observing the frequency counter while slowly 
turning the MANUAL SWEEP control of the 8601 A counterclockwise. 

(f) Use the HORIZONTAL POSITION control on the 841 2A and place the beam on the extreme left 
vertical line of the scope graticule. 

(g) Repeat steps (c) through (f) until beam will track with the MANUAL SWEEP control. The sweep 
is properly adjusted when the beam travels from the left vertical line to the right vertical line on the scope graticule as the 
MANUAL SWEEP control is rotated from the low frequency to the high frequency of the band of interest. 

(h) Remove short circuit and connect cable at POINT A to the antenna element being tested using 
KA 99-69 Kings adapter. (The transmission line is considered a part of the element.) 

(i) Check to see that the recorder vswr is no greater than 5: 1 in bands A and B; 3: 1 in band C. 
(j) Repeat steps (o) through (q) for each antenna element. 

NOTE 

Variations in ground conductivity and other environmental conditions may result in moderate 
vswr differences between antenna elements within a band. Any one or two elements deviating 
considerably from the average should be inspected carefully for defects. Specific limits are 
impossible to define, due to the above mentioned undefinable variables. 

2. Repair Procedures . If an antenna element is found to exceed the vswr limits specified, check all 
connections and grounding. Ensure that other elements are terminated in the system configuration. Repeat the 
measurement after the defect is corrected. 

6-14. Single Antenna Impedance Measurement Test Check. 

a. Purpose . The purpose of this meas ur ement is to verify the impedance of each antenna element, as 
measured at its feedpoint (POINT A on l figures 6^61 an B~6^7) 



6-87 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




Figure 6-6. Band A & B Antenna & Feed Configuration 

6-88 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




UPPER 
D I POLE 



DIPOLE 
FEEO . 
POINTS 



BALUN CABLES 



fat 



3= 



X/4 
CENTER 
FREQUENCY T0 

REFLECTING 
SCREEN 

- X/4 — 

CENTER 
FREQUENCY 



Dl POLE 

FEED 

POINTS 



LOWER 
DIPOLE 



NOTE: POINT A DENOTES POINT 
OF MEASUREMENT 

35417 



BALUN CABLES 



3— i 




? 

TO 

REFLECTING 
SCREEN 



JUNCTION CABLE 

CONNECTOR 
COAXIAL TEE 



^50 OHM CABLE 
/ j— POINT A 




X/4 ft 

TRANSFORMER 

CONNECTOR ^-RG2IP JUMPER 



UNCTION CABLE 



Figure 6-7. Band C Antenna & Feed Configuration 



6-89 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



NOTE 

The band being checked will be degraded while the check is in progress. Coordination is 
required in accordance with local procedures. 

Antenna impedance measurements can be affected by the terrain in the near field of the antenna, large objects (such as 
buildings, machinery and utility lines), the presence of strong radio frequency signals in the band of interest, and 
variations in the moisture content of the ground. Do not perform these measurements during rain. Due to these factors, 
it will be necessary to establish mean values of impedance for the antennas in each group. This is done by measuring all 
antennas in each group. By analysis of this data, the mean values and allowable deviations from this mean are 
determined. Antennas whose impedances deviate grossly from the majority are considered faulty. If a defective 
antenna is found, its impedance and that of the two adjacent antennas must be remeasured after repair since mutual 
coupling may cause it to affect the others. Impedance measurements will involve four distinct groups of elements: 

Band A 

Band B (behind Band A) 
Band B (between Band A) 
Band C 

Band B must be broken into two groups because the physical layout places half of the elements between band A 
elements and the other half behind band A elements. Thus, each group will have somewhat different impedance 
characteristics. This measurement will verify impedance uniformity of all elements in each group. It is performed on 
each element individually, and the impedance is measured at the feedpoint. Band C is measured at the input to the 50- 
ohm cable (X/4 transformer). 

NOTE 

It is important that all band A and band B antennas be terminated in the system configuration 
when either band is under test. Band C antennas must all be terminated when band C is under 
test. 

Antennas in any one of the bands under test may appear to be questionable or unsatisfactory if there is any strong 
incoming interference at the frequency of the checkout. Any antennas which seem to be questionable or unsatisfactory 
should be retested later in the day or at another time before being given an unsatisfactory rating. Excessive irregularities 
in the element near fields (due to buildings and the immediate terrain) can cause minor variations in element 
impedances. Such variations will be gradual and systematic among adjacent elements (adjacent alternate elements in 
band B). There should be no sudden change in impedance between adjacent elements. 

NOTE 

All antennas in a given band must be checked at the same frequencies to establish a mean 
impedance value for the band. The following frequencies are typical for each band. These may 
be changed to avoid interference from external signals. 

Band A 2.0 MHz and 6.0 MHz 
Band B 6.0 MHz and 18.0 MHz 
Band C 18.0 MHz and 30.0 MHz 



6-90 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



1. Procedures . 

(a) Connect HP4815A Vector Impedance Meter to ac power source and allow 30 minutes of warmup 

before operating. 

(b) Set test RANGE and FREQUENCY to the lower frequency specified for the band under test. 

(c) Connect probe to POINT A of the antenna. (Refer to figures 6-6 aV i d 6-7.) f d) Adjust 
MAGNITUDE RANGE for an on-scale reading on the OHMS meter and record reading. 

(e) Set test RANGE and FREQUENCY to the upper frequency specified for the band under test. 

(f) Repeat step (d). 

(g) Repeat steps (b) through (f) for each antenna to be tested. 

(h) Record impedance and phase angle for all antennas in the band. 

2. Repair Procedure . If an element is found which is defective, check all electrical connections, including 
the grounding. Also, ensure that proper test procedures were followed for that antenna group. When the defect is 
corrected, repeat the measurements on the adjacent elements as well as the one repaired. 

SECTION II 

SPECIAL MA1 NTENANCE 

6-15. Removal and Replacement Procedures. 

a. Procedures for removal of rf amplifiers, power dividers, or beamformers are as follows: 

NOTE 

For an rf amplifier, turn unit OFF and unplug ac line cord before proceeding with step 1. 

1 . Disconnect the required coaxial cables. Be sure all are properly tagged for proper replacement. 

2. Remove the retaining screws on the front of the rack, and remove the unit from the front. 

b. A directional coupler is replaced as follows: 

1 . Attach the coaxial connectors to the new coupler. 

2. Disconnect the old coupler from the mounting rack and attach the new one. 

c. Transmission line tuners can be replaced without observi ng any special p recautions. The new line tuner 
must be adjusted to the proper electrical length using the procedures in lparagraph 6-1 2] 

d. Antenna array components can also be replaced without observing any special precautions. Care must be 
taken to verify performance with the performance test procedures. 

6-16. Bench Test Procedures 

a. General . In the antenna group, beamformers, power dividers/combiners, directional couplers and rf 
amplifiers cannot be checked or serviced while mounted in their normal operating locations. Power dividers and 
combiners are repairable 



6-91 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

only by replacing the 1: 4 sealed units of which the various units are constructed. Directional couplers are sealed units 
which are non-repairable. Beamformers, directional couplers, and power dividers/combiners are passive devices. As 
such, they are subjected to relatively small rf signal voltages (as opposed to power devices) and normally are the most 
reliable elements in the signal chain. The tests that follow will provide data on individual components to indicate whether 
they are suitable for use. In any event, a suspect beamformer, directional coupler, power divider/combiner or rf amplifier 
should be replaced with a spare. The olm&t test that originally detected the out-of-tolerance condition should be 
repeated. This test should confirm whether the removed item was, in fact, defective. 



b. Power Dividers/Omni Combiners. The fo llowing equipment is tested for phase and amplitude performance 
using the same test equipment setup: (Se e figure 6-"8l ) 

Divider Assembly Power Rf CU-2052/FLR-9(V) (1 :4 power divider, 3300-42840-1) all bands 

Divider Assembly Power Rf CU-2051/FLR-9(V) (6:24 power divider, 3300-42841-1) C band 

Divider Assembly Power Rf CU-2053/FLR-9(V) (4:32 power divider, 3300-42842-1) B band 

Divider Assembly Power Rf CU-2050/FLR-9(V) (2:32 power divider, 3300-42843-1) A band 

Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2054/FLR-9(V) (16:2 omnicombiner, 3300-42844-1) Bands A and C 

Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2049/FLR-9(V) (6:1 omnicombiner, 3300-42845-1) all bands 

Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2055/FLR-9(V) (16:1 omnicombiner, 3300-42846-1) Band B 



testing: 



1. Test Eguipment Reguired . The following eguipment is reguired for power divider and omni combiner 

Type Nomenclature 

HP8601A Generator Sweeper 

HP8600A Digital Marker 

Microlab/FXR SR-05B Line Stretcher 

HP8407A with 1 165A kit containing Network Analyzer 
HP1 1851 -80001 power splitter 

F & M Systems 3300-48185-1 50/75-ohm transformers (2) 

KA-99-51 Adapter, TNC to TNC, 75 ohm (2) 

KA-89-19 75-ohm terminations 



2. Connect test eguipment as shown in |figure 6-8 up ing the 75-ohm TNC to TNC adapter between the two 
transformers. 



3. Initial Setup of 8601 A 

(a) Set SWEEP switch to VIDEO 

(b) Set RANGE switch to 1 1 0. 

(c) Set OUTPUT LEVEL to dBm as read on meter. 

(d) Set I kHz MOD switch and CRYSTAL CAL switch to OFF. 

(e) Set SWEEP MODE to MANUAL 

(f) Set RIG-LINE-FREE to LINE 



6-92 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



SWEEP 



BLANKING 



VTO 



HP8601A 
GEff /SWEEPER 

AUX OUT RF flUT 



-I0 



dbni 



HP 11851- 
80001 
POWER 

SPLITTER 



50 



XFMR 



75 



LINE 
STRETCHER 
SR-05B 



75 



XFMR 



50 



TRANSFORMERS 
3300-48185-1 
OR EQUIVALENT 



HP8407 



REF 
— O 



TEST 
— O 

NETWORK 
ANALYZER 



AM PL OUT 



T 



I 

PHASE 



X IN 



Y IN 

X-Y 
RECORDER 
HP7035B 



OUT 






INPUT 


< 


l 




COUNTER 




HP8600A 


394 


33 



NOTES: 

1. KA99-51 BNC TO TNC ADAPTER 

2. POWER DIVIDER OMNI COMBINER 
UNDER TEST 



Figure 6-8. Power Divider/Combiners Test Setup 
6-93 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

(g) Set FREQUENCY to 30 MHz. 

(h) OUTPUT LEVEL to -20 dB. 

4. Initial Setup of 8600A . Press CW COUNTER. 

5. Initial Setup of 8407A/8412A 

(a) Set PHASE OFFSET switch to +. 

(b) Set PHASE OFFSET DEGREES switch to (zero) degrees. 

(c) Set MODE switch to DUAL. 

(d) Adjust REF CHAN LEVEL ADJ until meter indicates at upper end of OPERATE range. 

(e) Adjust DISPLAY REFERENCE switches until spot can be centered (0.0 volts) using AMPL 
VERNIER with AMPL dB/DIV switch set at 0.25 position. AMPL VERNIER should fall in mid-range to allow for later 
adjustments. 

(f) Using DISPLAY REFERENCE CAL thumb-wheels, adjust DISPLAY REFERENCE readout to 
dB on 10 dB steps and dB on 1 dB steps. 

(g) Set PHASE DEG/DIV switch to 1 .0. 

(h) Adjust PHASE VERNIER until display spot is centered. 

(i) On the HP8601A adjust SWEEP MODE control through 1.5 to 30 MHz to check that amplitude 
and phase are reasonable flat. 

(j) Adjust line stretcher and/or check test setup if phase and amplitude are not flat 

6. Phase Measurement Procedures . 

(a) Place the data sheet as illustrated in I figure 6~ : 9"""b n the 7035B X-Y Recorder, move the chart 
HOLD/RELEASE switch to the HOLD position. 

(b) Set the SWEEP control of the 8601 A so that the frequency counter indicates near 15 MHz. Set 
841 2A MODE switch to PHASE, VERNIER, and ZERO controls for full deflection of stylus (zero through ten) while trace 
on HP8407A travels through ten degrees. Slowly turn the MANUAL SWEEP control of the 8601 A fully clockwise. Adjust 
the RANGE and VERNIER gain controls until the pen stops at the upper frequency end of the data sheet. 

(c) Turn the 8601 A MANUAL SWEEP control counterclockwise until the frequency counter indicates 
the low frequency of the band of interest. Turn the Y ZERO control of the X-Y recorder until the pen stops on the low 
frequency end of the data sheet. 

(d) Repeat steps (b) and (c) until the pen of the X-Y recorder tracks precisely with 841 2A Scope. 

(e) With the beam of the 841 2A resting on the zero line of the graticule, adjust the X ZERO control 
until the pen rests over the zero line of the data sheet. 

(f) Set the PHASE OFFSET DEGREES switch of the 841 2A to 80. Adjust the RANGE and GAIN 
VERNIER controls to position the pen over the 80 dB line of the data sheet. 

(g) Repeat steps (e) and (f) until the pen tracks precisely. 

(h) Replace TNC to TNC adapter with device to be tested. 

(i) Rotate the MANUAL SWEEP control of the 8601 A fully clockwise. Switch OFF/ON/SERVO 
switch on recorder to SERVO. Rotate MANUAL SWEEP control counterclockwise until pen rests over the low frequency 
end line of the chart. Move PEN UP/DOWN switch to DOWN. Slowly rotate MANUAL SWEEP co ntrol fully clockwise. 
Move PEN UP/ DOWN switch to UP. Compare tracking curve with phase levels listed ir | figure If tracking accuracy 
exceeds ±1.75 degrees, replace faulty component. 



6-94 



TM 32-5985-217-15 































































s 

<= 
m 

CS 

-< 
















- 




-m 
















































PHASE IN D 


iGREES 











9 8 7 6 5 4 30 20 10 

39484 



Figure 6-9. Phase Level Tracking Curve Typical Data Sheet 

6-95 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



7. Amplitude Measurement Procedures 

(a) Use bnc to bnc adapter to connect test leads. 

(b) Set 841 2A AMPL dB/DIV switch to 0.25 

(c) Use 8407A AMPL VERNIER to adjust the zero display sweep to the center gratical. 

(d) Adjust DISPLAY REFERENCE 10-dB steps t o +10 and 1 -dB steps to -4 for 6 dB amplitude; 10- 



dB step to +10 and l-dB steps to for 9-dB and 12-dB amplitudes, See l table 6-23| for amplitudes 



(e) Remove bnc to bnc adapter and connect test leads to unit under test. 

(f) Observe t he maximum dB deflection on the 841 2A between the minimum and maximum 



frequencies as listed in | table 6-24.| If deflection exceeds +0.5 dB, replace the faulty component. 



Table 6-24. Power Divider/Combiner Amplitude and Phase Requirements 

Divider, Power Rf, CU-2052/FLR-9(V) 
3300-42840-1 (1 :4 Power Divider) 

Frequency Amplitude dB 



1.5 MHz 


-6.16 dB 


2.0 


-6.16 


2.5 


-6.16 


3.0 


-6.17 


3.5 


-6.17 


4.0 


-6.18 


4.5 


-6.19 


5.0 


-6.19 


5.5 


-6.20 


6.0 


-6.21 


7.5 


-6.22 


9.0 


-6.24 


10.5 


-6.26 


12.0 


-6.28 


13.5 


-6.29 


15.0 


-6.30 


16.5 


-6.31 


18.0 


-6.33 


19.5 


-6.34 


21.0 


-6.35 


22.5 


-6.36 


24.0 


-6.37 


25.5 


-6.38 


27.0 


-6.39 


28.5 


-6.40 


30.0 


-6.41 



6-96 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 6-24. Power Divider/Combiner Amplitude and Phase Requirements (Continued) 

Divider, Power Rf , CU-2052/FLR-9(V) 3300-42840-1 (1 :4 Power Divider) 



Freauencv 


Phase 


1.5 MHz 


-2.5 


2.0 


-3.3 


2.5 


-4.2 


3.0 


-5.0 


3.5 


-5.8 


4.0 


-6.6 


4.5 


-7.4 


5.0 


-8.2 


5.5 


-9.0 


6.0 


-9.8 


7.5 


-12.1 


9.0 


-14.4 


10.5 


-16.7 


12.0 


-19.0 


13.5 


-21.3 


15.0 


-23.5 


16.5 


-25.8 


18.0 


-28.1 


19.5 


-30.3 


21.0 


-32.6 


22.5 


-34.9 


24.0 


-37.1 


25.5 


-39.3 


27.0 


-41.6 


28.5 


-43.9 


30.0 


-46.2 



Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2051/FLR-9(V) 3300-42841-1 (6:24 Power Divider) 



Frequency 

18.0 
19.5 
21.0 
22.5 
24.0 
25.5 
27.0 
28.5 
30.0 



Phase 

-28.4 degrees 

-30.7 

-33.0 

-35.3 

-37.6 

-39.2 

-42.2 

-44.6 

-46.9 



6-97 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 6-24. Power Divider/Combiner Amplitude and Phase Requirements (Continued) 

Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2051/FLR-9(V) 3300-42841-1 (6:24 Power Divider) 



Frequency 


Amplitude dB 


18.0 


-6.28 


19.5 


-6.29 


21.0 


-6.30 


22.5 


-6.31 


24.0 


-6.32 


25.5 


-6.33 


27.0 


-6.35 


28.5 


-6.35 


30.0 


-6.37 



Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2053/FLR-9(V) 3300-42842-1 (4:32 Power Divider) 



Frequency 


Phase 


6.0 MHz 


-17.3 degrees 


7.5 


-21.5 


9.0 


-25.7 


10.5 


-29.8 


12.0 


-33.9 


13.5 


-38.0 


15.0 


-42.1 


16.5 


-46.2 


18.0 


-50.4 


Frequency 


Amplitude dB 


6.0 MHz 


-9.25 


7.5 


-9.29 


9.0 


-9.31 


10.5 


-9.34 


12.0 


-9.36 


13.5 


-9.39 


15.0 


-9.41 


16.5 


-9.43 


18.0 


-9.45 



Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2050/FLR-9(V) 3300-42843-1 (2:32) Power Divider) 

Frequency Phase 

2.0 MHz -8.0 degrees 

2.5 -10.0 
3.0 -12.0 



6-98 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 6-24. Power Divider/Combiner Amplitude and Phase Requirements (Continued) 

Divider Assembly, Power Rf CU-2050/FLR-9(V) 3300-42843-1 (2:32) Power Divider) (Continued) 



Frequency 


Phase 


3.5 


-14.0 degrees 


4.0 


-16.0 


4.5 


-17.8 


5.0 


-20.3 


5.5 


-21.5 


6.0 


-23.5 


Frequency 


Amplitude dB 


2.0 


-12.19 


2.5 


-12.21 


3.0 


-12.23 


3.5 


-12.24 


4.0 


-12.26 


4.5 


-12.28 


5.0 


-12.30 


5.5 


-12.31 


6.0 


-12.33 



Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2054/FLR-9(V) 3300-42844-1 (16:2 Omnicombiner) 



Frequency 


Phase 


2.0 MHz 


- 5.8 degrees 


2.5 


- 7.2 


3.0 


- 8.7 


3.5 


-10.1 


4.0 


-11.6 


4.5 


-13.0 


5.0 


-14.4 


5.5 


-15.8 


6.0 


-17.3 


7.5 


-21.4 


9.0 


-25.6 


10.5 


-29.7 


12.0 


-33.8 


13.5 


-37.9 


15.0 


-42.0 


16.5 


-46.1 


18.0 


-50.2 


19.5 


-54.3 


21.0 


-58.4 


22.5 


-62.4 


24.0 


-66.4 


25.5 


-70.6 



6-99 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 6-24. Power Divider/Combiner Amplitude and Phase Requirements (Continued) 

Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2054/FLR-9(V) 3300-42844-1 (16:2 Omnicombiner) 



Frequency 

27.0 
28.5 
30.0 



Phase 

-74.7 
-78.8 
-82.9 



Frequency Amplitude dB 



2.0 MHz 


-9.18 


2.0 MHz 


-9.18 


2.5 


-9.19 


3.0 


-9.19 


3.5 


-9.20 


4.0 


-9.21 


4.5 


-9.22 


5.0 


-9.23 


5.5 


-9.24 


6.0 


-9.25 


7.5 


-9.28 


9.0 


-9.31 


10.5 


-9.33 


12.0 


-9.36 


13.5 


-9.38 


15.0 


-9.40 


16.5 


-9.42 


18.0 


-9.44 


19.5 


-9.46 


21.0 


-9.48 


22.5 


-9.51 


24.0 


-9.53 


25.5 


-9.53 


27.0 


-9.55 


28.5 


-9.57 


30.0 


-9.59 



Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2049/FLR-9(V) 3300-42845-1 (6:1 Omnicombiner) 



Frequency Phase 

2.0 MHz -5.8 degrees 

2.5 -7.3 

3.0 -8.7 

3.5 -10.2 

4.0 -11.6 

4.5 -13.1 

5.0 -14.5 

5.5 -15.9 



6-100 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 6-24. Power Divider/Combiner Amplitude and Phase Requirements (Continued) 

Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2049/FLR-9(V) 3300-42845-1 (6:1 Omnicombiner) (Continued) 



Frequency 


Phase 


6.0 


-17.3 


7.5 


-21.5 


9.0 


-25.6 


10.5 


-29.8 


12.0 


-33.9 


13.5 


-38.0 


15.0 


-42.1 


16.5 


-46.2 


18.0 


-50.3 


19.5 


-54.4 


21.0 


-58.5 


22.5 


-62.6 


24.0 


-66.4 


25.5 


-70.7 


27.0 


-74.8 


28.5 


-78.9 


30.0 


-83.0 



Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2049/FLR-9(V) 3300-42845-1 (6:1 Omnicombiner) (Continued) 
Frequency Amplitude dB 



2.0 MHz 


-9.18 


2.5 


-9.19 


3.0 


-9.20 


3.5 


-9.21 


4.0 


-9.22 


4.5 


-9.23 


5.0 


-9.24 


5.5 


-9.25 


6.0 


-9.26 


7.5 


-9.29 


9.0 


-9.32 


10.5 


-9.35 


12.0 


-9.37 


13.5 


-9.39 


15.0 


-9.42 


16.5 


-9.44 


18.0 


-9.46 


19.5 


-9.48 


21.0 


-9.5 


22.5 


-9.53 


24.0 


-9.53 


25.5 


-9.55 


27.0 


-9.57 



6-101 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 6-24. Power Divider/Combiner Amplitude and Phase Requirements (Continued) 

Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2049/FLR-9(V) 3300-42845-1 (6:1 Omnicombiner) (Continued) 

Frequency Amplitude dB 

28.5 -9.59 
30.0 -9.61 

Coupler, Omni Assembly CU-2055/FLR-9(V) 3300-42846-1 (16:1 Omnicombiner) 



Frequency 


Phase 


6.0 MHz 


-21 .7 degrees 


7.5 


-27.0 


9.0 


-32.1 


10.5 


-37.3 


12.0 


-42.5 


13.5 


-47.6 


15.0 


-52.8 


16.5 


-57.9 


18.0 


-63.0 


Frequency 


Amplitude dB 


6.0 MHz 


-12.45 


7.5 


-12.49 


9.0 


-12.52 


10.5 


-12.56 


12.0 


-12.59 


13.5 


-12.62 


15.0 


-12.65 


16.5 


-12.68 


18.0 


-12.71 



c. Directional Couplers . Directional couplers, in all cases, consist of two transformers enclosed in a sealed box. 
Repair of these units is not feasible. Extensive testing for all published characteristics is unnecessary since one set of 
measurements, as described below, will identify defective units. The units can develop only an open circuit, a short 
circuit, a cracked toroid transformer core, or one or more shorted turns in a transformer. There are no other components 
inside other than the two transformers. Any of the above defects will cause an unsatisfactory impedance to be reflected 
at one or more ports. 

1. Test Equipment Required . 

HP4815 Rf Vector Impedance 

Meter KA-89-19 75-ohm termination (3) 



2. Directional Coupler Operating Frequencies . The following directional couplers operate as listed in the 
frequency bands A, B, and C. 



6-102 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Olektron Type 



Frequency 



T-D4-101-1;T-D4-102-1 
T-D4-IOI-1; T-D4-1 02-11 
T-D4-1 01-111; T-D4-1 02-1 1 1 



A. 
B. 
C. 



1.5 to 6 MHz 
6 to 18 MHz 
18 to 30 MHz 



3. Directional Coupler Tests. 

(a) Terminate all ports except the one being checked with KA-89-19 terminations. 

(b) Connect impedance meter probe to port under test. Use impedance meter frequencies as determined from 
type of coupler and band of operation as determined from preceding step 2. 

NOTE 

An adapter containing a TNC connector is furnished as an accessory with the impedance meter. 
This facilitates probe connection to the directional coupler. 

(c) The impedance of any port, when checked at any frequency within the appropriate band, should read 75 ±5 
ohms. The upper and lower and two or three in-band frequency checks should confirm proper impedance. 

NOTE 

In all cases, all ports except the one being checked must be terminated in 75 ohms. Check all 
ports so that each side is tested. 



d. Beamformers. Beamformers consist of artificial delay lines, attenuators, and power combiners. It is necessary 
to determine the phase delay and attenuation of the various input ports, relative to the output port, to confirm proper 
operation. Internal trimming adjustments are provided that make small changes of inductance and capacitance in the 
individual delay lines. Normally, these adjustments will retain their electrical parameters over the life of the beamformer. 
Only infrequently should it become necessary to make readjustments. When a port or ports contain an apparent out of- 
tolerance condition, recheck the test setup to positively identify that the beamformer is, in fact, at fault. Rf adjustments 
on artificial delay lines are critical, and experience with these devices and their measurement must be accomplished only 
by qualified personnel. 



1. Test Equipment Required 

Type 

HP8601A Generator/Sweeper 
HP1 1 652A Transmission Kit 
Variable Time Delay Type 2081 
Time Delay Standard Model 20A2C 
SR-05B 



Description 
Signal Generator 
Power Splitter 

Continuously Variable Delay Line 
Decade Line Delay 
Line Stretcher 



6-103 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



lyee 

F & M 3300-48185-1 
HP8407A 

Weinschel Precision Attenuator 
Set Model AS-9146 

KA-99-19 

Electronic Counter HP5245 
KC-99-70 

Rotary Step Assembly Attenuator 



Description 

50- to 75-ohm transformers (2) 
Network analyzer 

Selected attenuators in three bands 

75-ohm termination (quantity as required) 
Determines accuracy of test frequency 
TNC to TNC adapter (Female) 
0-to 1-dB attenuator in 0.1 -dB steps. 



2. Test Setup . | Figure 6-l"0~j llustrates the test setup for beamformer phase tracking tests. 

3. Test Procedure. 



(a) Initially, connect bnc to bnc adapter between points 1 and 2. Do not use cables; the adapter should be the 
only connection between points 1 and 2. 

(b) Set line stretcher SR-05B and adjustable delay lines 201 B and 20A2C to minimum delay. 

(c) Use HP5245 to set signal generator to within 100 cycles of frequency for beamformer to be tested. (See 

table 6-251 , the generator output level is not critical; use approximately 100 mv output level, 
(d) Adjust line stretcher SR-05B for degrees phase shift on network analyzer. 



NOTE 



It may be necessary to add a short length of cable between the power divider and one side or the 
other in order to adjust phasing to degrees. A positive phase shift indicates additional line is 
required. 



(e) Adjust HP8407A DISPLAY REFERENCE and AMPL VERNIER for 0-dB indication. 

(f) Repeat steps d. and e. for phase and amplitude. 

(g) Set DISPLAY REFERENCE CAL for 00 indication on DISPLAY REFERENCE. 

(h) Remove adapter connected in step (a) and replace with desired beamformer. 

NOTE 

All unused ports must be terminated in 75 ohms. 



(i) Adjust the decade lin e delay an d, using the continuously variable line as a vernier, insert a total 
nanosecond delay as determined frorr l table 6-25| for the port and beamformer under test. 

(j) Set DISPLAY REFERENCE to relative attenuation for port and beamformer under test as listed in table 6- 

25. 

(k) Phase shift should be no more than 2 degrees as indicated on the HP8407A 



6-104 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



I 



fixed"" 
i attenuator | 

«u» ^ft ^» W «M «# 



UIUBIE ATTENUATOR 



SIGHAL 
GENERATOR 
8406 A 



39463 



t 



W1ER 

DIVIDER 



PART OF HPT 1652 
TRANSMISSION KIT 



ELECTRONIC 
COUNTER 
HP5245 



El IN 



MRU HE 
TIME NIAY 

Tin m\ 



LINE 
STRETCHER 
SR-05B 



El WT 



IN 



50 



TIME DELAY 
STANDARD 

20A2C 



NT 



TRANSFORMERS 

3300-48IB5-1 



CHANNEL 
DIRECT 



NETWORK 

ANALYZER 

HP840TA 



CHANNEL 
DIRECT 



SHORT LENGTH 
OF 75 OHN 
TEST CABLE 



BEAM POWER 



Figure 6-10. Beamformer Phase and Amplitude Test Setup 

6-105 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



(I) Repeat steps (g), (h), and (i) to check other ports in the same manner, being certain that all others not 
under test are terminated in 75 ohms. 

(m) Connect the rotary step assembly attenuator (variable attenuator) between the variable time delay and 
power divider. 

(n) Use bnc to bnc adapter to connect points 1 and 2. 

(0) Set HP8407A DISPLAY REFERENCE TO 00. 

(p) Repeat steps b, d and e for phase and amplitude. 

(q) Remove adapter connected in step (m) and replace with beamformer port under test. 

(r) Determine amount of attenuation required for beamformer port under test from attenuation listed in table 6- 

25. 

(s) Select the attenuator from the Weinschel Precision Attenuator Set approximating the required attenuation 
and connect between the input (E1 IN) of the variable time delay unit and the variable attenuator, 
(t) Adjust the variable attenuator to provide total attenuation determined in step (r). 

(u) Adjust decode line delay and variable time delay for total nanosecond delay fro ml table 6-25I for 
beamformer port under test. 

4. Beamformer Adjustments . If all readings taken are consistently high or low, carefully check test setup before 
making adjustments inside beamformers. Refer to section 7 for beamformer schematics. Remove top and bottom cover 
plates. With the test equipment operating observe the out-of-tolerance channel. 

(a) Phase Adjustments . The variable L and C adjustments shown on schematics are clearly indicated in the 
beamformer. Place a finger lightly on the various variable capacitors or inductors associated with the out-of-tolerance 
port. If additional capacitance indicates the reading may fall in, adjust the associated capacitor. Do likewise with the 
variable inductors. If the beamformer channel comes within tolerance, recheck adjacent channels to see what effect, if 
any, the adjustment made. 

(b) Amplitude Adjustments . These are critical adjustments, since they can only be accomplished by 
removing existing resistors and trimming with replacement resistors. Selected resistors used to adjust amplitude during 
manufacture are indicated on the schematics as -;. Replacement of any resistors will necessitate complete recheck of 
phase and amplitude of the beamformer. A representative set of trimming resistors are available as spares at both sites. 
Artificial transmission lines, as used in beamformers, are critical in adjustment and have interlocking effects in phase and 
amplitude. Only personnel with a background in transmission line theory should attempt adjustments. 

NOTE 

In the following table, ns = nanoseconds. 



6-106 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

Table 6-25. Phase and Amplitude Data For Beamformers 

Beamformer Assembly TD-1050/FLR-9(V) (V8 only.) 

Input Jack At 4 MHz, Phase Attenuation, Input to 

Number Deviation ±2° Max (±1 .4 ns) Output ±0.5 dB 

1 189.8 ns -10.0 dB 

2 189.8 -10.0 

3 183.8 -11.1 

4 183.8 -11.1 

5 171.9 -12.9 

6 171.9 -12.9 

7 154.3 -15.6 

8 154.3 -15.6 

9 131.3 -18.7 

10 131.3 -18.7 

11 103.3 -22.6 

12 103.3 -22.6 

13 70.9 -23.7 

14 70.9 -23.7 

15 34.4 -22.1 

16 34.4 -22.1 

Beamformer Assembly TD-1052/FLR-9(V) (V7 only) 

Input Jack At 4 MHz, Phase Attenuation, Input to 

Number Deviation ±2° Max (±1 .4 ns) Output ±0.5 dB 

1 229.2 ns -10.0 dB 

2 229.2 -10.0 

3 221.7 -11.1 

4 221.7 -1.1 



6-107 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 6-25. Phase and Amplitude Data For Beamformers (Continued) 

Beamformer Assembly TD-1052/FLR-9(V) (V7 only.) (Continued) 

Input Jack At 4 MHz, Phase Attenuation, Input to 

Number Deviation ± 2° Max (±1 .4 ns) Output ±0.5 dB 

5 206.9 ns -12.9 dB 

6 206.9 -12,9 

7 184.9 -15.6 

8 184.9 -15.6 

9 156.2 -18.7 

10 156.2 -18.7 

11 121.3 -22.6 

12 121.3 -22.6 

13 80.7 -23.7 

14 80.7 -23.7 

15 35.2 -22.1 

16 35.2 -22.1 

Beamformer Assembly TD-1051/FLR-9(V) (V8 only) 

Input Jack At 12 MHz6 Phase Attenuation, Input to 

Number Deviation ±2° Max (+0.46 ns) Output ±0.5 dB 

1 63.69 ns -10.0 dB 

2 63.69 -10.0 

3 62.19 -11.1 

4 62.19 -11.1 

5 59.19 -12.9 

6 59.19 -12.9 

7 54.70 -15.6 

8 54.70 -15.6 



6-108 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 6-25. Phase and Amplitude Data For Beamformers (Continued) 



Beamformer Assembly TD-1051/FLR-9(V) (V8 only) (Continued) 



Input Jack 
Number 


At 12 MHz6 Phase 
Deviation ±2° Max (+0.46 ns) 


Attenuation, Input to 
Outout ±0.5 dB 


9 


48.75 ns 


-18.7 dB 


10 


48.75 


-18.7 


11 


41.36 


-22.6 


12 


41.36 


-22.6 


13 


32.57 


-23.7 


14 


32.57 


-23.7 


15 


22.40 


-22.1 


16 


22.40 

Beamformer Assembly TD-1053/FLR-9(V) (V7 only.) 


-22.1 


Input Jack 
Number 


At 12 MHz, Phase 
Deviation ±2° Max (+0.46 ns) 


Attenuation, Input to 
Output ± 0.5 dB 


1 


81.77 ns 


-10.0 dB 


2 


81.77 


-10.0 


3 


79.64 


-1.1 


4 


79.64 


-11.1 


5 


75.38 


-12.9 


6 


75.38 


-12.9 


7 


69.02 


-15.6 


8 


69.02 


-15.6 


9 


60.57 


-18.7 


10 


60.57 


-18.7 


11 


50.09 


-22.6 


12 


50.09 


-22.6 



6-109 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 6-25. Phase and Amplitude Data For Beamformers (Continued) 



Input Jack 
Number 

13 

14 

15 

16 



Input Jack 
Number 

1 

2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 



Step a. 
Step b. 

Step c. 
Step d. 



Beamformer Assembly TD-1053/FLR-9(V) (V7 only.) (Continued) 

At 12 MHz, Phase 
Deviation ±2° Max (+0.46 ns) 

37.61 

37.61 

23.18 

23.18 

Beamformer Assembly TD-1054/FLR-9(V) 

At 24 MHz, Phase 
Deviation ± 2° Max (+0.23 ns) 

31.48 ns 

31.48 

28.75 

28.75 

23.35 

23.35 

15.36 

15.36 

Beamformer Assembly TD-1055/FLR-9(V) 
Test Frequence: 4 MHz at 100 mv 



Attenuation, Input to 
Output ±0.5 dB 

-23.7 

-23.7 

-22.1 

-22.1 



Attenuation, Input to 
Output ± 0.5 dB 

-7.8 dB 

-7.8 

-9.8 

-9.8 

-14.4 

-14.4 

-15.7 

-15.7 



Procedure (Se ^ figure 6-10 



NOTE 

All ports not under test must be terminated in 75 ohms. Se e! figure 5-5J 

Check phase delay between J1 and J5. 

Check phase delay between J2 and J5. Step a. and b. should agree within ± 1 degree as read on 
network analyzer. 

Check phase delay between J3 and J5. 

Check phase delay between J4 and J5. C and d. should agree within ±1 degree as read on vector 
voltmeter. The delay path through a. b. should be 9.3 nanoseconds greather than paths c. or d. 
above 



6-110 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



Table 6-25. Phase and Amplitude Data For Beamformers (Continued) 



within ±2 degrees as read on network analyzer. At 4 MHz. 9.3 nanoseconds equals 13.5 degrees 
Step e. Insert 100-mV signal at each input port separately and note output reading (at J5) 
Step f . Level at J5 should be 8.5 ±0.2 dB greater than J1 and J2 than from J3 or J4. 

Beamformer Assembly TD-1056/FLR-9(V) 
Test Frequency: 12 MHz at 100 mV 

Procedure (Se fe figure 6-1 0t 

NOTE 

All ports not under test must be terminated in 75 ohms. Se e 1 figure 5-6 

Step a. Check phase delay between J1 and J4. 

Step b. Check phase delay between J2 and J4. Steps a. and b. should agree within ±1 degree as read on 
network analyzer 

Stepc. Check phase delay between J3 and J4. The delay through c, above, should b 1.2 nanoseconds 
greater than that of steps a. or b. within ±2 degrees as read on vector voltmeter. At 12 MHz, 1.2 
nanoseconds equals 5.2 degrees. 

Step d. Insert 100-mV signal at each input port and note output reading (at J4) 

Step e. Level at J4 should be 8.0 ±0.2 dB greater from J2 than from J1 or J3. 

Beamformer Assembly TD-1057/FLR-9(V) 
Test Frequency: 24 MHz at 100 mV 

Procedure (Se ^ figure 6-10] 

NOTE 

Port not under test must be terminated in 75 ohms. Se e! figure 5-7, 

Step a. Insert test frequency in J1 and measure phase delay to J3. 

Step b. Repeat using the J2 port. The phase delay between ports should agree within ±1 degree as read on 
the network analyzer. 

Stepc. Insert 100-mV signal at each input port separately and note output reading. The maximum insertion 
loss should not exceed 3.5 dB and both channels should agree within ±0.2 dB. 



e. Radio Frequency Amplifier . Refer to CM 32-5895-236-14 and associated supplement for servicing and 
checkout. 



6-111/6-112 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



CHAPTER 7 



CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 



7-1. General. 



Circuit diagrams contained in this chapter are presented to aid in maintenance operations and consist of all beamformers 
used in the antenna group. Comp onents that are non-repairable are sealed 1 :4 power dividers and directional couplers. 
Refer t ol ChapterTll paragraph 1 -6[ for a listing of related manuals that contain maintenance information and schematics. 



A sc hemati c of th e blower assembly used in all antenna amplifier racks may be found in |Chapter 5,||figure 5-26. HFigures 



7-1 through 



Figure 7-1 



Figure 7-2 



Figure 7-3 



Figure 7-4 



Figure 7-5 



Figure 7-6 



Figure 



Figure 7-8 



Figure 7-9 



7-9 Consist of the following 

Schematic, 8eamformer Assembly TD-1050/FLR-9(V) 
Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1051/FLR-9(V) 
Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1054/FLR-9(V) 
Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1052/FLR-9(V) 
Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1053/FLR-9(V) 
Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1055/FLR-9(V) 
Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1056/FLR-9(V) 
Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1057/FLR-9(V) 
Antenna Group Cabling Diagram 



7-7 



7-1 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




Figure 7-1. Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1050/FLR-9(V) 

7-2/7-3 



TM 32-5985-217-15 




E L50- 



IRI 



*44 J*« 



mi ie» J^<oo i^ezo/ ^coof ir/oi £ i'w ktmt kati 



IMS 
11.1 



c»r : fat* ; ' z*» tcm 



r/H 



fh 



L'5 



39/81 



Figure 7-2. Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1 051 /FLR-9(V) 

7-4/7-5 



NOTES: 

1 . PARTIAL REF DESIGNATIONS ARE SHOWN; 
FOR COMPLETE DESIGNATION PREFIX 
WITH UNIT NO. OR SUBASSEMBLY 
DESIGNATION. 

2. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS, 1/8W+2 % 
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 

3. ALL CAPACITORS ARE IN PF, ± 5 % UNLESS 
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 

4. ** INDICATORS VALUE TO BE DETERMINED 
AT ASSY TO TRIM ATTENUATION, IF 
REQUIRED. 



M/QMfSr ACS 0£S« 






r^o 


C/8 







ecf oes/6 AJOr </S£0 










JZJ2 










ers-* 















Figure7-3. Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1054/FLR-9(V) 



7-6/7-7 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



P o- 



iio- 



no- 



(40- 



■CM /" j 



r 



* * I ' t: -* 



11 



c* / T eM 4.ct» f-rio ^fj; _r""*_l 







.no 


L 







7?, 



*■* l 



_?L? I 




Of If 



tiO- 



( LO- 



ST O- 



19 O- 



fllO 



mo 



(140- 



IliO- 



! m 



ess 



i*' 7 T e *I? 



E 



53 



cri 



L 4 



C5> /f5* , -Vs5 

1*-** lr-*» 

jy^, — 



'c* 4v 4 i<f« 4' c * srr-«/ 4 f4 < ^ 



^ t ulim_L/ ri_i_nn L 



tl* 





2*; 



3? i« 



Mi ^cit 



he** ;!*c»7 ;?c»* 



*'9 



m. 



//7 



77o 











/7? 



39/82 



Figure 7-4. Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1052/FLR-9(V) 



7-8/7-9 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



cio- 



l»o- 



TV 



C»f >*» i«n i*'t ::C« j£»3 i^CJ* 

\ w 1 1 I Lr/<- — 

MO *? 



1 — i p^q — r^rt^p^l^l^ 

" v t~ ~ }** I" P'< r» f r" r< r£ fa iK \K t* 

i L I L I.. I I l_ \ - 1 r I... L 1 I I 1 



OA/ 



mo 
*•* 




e«o- 



■ 4 O- 



(7 fr- 



it o- 



t» o- 



■ *0- 



I*o- 



I7JO- 



IMO- 



f/*o- 



77* 



>K|T T c " 




wr/jr *»•*/< »-V* '<» 



rP 





77* 



it. i 



p 

HI* £c«f ^< 



T 



CUM 



JJU l " I 



■ =ftfi, le.'tL ±t'4L. kU'J.* ■• 



i-W i:-" K" "Sft'SSi 



*44 
UK 



M44 



H«7 : 



t«t : -ens ic»* kemg hem i 

1 1 1 i V 



1 : 


00 J 




m 





39/83 



/A 




Figure 7-5. Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1053/FLR-9(V) 



7-10/7-11 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



El 
O- 



Rt 

150 OHM 
J 4* 2'/. 



E2 



RF > 
INPUTS ^ 



E3 
O— 



R3 

150 OHM 
1 '4» 23 



E4 



T1 



I 



0L1 



1> 



rr 



47PF 

5% 



C2 
91 PF 



DL2 



J 



C3 
B8PF 

2% 




T5 



C5 
51 PF 

2ft 



R5 

60. 4 OHM 

-L4JU- 



R4 

53 6 OHM 
1 8W 1 



RS 

909 OHM 

i 8i r> 



m 



R2 

150 OHM 
1 4W V, 



T3 



14 

r 




C4 

6BPF 
5\ 



R7 
♦ + 



rh 



-OE5 RF OUTPUT 



m 



Figure 7-6. Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1055/FLR-9(V) 

7-12/7-13 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



DLI 



El O- 



RF 
INPUTS 



E2 O- 



T3 



E3 O 



RZ 

150 OHM 
1/41 2* 



} 



C2 
30 PF 
5X 



Y Y 



R4 

56.2 OHM 
1 8W \% 

— -WSr— 



R3 

50.3 OHM 
1 8W I'V 



R5 

2000 OHM 
1 8W 1% 



Rt 

150 OHM 
1 4W 2% 



R6 



Tl T2 




-O E4 RF OUTPUT 



rh 



Figure 7-7. Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1056/FLR-9(V) 



RF 
INPUTS 



El O- 



E2 O 



T| T2 



Rl 

150 OHM 
1 4W 2% 




C E3 



RF 
OUTPUT 



Figure 7-8. Schematic, Beamformer Assembly TD-1057/FLR-9(V) 

7-14/7-15 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



-ISLE SHEET I 




3300-8204-7' 
WZ3 - " 



J3C0 ; -620lQ-l 



sector 

01 



3/v*r zoos < 
fit* cov* \ 



W23622 
tii. 



TWNMCL. fNWT MAtMTErtlMCE 
IXTCH NutL 





M*r/ come X 

(2 Si 4:1) 
[31 


Co.1 




'-gjOlb 


.vpo-a?.a?p. 

IV2333S 



333 
.33* 



_U1 



727 B£AMfOCMtK 



, secern at* 



W?4O50 



in 



T 



-1UL 



'VZ334-0 



ocr/xsr srsr 



mm 



10 



W25052. 

. OMNI tWA 

t, 3300-&500I 
3JQQ-MQQ2. 





W20Z+8 







Cm) 
(1*1 



T¥ST |*A1 OIX TEST fcuTvu. 



3300 aawT 

-13QQ-fl?Q07 
W2064S 



& £A 1:14} 

Cmi 



3JOO-820J3 
«P0 8ZP19 _ 



[2*1 



3300-82044 



W23402 



3 ,»w.r 



3327 



G0Wi0M£r£/Tj_ 



3300 
W236/ 



-) 5EE 5Hf.ET 2. 



3300-8203 71 



■85 



BAND B 



3300-B20O5 
W22.585 





3300 520 00 
W20249 



3300-62002 
WZ0/45I 



W22680 



/,^W SHUT* 
ASSY 


W2034« 







W2054< 



[*&1 



AIA 1:4) 
_£4] 




F»TCM 
Cm jac«3 

en 



3300 -62.0/0 -2 



■5E18ST 
a /in* . 

01 



1*236/ 5 



J300-82O47 
Wt36l4 



W23626 



1 u 

A2402r 

I I ' 

W2404? 



W23280 



JB2£3£ 

f/T*io 



V 



J5*L 



2017 



Joe 



ommi coma S 






[6.1 


imp* 


*SSV[l1\ 



3300-82017 



FH0M AMTEVtkUk 



-|T5T hmTKIX 



W2 



W20746 



fime oiv 3 

(* £" ' a) 

[2*1 



W2.3080 



W233-16 



3 *o#7 sot>e 
2? f/J 



n 



W23&2 



to 



WZ4I0J 
I 



3300 



3300-82034 
2/57; 



IV22338 



1AM 



1 



42. 



W24/06 



GONIOAAfTERV 



-I SEE -WET 2 



3300-82036 



UOMUTI0N 

C461 



BAUD C 



3300 -fl 



A300 : fl)Q00 
45 



W00I45 
I 



33QQ.fl2jXX? 
W20345 



«22<^ 6 
I 



Wtt?JZ 



[+0] 
T 



(*205»8 



I 



Wt2>32 
1 



IT 

WN/A 



(*IA I t) 



MM 



33OQ-a20)5 
W23Z55 



•V2J332 



BATCH 

C*S JACK* 

LLi 



33O0-82O45 
33p0-a202fe 
IV23405 

I 

W23*52 



3tt*T VPS 

[*'] 



T 



VY23577 



3300 fl?0?.ft 
W23A/6 

W236I8 
»1 M 



3300-i 




(}47 


ȴ236 


s 





SECTOR 

W 



| 



W23630 
C3L 



_ 554 

1 ! I 

VV24065 
A24067 

W24*flt 



W24/32, 



39466 



Tfc«>T MATRIX 



CCAMftXiwtK 
TEVT 1AATU4X 



fsj 



W2308 



W23/32 



_t!2lL 



32018 



/■J7 



1^ 



:a^o^^ 



Boy*;/) 



_L0_ 



3 f*>#r /oae 
t'l 



1 



W24I34 
I | 



Wt3352 



' act* a 



3300 6204 7 
W2363I 



70 0£4Mf&VH£e 



W207yfl 



3300-82033 



W223J2 



(*■ e* a 

L M 



3300- 8204b 
3300-fl2.0£7 



3 SOAr so J* 
COc*> 



124] 



I 

t 

W234 78 



ID BEAMFOeMER OUTPUT 

TE'bT matrix W23603 



JTPUT f 



M0N »M 

3300-8500/ 
3300 " 



W2^00T 

VV2302I 
W 25 023 

W2504» 



4CCTOC »M 

3300-8500/ 
3300-8^ 002 




,3300-65001 
JJ00-ajO02. 



W25054 

W25065 
W23067 

t 

W25/02 

SKTOH BM 

3300-65001 



W25/34 

OMKI BM 

3300-85001 
33oo-aspQg 

W23I3J 



WON ftt^ 



TO SWITiHIMC MirCIX 

(>SEE 3HE.ET 3) 



W24/07 

t 
I 

A24/0? 

W24//I 

I 

W24/3I 



-3300-85001 

330n-ft.snn?. 

W25/07 

W25//I 



W25/0? 



Figure 7-9. Antenna Group Cabling Diagram 
7-16/7-17 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



INDEX 

Paragraphs Pages 



A 

Alignment and adjustment 6-8 

Antenna electronics input vswr check 6-10 

Antenna electronics phase and amplitude tracking 

test check 6-11 

Antenna group description and purpose 1-1 

Antenna installation guidelines 2-5 

B 

Band A and band B antenna elements, description 5-5 

Bands A and B reflecting screen and ground screen, 

description 5-6 

Band C antenna elements, description 5-7 

Band C reflecting screen, description 5-8 

Beam formation 5-4 

Beamformers, description 5-12 

Bench test procedures 6-16 

Blower circuits, description 5-14 

C 

Capabilities and limitations 1-4 

Central building, installation 2-6 

Circuit diagrams 7-1 

Cross reference index, equipment supplied 1-8 

D 

Directional couplers, description 5-13 



Index 1 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



INDEX (Continued) 

Paragraphs Pages 

E 

Electronic circuits, functional operation section 2 

Band A and band B antenna elements 5-5 

Bands A and B reflecting screen and ground 

screen 5-6 

Band C antenna elements 5-7 

Band C reflecting screen 5-8 

Transmission line tuners 5-9 

Rf amplifiers 5-10 

Power dividers and combiners 5-11 

Beamformers 5-12 

Directional couplers 5-13 

Blowers 5-14 

Emergency operation 4-5 

Blower failure r f amplifier cabinets 4-5 

Equipment failure 4-6 

Jamming 4-7 

Equipment description 1-2 

Antenna array 1-2. a 

Central building 1-2.b 

Equipment supplied 1-5 

F 

Functional description 5-3 

I 

Installation 2-1 

Unpacking 2-2 



Index 2 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

INDEX (Continued) 

Paragraphs Pages 



I 

Inspection 2-3 

Cables, identification 2-4 

Antenna installation guidelines 2-5 

Central building 2-6 

L 

Leading particulars 1-3 

List of related technical manuals 1-6 

M 

Maintenance interface requirements 6-1 .b 

Maintenance, non-repairable items 6-2. a 

Maintenance, organization and intermediate 6-1 

Maintenance support equipment 6-3 

O 

Operating instructions 4-2 

Rf amplifier starting procedures 4-3 

Software assignments 4-4 

Operation 

Section 1 controls and indicators 4-1 

Section 2. operating instructions 4-2 

Section 3. emergency operation 4-5 

P 

Performance test standards and tables 6-4 

Power dividers and combiners, description 5-1 1 

Preparation for use, antenna group 3-1 



Index 3 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

INDEX (Continued) 

Paragraphs Pages 



Preventive maintenance 6-9 

Primary power circuit breakers 6-5 

R 

Removal and replacement procedures 6-15 

Rf amplifiers, description 5-10 

Rf cables, identification 2-4 

S 

Single antenna impedance measurement test check 6-14 

Swept-frequency vswr (singly driven elements) 

test check 6-13 

System checkout 6-6 

T 

Theory of operation 5-2 

Facility functional operation section 1 

Functional operation of electronic circuits section 2 

Transmission line phase tracking measurement 

test check 6-12 

Transmission line tuners 5-9 

Troubleshooting cables 6-7.a 

Troubleshooting, system 6-7 



Index 4 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



GLOSSARY 

A 

A/D - Analog-to-digital, 

ANTENNA ARRAY - Circular disposed antenna elements tuned to a particular band of frequencies. 
ANTENNA ELEMENT - A single element used in an antenna array. 

ASCII - American Standard code for information interchange (See LEC Leap Assembler Manual). 

ASR - Automatic send/receive. 

AZIMUTH - Angular direction clockwise from true north. 

B 

BCD - Binary coded decimal In which lines are weighted 8, 4, 2, and 1 . 

BEAM ASSIGNMENT TABLE - A table contained in the computer program which defines rf beams available to a radio 
receiver as selected by a bsu/biu. 

BEAMFORMER - A device which forms a directional broadband rf signal. 

BLOCKING - Inhibiting use of paths between A1 and A2 or A2 and A3 switch matrix submatrices. 

BOOTSTRAP - Simple initial computer routine which enables the computer to initiate loading of larger program from an 
external device. 

BORESIGHT ELEMENT - Antenna element to the right of (even elements) or on (odd elements) the received radio beam 
center line. 

BSU/BIU - Beam select unit/Beam Identification unit. 

BUFFER - Circuit which stores data or provides load isolation for signal lines. 

C 

CABLE SCANNER - Multiplexer which routes input signals to the computer. 

CARD FILE - Assembly containing circuit cards, card jacks and interconnecting wiring. 



Glossary 1 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

CCD - Cyclic coded decimal in which the bits change In segments of one each per word. 

CENTRAL BUILDING - Building located In center of antenna array. 

CPU - Central processing unit; the computer minus input/output accessories. 

COUPLING - Connection of the same rf input beam to two or more receivers that are connected to the output ports in a 
common A3 submatrix. 

D 

DECOUPLING - Use of STAGE REMOVED command to clear switch map table of paths of receivers who are coupled to 
the same faulty rf beam in the A3 submatrix to allow the operator to obtain an alternate path to the receiver. 

DECODER - Circuit for conversion between numerical systems (such as bed to decimal). 

DFG - Direction finding group 

DIAGNOSTIC ROUTINE - Special computer program which senses and defines faults. 

DIRECTIONAL COUPLER - Passive device which provides low Impedance In the desired direction and high Impedance 
in all other directions to rf signal Inputs. 

DIU - Digital interface unit. 

DOT-OR - Logical OR function not present in any one circuit; occurs because of the nature of connected outputs from 
other circuits. 

DAUGHTER BOARD - Pcb which mounts on a motherboard. 

DUMP - Output computer memory contents to some output device such as a tty. 

E 

EAI - External address in; computer output signal which enables transfer of address between two computers. 
ECI - External command input; computer output signal which enables routing of a command to the computer. 
ECO - External command output computer output signal which defines the nature of i/o bus signal. 
EDI - External data input; computer output signal which enables routing of data to the computer. 



Glossary 2 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

EDO - External data output; computer output signal which defines the nature of i/o bus signal. 
EMI - Electromagnetic interference. 

ESI - External status input; computer output signal which enables routing of status signal to the computer. 
EXCLUSIVE-OR - Logic circuit which produces a high output when one (not more than one) input is high. 

G 

Goniometer - Rotating device which forms a directional rf beam from received signals. 

H 

HANDOVER - Occurs when the primary computer relinquishes control of the system to the on-line standby computer. 

HEXADECIMAL - The numbering system in the computer program which uses 16 as a radix. The 16 combination of bits 
in a 4-bit group provides decimal digits of through 9 and A through F. 

I 

INTERFACE - Circuits between the computer and other equipment necessary for routing, storage, format/level 
conversion, or special processing. 

INTERRUPT - Causes computer to stop doing a relatively unimportant routine and perform one of higher priority; after 
interrupt, computer returns to previous task. 

I/O - Input and output. 

I/O BUS - Computer's connection to external equipment. 

I/O BUS SWITCH - Routes signals from/to active computer to/from external devices. 
I/O DRIVER RECEIVER - Line driver and signal converter. 
IPDC - Internal programmed data channel. 



Glossary 3 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

J 

J-K FLIP-FLOP - Flip-flop which can be operated asynchronously, like an R-S flip-flop, and/or synchronously with a clock, 
J, and K inputs. The J and K Inputs are sometimes provided with AND gates. 

L 

LATCH - Storage register. 

LEC - Lockheed Electronics Company 

LINE DRIVER - Circuit which produces balanced signals in response to single-ended logic signal. 

LINE RECEIVER - Circuit which produces a single-ended logic signal in response to a balanced input signal. 

LOAD - To enter the program into the computer. 

LOGIC - Electronic circuits or groups of circuits designed to make a discrete response to a particular combination of input 
signal levels. 

LOGIC ERROR - Program detects that set is executing at an Illegal location or detects that a cpu controlled parameter is 
out of limits. 

M 

MAGNETIC TAPE CONTROLLER - Electrical interface between computer and tape unit; it provides buffering, motion 
control, and error control. 

MATRIX - An array of crosspoints in which any point may be addressed by a system of coordinates. 
MATRIX MULTIPLEXER - Multiplexer which routes computer outputs to external equipment. 
MCC - Memory control chassis associated with MAC 16 computer. 
MDC - Multiplex data channel; a high-speed portion of the computer pdc i/o structure. 

MEMORY EXPANSION CHASSIS - Holds all computer memory in excess of 8192 words, and also interface logic 
circuits. 

MONITOR BEAM - A directional beam, selected with automatic selected directivity. 



Glossary 4 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

MOTHERBOARD - A circuit card where other circuit cards are physically mounted. 

MULTIPLEXER - Signal selector or router which acts as a multiple-pole rotary switch, under external (computer) control. 
MUX - Multiplexer. 

N 

NAND - Circuit which produces a low output only when all inputs are high. 

NOR - Circuit which produces a low output when any (one or more) inputs (including all inputs) are high. 

O 

OLM&T - On-line monitor and test function of the monitor and test group. 
OMNIBEAM - A non-directional beam. 

OPTICAL ENCODER - Produces a ccd output to define the direction of the goniometer beam. 

P 

PDC - Programmed data channel; part of computer i/o structure. 

PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT - Equipments interfacing with a single unit of equipment for control or signal application 
purposes. 

PROGRAM - Set of instructions, constraints, and information stored in computer memory which enables a computer to 
perform a particular task (or series of tasks). 

PROGRAM AZIMUTH SHEET - List of beams assigned to a given bsu/biu. 

R 

REDUNDANT (MUX, CPU, etc) - Energized standby equipment identical to that equipment presently in control. 

REED SWITCH MATRIX - Any of three test matrices in the monitor and test group designated matrix A, matrix B, and 
matrix C and the special project switch matrix. 

RFI - Radio frequency interference. 



Glossary 5 



TM 32-5985-217-15 

RFSM - Radio frequency switch matrix; a part of the rf matrix group. 

ROUTINE - A particular part of an overall program which performs a certain function within the program. 

S 

SAMPLING MATRIX, OLM&T - A reed switch mounting assembly contained as a part of, or all of, an olm&t test matrix 
designated matrix A, matrix B, or matrix C. 

SECTOR BEAM - A directional beam with manually selected directivity. 

SINGLE-SHOT - Circuit which produces a single fixed duration pulse in response to an input signal. 
SOMC - Supervisory operation maintenance console. 

SPECIAL PROJECT BSU/BIU - A beam select unit which selects any bands and beams without requiring a beam 
assignment table. 

STANDBY - The non-controlling computer of the two provided. When on-line, it is continuously accepting data from the 
primary computer; can assume control immediately upon request. 

SUBMATRIX - Consists of a number of circuit cards, each with multiple inputs and a single output, arranged in such a 
manner as to provide a two-dimensional (X, Y) array of switchable rf crosspoints. 

T 

TABLE - An array of data, constraints, or references in the computer program. 

TELETYPE CONTROLLER - LEC provided circuit card which provides signal buffering for a teletype under computer 
control. 

TRANSMISSION LINE TUNERS - Coaxial line stretcher. 
TSA - Computer program instruction. 
TTY - Teletypewriter. 

TUNNEL - Underground access between operating building and central building housing connecting cables. 



Glossary 6 



TM 32-5985-217-15 



V 



VVM - Vector voltmeter. 



W 



WATCHDOG TIMER - A periodically reset counter which provides an interrupt to the opposite computer if not reset 
within 150 milliseconds. 



X 



X-PT - A crosspoint in the switch matrix. 



AU.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 1976-21 1-340/3326A 



GLOSSARY 7 




RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO EQUIPMENT TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS 

WMB WITH PUBLICATION 



THEN. JOT DOWN THE 
DOPE ABOUT IT ON THIS FORM. 
CAREFULLY TEAR IT OUT, FOLD IT 
AND DROP IT IN THE MAIL. 



FROM: (PRINT YOUR UNIT'S COMPLETE ADDRESS) 



PUBLICATION NUMBER 



PUBLICATION DATE 



PUBLICATION TITLE 



BE EXACT PIN-POINT WHERE IT IS 



PAGE 
NO. 



PARA- 
GRAPH 



FIGURE 
NO. 



TABLE 
NO. 



IN THIS SPACE, TELL WHAT IS WRONG 
AND WHAT SHOULD BE DONE ABOUT IT. 



PRINTED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE AND TELEPHONE NUMBER 



SIGN HERE 



DA ,S 2028-2 



PREVIOUS EDITIONS 
ARE OBSOLETE. 



P.S.--IF YOUR OUTFIT WANTS TO KNOW ABOUT YOUR 
RECOMMENDATION MAKE A CARBON COPY OF THIS 
AND GIVE IT TO YOUR HEADQUARTERS. 



PIN: 017643-000